Home

Dell 5210n, 5310n Service Manual

1. Memory card connector A 6 Service Manual Removing or installing a memory card Removal 1 Remove the system board access cover See Accessing the printer system board on page A 5 Warning Printer memory cards are easily damaged by static electricity Touch something metal such as the printer frame before you touch a memory card 2 Push the latches away from the card on both ends of the memory card connector The memory card moves out of the connector as the latches open 3 Pull the memory card out of the connector Avoid touching the connection points along the edge of the card 4 Place the card into the original packaging If you do not have the original packaging wrap the card in paper and store it in a box 5 Close both latches Appendix A Options and features A 7 Installation Note Printer memory cards designed for other printers may not work with the printer 1 Remove the system board access cover See Accessing the printer system board on page A 5 Warning Printer memory cards are easily damaged by static electricity Touch something metal such as the printer frame before you touch a memory card Push open
2. Connector Pin no Signal J15 HVPS 1 ATSERVO 2 TXENABLE 3 XFR 4 24 V dc switched 5 CHARGE 6 Ground 7 DEV 8 Ground input sensor 9 INPUTSENSX 10 5 V de switched Cartridge toner wheel sensor 11 5 V de 12 TONER WHEELX 13 Ground J16 Ethernet port 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 J17 Parallel port J18 Front bottom options 1 Ground 2 24 V dc OTC OPT J20 Transport motor 1 BLDC_HALL 0 2 BLDC_HALL 1 3 BLDC_HALL 2 4 BLDC FG 5 Ground 6 5 V de switched 7 BLDC WIND 8 BLDC WIND 1 9 BLDC WIND 2 5 4 Service Manual System board see System board on page 5 1 Connector Pin no Signal J21 Autoconnect top Ground 5 V dc fused Ground 24 V dc PTC OPT MPFPick J23 MPF pick solenoid 24V de 24 V de J24 Autocomp motor AUTOCOMP Ground J25 Autoconnect bottom front 24VPTCOPT PSIZE2 J26 Paper size sensor autocomp motor Ground PSIZE1 PSIZE3 Ground TRAY1 POUT TRAY1 PLOW 3 3V dc OO CO N oO A jl MJ 2 NM N 2 NOI gt B ojl N gt ENCODER o 5V dc 5 V de J27 LVPS 5 V de 5 V de Ground Ground Ground Ground co N oa a A l wm a Ground 9 Ground 10 Ground 11 24 V dc RAW 12 Ground 13 24 V dc RAW 14 24 V dc RAW 15 ZEROXING R 16 24 V dc RAW
3. 7 3 Lower front cover assembly 222 2000 2 22s eee n cee e eee eee n eee eeeee 7 3 Cover left side door 250 1 slot 000 010 7 3 Cartridge holddown spring 7 9 Cover left side door 500 2 slot 200 210 400 410 nn 7 3 Right frame extension 200 210 400 410 lt 222 252 e eee e ee eeeee 7 5 Left frame extension 200 210 400 410 222 222 e reece eee n eee eee e 7 5 Contact RSF ground 0 2 5222 nee nner e ence ee eee 7 5 Upper redrive deflector 022 222 e ence n eee ee ee ee eee nneeee 7 7 Upper diverter spring 2 2 2222 2s eee cee e nee e eee e eee eeeee 7 7 Redrive assembly 250 in 250 out 000 010 7 7 Redrive assembly 500 in 500 out 200 210 400 410 7 7 Transfer deflector 2 22 esse eee nen nee nee 7 7 Machine mounting pad 2 2 2222 222 een nee en nnn ene eee nneeee 7 9 Signature button contact assembly with cable lt nnr 7 37 Signature button sensor assembly 222 52 e ene eee eee ene n eee neenee 7 9 EP DC fan assembly 000 010 52 22 n nnn e ee eee een eens 7 9 EP fan with cable 250 sheet 000 010 2 2 2 see eee eee eee een neenee 7 41 Toner sensor assembly 2 2 2022 22 een cee ence een neeeeee 7 9 Developer support roller eee ee nee 7
4. EP SETUP EP Defaults See EP Defaults on page 3 22 Fuser Temp See Fuser Temperature Fuser Temp on page 3 22 Fuser Page Count See Fuser Page Count on page 3 22 Warm Up Time See Warm Up Time on page 3 22 Transfer See Transfer on page 3 22 Print Contrast See Print Contrast on page 3 22 Charge Roll See Charge Roll on page 3 22 Gap Adjust See Gap Adjust on page 3 22 EVENT LOG Display Log See Display Log on page 3 23 Print Log See Print Log on page 3 23 Clear Log See Clear Log on page 3 24 EXIT DIAGNOSTICS Exiting Diagnostics mode Select Exit Diagnostics to exit the Diagnostics mode Resetting the Printer displays the printer performs a POR and returns to normal mode REGISTRATION Print registration makes sure the printing is printed properly aligned on the page The settings available are Bottom Margin Top Margin Left Margin Right Margin Quick Test To set print registration 1 Select REGISTRATION from the DIAGNOSTICS menu 2 Select Quick Test and press To print the Quick Test page a Press until the appears next to Quick Test b Press The message Quick Test Printing appears on the display Retain this page to determine the changes you need to make to the margins settings 3 4 Service Manual 3 4 Use or to select the margin setting you need to change and press The Top margin sign
5. Connector locations and connections 5 5 System board see System board on page 5 1 Connector Pin no Signal J27 LVPS continued 17 HEAT 18 HEAT 19 Ground 20 L FAN DRV J28 MPF paper out 1 MPF POUT 2 Ground 3 MPF ED L J29 Top options 1 RXD1R 2 Ground 3 TXD1BR 4 Ground J30 USB host back 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 USB host front connection 1 5 V USBICN 2 USB l D 3 USB I D 4 Ground 5 Ground Printhead fan 1 24V dc 2 PH FAN 5 6 Service Manual Autoconnect Connector Pin no Signal static Bottom autoconnect 24 V de 0 V dc 5 V de 0 V dc 0 V dc DO oO A j N gt 0 V dc Front autoconnect 0 V de 0 V dc 0 V dc 5 V de 0 V dc DO om A wy N gt 24 V de Top autoconnect 0 de V 5 V de O dc lt 0 de V O dc lt 5 V de 0 de V CO NI O OI A O N 24 V de Fuser Board Fuser Board not a FRU Connectors J1 System board J2 Narrow media sensor J3 N A J4 Solenoid J5 Exit sensor J6 Thermistor Connector locations and connections 5 7 High capacity output stacker board Connector Pin no Signal J6 connector jumper locations JIA
6. Error Sub F Ta code code Primary message Description action 52 Xx Flash Full This message displays when there is not enough free space in the flash memory to hold the resources that have been requested to be written to flash 53 XX Unformatted Flash This message displays when the printer detects an unformatted flash at power on Press to clear the message The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues Flash operations are not allowed until the flash is formatted 54 XX Standard Network This error displays when a network port is detected but the printer cannot Software Error establish communications with it 54 Xx Network x This error displays when a network port is detected but the printer cannot Software Error establish communications with it 55 Xx Unsupported option in An unsupported option is installed in the specified solutions port Power off Slot x the printer and remove the unsupported option in the specified slot 55 XX Unsupported Flash in An unsupported flash option is installed in the solutions port Power off the Slot x printer and remove the unsupported flash option in the specified slot 56 XX Standard Serial This error displays when data is sent to the printer across the standard serial Disabled port but the port has been disabled 56 XX Serial Port x Disabled This error displays when data is sent tothe printer across an optional parallel port but the port has been disabled Once this
7. Print quality residual image Service tip Install a new print cartridge if available before doing this service check Residual image can be caused by the photoconductor cleaning blade and other parts inside the print cartridge FRU Action 1 Hot roll fuser assembly Check the fuser assembly for toner contamination The hot roll especially might cause toner to be retained and deposited on the page Diagnostic information 2 121 Print quality light print Service tip Check the toner saver and print darkness settings first if the print is light FRU Action 1 Transfer roll Check the right end of the transfer roll shaft for signs of wear or contamination If incorrect replace the transfer roll 2 Right side transfer roll arm Check the right side transfer roll arm assembly bearing for wear or assembly contamination Also make sure the transfer cabk is firmly attached to HVPS the bearing If incorrect replace the right side transfer arm assembly Check the connection of the transfer roll assembly cable to the transformer on the HVPS board Check the continuity of the cable from the bearing to the spade terminal on the cable If incorrect replace the right side transfer arm assembly If correct replace the HVPS 3 Printhead A contaminated printhead may be the cause of light print If no other cause is found install a new printhead Print quality toner on backside of prin
8. GND 5VSW 5VDC Thump 00000000000 O 00000000000 50v 25V sv 3 34 anD USB P1 JT2 of60 0 Oo 5 V USB1 CN GND Elule ofolfefeolslE Therm CN lekeda GND NarrowMedia GND 3 3VDC lols PANEL INT GND J13 12C CLK 5VDC 12C DAT USB Board Gnd SM Cart J14 GND TXD1BR Libik J22 GND TXD1BR GND RXDIR 4 4 21 2 111 O AUTOCOMP AAS N IS 112 s1 T5TsT7TsTefo MPFPick AC ENCODE CN TRAY1 PLO CN TRAY1 POUT CN 5VCD SWITCHED 1J21s 5 6 718 Paper Low Out Sensor Paper H Size ZH Li Auto Compensator Motor Encoder GND TONER WHEEL CN 5 5VDC SW 5VDC SW INSENSOR Cartridge Sensor Input Sensor Signature Button J15 CHARGE B 24VDC SW XFRB TX ENBB ATSERVO ERSSEEREEERREEED Elvellelo so BLDC WIND 2 vc21 vc20 5VDC FUSED GND BLDC FG BLDC HALL 2 BLDC HALL 1 5VDC FUSED GND BLDC HALL 0
9. Parts catalog 7 63 Assembly 39 Kiosk vertical and horizontal paper adapters Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number option or pkg 39 1 40X3280 1 Complete vertical kiosk option 2 40X3269 1 Complete horizontal kiosk option 7 64 Service Manual Assembly 40 StapleSmart finisher Asm Part Units Units kit a Index number option or pkg Description 40 1 40X3273 1 Complete option 2 40X3276 1 1 Rear access door 3 56P4211 2 1 Rear access door latch 4 56P4214 1 1 Right base assembly cover 5 56P4216 1 1 Stapler access cover 6 40X3274 1 1 Stapler access door switch assembly 7 40X3277 1 1 Output assembly tray 8 40X1816 1 1 Stacking bail kit 9 56P4213 1 1 Left base assembly cover 10 56P4218 1 1 Top assembly cover Parts catalog 7 65 Assembly 41 StapleSmart finisher 2 A Asm Part Units Units kit Descriotl n Index number option or pkg p 41 1 40X3278 1 1 Stapler assembly 7 66 Service Manual Assembly 42 StapleSmart finisher 3 fh Asm Part Units Units kit ae g Description Index number option or pkg 42 1 40X3279 1 1 Switch assembly top cover open 2 99A0104 1 1 Spring upper diverter Parts catalog 7 67 Assembly 43 StapleSmart finisher 4 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number option or
10. stpmtr stpmtr stpmtr crtprsnt stplow stpphomo Ground o CO NI O Oo BR Ww N O aj BR 0 N GT AJ Ww N WwW N 5Vstpl o stprimed J4 Accessory connector 24 V de accmtr Ground Ground tacha 5Vptt J5 Solenoid Sol1 24 V de J6 Stapler Ground pfrinstp wi NI gt N 2 O a AJ O N 5Vsnsr2 5 12 Service Manual Connector Pin no Signal Staple card assembly continued J7 Right side 1 Ground sensor board l 2 Bottom 3 Top 7 4 Ground J8 Solenoid 1 Sol2 2 24 V de J9 Bin empty 1 Ground q sensor c 2 bnempty lis 3 5Vsnsr2 J10 Left side 1 Ground sensor board 2 full 3 NRFull 4 Ground J12 Pass thru 1 Ground sensor 2 psthruint 3 5Vptt J13 Cover open 1 5V dc switch 2 Ground 3 cvropin J14A 1 24V dc 2 Ground 3 5V n i J14B 1 prtxdout 2 Ground 3 prtrxd 4 Ground 5 Ground J15 Stapler 1 Dooropin door open 2 Ground 3 5Vswitch Connector locations and connections 5 13 5 14 Service Manual 6 Preventive maintenance This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance Following these recommendations can help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance Safety inspection guide The purpose of this inspect
11. Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 9 1 40X3231 1 1 Integrated 250 sheet tray 2 40X0092 1 1 Side restraint 250 sheet tray 3 40X0093 4 1 Wear strips 4 40X0263 1 1 Pass thru plate 250 sheet tray 5 40X0094 1 1 Wear plate 250 sheet tray 6 40X0105 2 1 Restraint pad 7 40X0090 1 1 Back restraint 250 sheet tray Parts catalog 7 19 Assembly 10 Integrated 500 sheet paper tray 7 20 Service Manual Assembly 10 Integrated 500 sheet paper tray Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 10 1 40X4663 1 1 Tray assembly 500 sheet tray 2 40X0099 1 1 Side restraint 3 40X0182 4 1 Wear strip 4 40X0103 1 1 Pass thru plate 500 sheet tray 5 40X0183 1 1 Wear plate 500 sheet tray 6 40X0105 2 1 Restraint pad 7 40X0106 1 1 Back restraint Parts catalog 7 21 Assembly 11 Drives Main drive and developer drive FT ES 7 22 Service Manual Assembly 11 Drives Main drive and developer drive Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg p 11 1 40X0107 1 1 Gearbox with motor 2 40X0110 1 1 Power takeoff shaft 250 sheet 000 010 2 40X0111 1 1 Power takeoff shaft 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 3 40X0112 1 1 Power takeoff shaft spring 4 99A0954 1 1 Bevel gear with grease packet and washer Bevel gear 1 e Instruction sheet 1 Grease packet 1 5 40X0114 1 1 Develop
12. Diagnostic information 2 31 User attendance messages User attendance messages Error code Sub code Primary message Description action Change Cartridge Invalid Refill Select one of the following actions e Remove the toner cartridge and install a new cartridge e Press and hold and press to display debug data for the engine and cartridge code Note This message may help diagnose a potential printer problem Change lt input source gt lt Custom Type name gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options e lt input source gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder e lt Custom Type name gt Custom 1 through Custom 6 using the MarkVision utility When the printer is prompting for one of the custom types which has been named by the user then only the custom type name is displayed on line 2 The name may be truncated to fit the display Change lt input source gt lt custom string gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options e lt input source gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder lt custom string gt a user definable name Change lt input source gt lt size gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options lt input source gt Tray 1 Tray 2
13. High capacity Print media Type 5 bin mailbox Output expander output stacker Finisher Paper Xerographic or 60 to 90 g m 60 to 176 g m 60 to 176 g m See Media grain long business paper 16 to 24 lb bond 16 to 47 Ib bond 16 to 47 Ib bond weights 2 2 supported in Card stock Index Bristol Not 163 g m 90 Ib 163 g m thefinisher on maximum grain recommended 90 Ib page 1 15 long Tag 163 g m 100 lb 163 g m 100 Ib Cover 176 g m 65 Ib 176 g m 65 Ib Card stock Index Bristol 199 g m 110 Ib 199 g m maximum grain 110 lb short Tag 203 g m 125 Ib 203 g m 125 lb Cover 216 g m 80 Ib 216 g m 80 Ib Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g m 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 Ib bond 37 to 39 Ib bond Labels Paper 180 g m 180 g m maximum 48 Ib bond 48 Ib bond Dual web 180 g m 180 g m paper 48 Ib bond 48 Ib bond Polyester 220 g m 220 g m 59 Ib bond 59 Ib bond Vinyl 3 00 g m 300 g m 92 Ib liner 92 Ib liner Integrated forms Pressure 140 to 175 g m 140 to 175 g m sensitive area up to 47 Ib bond up to 47 Ib bond must enter the printer first Paper base 75 to 135 g m 75 to 135 g m grain long 20 to 36 Ib bond 20 to 36 Ib bond Envelopes Sulfite wood 60 to 105 g m 60 to 105 g m Not free or up to 16 to 28 Ib bond 16 to 28 Ib bond recommended 100 cotton bon
14. Network Cards Adapters GD715 CRD WRLES 5210 5310N DAO Wireless Card DAO CRU KC516 CRD WRLES 5210 5310N EMEA Wireless Card EMEA CRU NJ646 CRD NTWK COMM ENET 5210N 5310N GIGABIT ETHERNET CARD 52 5310N option item See also FG591 FRU System board with integrated Ethernet Plastics DG916 LEVER FLAG LVL POUT 250 Paper Bin Full Sensor Flag FRU FG363 ASSY CVR CAP REDRIVE 5210 5310 Redrive Cap FRU GG201 ASSY CVR WIPER FUSER 5210 5310 Fuser Wiper Cover FRU HG008 BZL PNL OP 5310 Op Panel Bezel 5310n FRU HG124 CVR LAMINATED RT 5210 5310 Right Side Cover w screws FRU HG127 HLDR SUPPORT PAPER 5210 5310 Paper Support FRU HG132 CVR FRONT LOWER 5210 5310 Lower Front Cover FRU HG360 DOOR CVR LF OTR 5210 5310 Left Door Assy inner and outer assembled Small access door FRU HG567 PNL DFLTR INR 5210 5310 DEFLECTOR PANEL Fuser Tansfer Plate FRU JGO92 ASSY CVR LASER 250 5210 5310 Laser Cover w 5 laser cover mounting screws FRU JG282 PNL GEAR DRV MN GRD PLSTC Main Drive Gear Plastic Gard w screw FRU JG428 CVR FEEDER ENVELOPE 5210 5310 Envlope Feeder Port Cover CRU JG456 CVR LAMINATED LF OTR 5210 5310 Left Cover Assy Inner and Outer Screw FRU YF748 ASSY HNG CVR FRT UPR Upper Front Cover Hinge Assy includes counter balance spring FRU Upper front cover hinge Op panel cable cover open switch amp cable left amp right cable cover left amp right hinge spri
15. Print quality vertical black bands on edge of copy Go to Print quality black bands on outer edges of the page on page 2 121 Unable to clear a 32 Unsupported Print Cartridge user error message Go to Signature button assembly service check on page 2 123 High capacity feeder 2000 sheet symptoms Symptom Action The printer does not recognize the high capacity feeder installed Go to High capacity feeder input tray service check on page 2 96 Paper feed problem with the high capacity feeder Go to High capacity feeder input tray service check on page 2 96 Diagnostic information 2 5 Paper tray symptoms Symptom Action Paper feed problem with 250 Sheet Paper Tray Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Paper feed problem with 500 Sheet Paper Tray Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Media fails to pass through from the lower attached Paper Tray option to the next higher mounted option Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Duplex option symptoms Symptom Action Paper feed problem with Duplex Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Paper jams at Paper Removal Tray Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Paper skews in the Duplex Option Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82
16. 0 0 00 eee tte eee ee 4 17 Left and right frame extensions 0 0 0 nauau 4 18 Pass thru plate icv tau tensa vas eee eo E See Rt ee ME EP ee EE este ee 4 19 Laser Cover reMOVal aros bods eee ge e Pele Pak hee wed Sayan be ae 4 20 Bevel gear removal ici ae ee Lg cee ead agate at Babe eae bade ect aU ag aca oe A 4 22 Cartridge duct removal jo ce seesaw ect a a ey eck nape Bee 4 24 Developer drive assembly removal 0 00 cece tet 4 25 Developer drive coupler kit removal 0 0 cece teens 4 26 ESD cover removal oido a eb Pea Ee Eee Dee eee beet 4 26 Fuser assembly removal sst erener sack ed a eythane beet 4 27 Fuse r exit sensor removal sieis acusar Sed see Peds Beet ae ee is e Pek ee eed Meu ee 4 29 Fuser exit sensor flag and spring removal 0 0 0c eect ete 4 31 Fuser lampiremoval ci oe es ee eek he be oe eles Bd A eG Ree eds Feed 4 33 Fuser narrow media sensor removal 0 00 cect tet eeeeee 4 35 Fuser narrow media flag and Spring removal 0 0 00 c eee teens 4 37 Fuser to LVPS AC cable removal ooooccoccccc tet teenies 4 39 Ruser top coveriremovall cn es S402 2 clan ea ae ala sane a ke ai an ea eal 4 42 Fuser transfer plate removal oooccccccco tees 4 44 Gear release link removal sp fie de Sie ate eae ee een A ee LS ee ee 4 45 High voltage power supply removal 0 0 0 0 cece tenes 4 46 Inner paper deflector assembly removal 0 02 000 cece ete eee 4 48 Inp
17. Fuser service checks 920 xx Cold fuser service check Error codes 920 x and 922 xx may display for a cold fuser failure Some 920 xx error codes may be cleared by turning the printer on and off and allowing it to complete POR CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task Service tip Some 920 xx errors can be caused by multiple sheets of paper being fed up to the fuser Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check In Diagnostics mode select EP SETUP and Fuser Temp Service tip It may take several minutes for the error codes 920 xx and 922 xx to be displayed after the printer is turned on FRU Action 1 Fuser lamp Observe the lamp through the left near side of the printer It may be necessary to remove the redrive assembly to observe the lamp turning on and off If the lamp does not come on do the following e If not previously removed remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 e Remove the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Make sure the correct type of lamp is installed voltage and wattage e Verify that the fuser to fuser lamp cable is installed correctly to the fuser top cover assembly If incorrect install correctly if correct go to s
18. Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly e Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If no problem with wear or contamination is found go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 04 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 16 inch requirement Check the fuser for wear or contamination If found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be operating properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 10 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly
19. Relative humidity 5 to 95 Altitude equivalent to 10 300 meters 0 to 34 000 feet e Storage environment unpacked Temperature 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 5 to 80 Acoustics All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and conform with ISO 9296 1 Meter average Declared sound Model Status sound pressure power Dell 5210n Idle standby mode 32 dBA 4 7 Bels Simplex printing 54 dBA 6 8 Bels Duplex printing 57 dBA N M Bels Dell 5310n Idle standby mode 30 dBA 4 5 Simplex printing 55 7 0 Duplex printing 58 N M Note Measurements apply to 300 dpi 600 dpi and 1200 dpi printing 1 8 Service Manual Media specifications Paper and specialty media guidelines Print media is paper card stock transparencies labels and envelopes This printer provides high quality printing on a variety of print media You must consider a number of things concerning print media before you print including Supported print media e Selecting print media e Storing print media e Avoiding jams For more details about the types of paper and specialty media your printer supports refer to the Card Stock amp Label Guide available on the Dell Web site at www dell com We recommend that you try a limited sample of any paper or specialty media you are considering using with the printer before purchasing large quantities Supported print media
20. 0 22 020 e eee eee eee e ee eee 7 37 Top autoconnect cable assembly 7 37 Main drive motor cable assembly 7 41 MPF sensor cable eee eee eens 7 34 Ground cable 2252s eset ee nn eee 7 41 System board to fuser board cable assembly nn 7 39 Fuser AC lamp to LVPS cable assembly eee nee e een neee 7 39 Parts packet 7 5 7 7 7 9 7 11 7 13 7 15 7 17 7 23 7 25 7 27 7 29 7 33 Cartridge shipping package empty 7 69 Parts packet cable ties 0 2 2220 eee eee ence ee eee eee ee eee eeeee 7 3 Nyogel 744 grease packet 2 2 2 n nnn n ee eee een eenee 7 69 Wear strip 2222 2 e ee enn nee nn een eee ene eee eee ne eeeee 7 21 Plate 500 sheet tray wear 2 2 2 nnn eee ene enee 7 21 Operator panel board assembly 7 3 100 V Maintenance kit 2 22 e eee eee eee 6 1 PrintCryption card assembly eee eee cee eee ee eee eee ne enee 7 31 7 69 EP duct 22sec reece rrr ene neee 7 9 Blower duct 200 210 400 410 2 22 22 ee nnn ee eee re eee ee eens 7 9 Gear 60 MPF shield 7 9 Main fan cap 9 9 2 eee ee ee eee eee 7 7 Main fan duct 000 010 lt lt eee 7 7 Main fan duct 200 210 400 410 2222 22 nee ee eee nnn e eee eee eee eee 7 7 Tray bias assembly 5 22 2202 22s eee nee ee nee eee neeeeee 7 9 Outer shield 1 slot 000 010 7
21. Chile Uruguay 2 40X0258 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Arabic Austria Belgium Bluemark CIS Czechoslovakia Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Italy Medmark 1 and 2 Netherlands Norway Paraguay Poland Portugal Russia Slavic countries Spain Sweden Turkey and UK 2 40X0293 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Arabic Austria Belgium Bluemark CIS Czechoslovakia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Italy Medmark 1 and 2 Netherlands Poland Portugal Russia Slavic countries Spain Turkey and UK 2 40X4596 1 1 Power cord set 6 ft right angle Brazil 2 40X0301 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft straight AS NZS 2 40X0271 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft straight Hong Kong 2 40X0272 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Japan 2 40X0280 1 1 Power cord set 6 ft straight Korea 2 40X0303 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft straight PRC 2 40X0281 1 1 Power cord set 6 ft right angle Taiwan 2 40X0294 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Denmark Norway and Sweden 2 40X0295 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Israel 2 40X0304 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Botswana Lesotho Namibia Pakistan and South Africa 2 40X0305 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Switzerland 3 40X4275 1 1 High voltage power supply 4 1 Parts packet PP 40X0165 5 40X0223 1 1 Front cable harness HVPS input sensor toner sensor Parts catalog 7 29
22. Symptom Action Random marks Check the print cartridge for loose or foreign material that might be on the photoconductor Check the transfer roll and charge roll for any pieces of material that are stuck to the rolls 2 118 Service Manual Print quality blurred or fuzzy print Blurred of fuzzy print is usually caused by a problem in the main drive gearbox assembly alignment assembly any feed roller or in the transfer roll bearings or transfer roll Check the gearbox assembly for correct operation Check the transfer roll for binds or a contaminated shaft or bearings Blurred print can also be caused by incorrect feeding from one of the input paper sources paper trays duplex option or envelope feeder Check the high voltage contacts to ensure they are not bent corroded or damaged Replace as necessary Print quality background Service tip Some background problems can be caused by rough papers non Dell toner cartridges or if the media texture is set to the rough setting Some slick or coated papers may also cause background problems Some problems occur with printers that run a large amount of graphics in a humid environment The customer may try to improve the print quality by increasing the transfer setting Check the charge roll to make sure it is not at the end of life FRU Action 1 Printhead The printhead on this printer cannot be cleaned Try another printhead if all other attem
23. oooooooooooonccnnn eee eee eee eee eee 7 1 Assembly 1 Covers 4 42s se a phe ea be ela pee Hide pel bea henge ta dnp a 7 2 Assembly 2 Frame T s nero rando A Oe bn Ae gn ee ate ea SS 7 4 Assembly 3 Frame 2 ica ee ee ee ee eA MMA et Bad 7 6 Assembly 4 Frame 3 voice 7 8 Assembly 5 Printhead 004 4 04 2 sheer A eae hee eh eh ee 7 10 Assembly 6 Paper feed autocompensator asuaan anaa 7 12 Assembly 7 Paper feed multipurpose feeder 0 0 0 eee eee 7 14 Assembly 8 Paper feed alignment 0 0 0 cette eee 7 16 Assembly 9 Integrated 250 sheet paper tray 0 0 cece eee 7 18 Assembly 10 Integrated 500 sheet paper tray 0 eee 7 20 Assembly 11 Drives Main drive and developer drive 0 cece eee ee 7 22 Assembly 12 Hot roll fuser 00 cette ete e eee 7 24 Assembly 13 Transfer charging oooocccococo tte 7 26 Assembly 14 Electronics power supplies 0 0 0 0 e eee tee 7 28 Assembly 15 Electronics card assemblies 0 00 0 cece eee 7 30 viii Service Manual Assembly 16 Electronics shields ooocccccoccooco 7 32 Assembly 17 Cabling diagrams 1 o coccccccoc ett 7 34 Assembly 18 Cabling diagrams 2 oococcccococ 7 35 Assembly 19 Cabling diagrams 3 oococcccococ eee 7 36 Assembly 20 Cabling diagrams 4 o o ccccccccoc tenes 7 38
24. 2 126 Service Manual Paper feeds into finisher option output tray Paper is not stapled Paper does not align with the right side Replace the stapler option Misalignment of sheets to be stapled FRU Action 1 Left side bail assembly Check the left side bail assembly for any signs of binding missing or broken parts 2 Stapler gearbox assembly Check the stapler gearbox assembly for correct operation If the problem is found replace the stapler option Sheets are transported into output tray but not stapled Replace the stapler option Stapled sheets are not transported to the output tray Replace the stapler option POST incomplete stapler cycles several times FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Replace the stapler assembly Note When replacing the stapler assembly observe the location of the ground lead from the stapler assembly and the finisher frame and make sure the ground lead is correctly reattached Flag or spring off stapler unit Will also happen when pin 7 of J3 is open System board service check Warning When replacing any one of the following components Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered
25. 3 Main fan blades turn during POR then stop Fan will not run when trying to print Main fan System board Measure the voltage at J4 1 on the system board The voltage should measure approximately 2 5 V dc If incorrect replace the main fan See Main fan removal on page 4 57 If that does not fix the problem replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 4 Main fan blades do not turn Measure the voltage at J4 3 The voltage should measure 14 4 V dc with the fan running full and approximately 7 0 V dc when running half speed If incorrect replace the main fan See Main fan removal on page 4 57 If this does not fix the problem replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 Cartridge fan service check Error code 927 02 indicates a problem with the cartridge fan FRU Action 1 Cartridge fan Check to make sure the cartridge is plugged into J5 on the system board If properly plugged in go to step 2 2 Cartridge fan Check for any signs of blockage in the fan If any is found remove and retry the printer If no problem is found go to step 3 3 Cartridge fan System board Replace the following FRUs in the order shown e Cartridge fan System board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 76 Service Manual 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mism
26. Assembly 15 Electronics card assemblies Je ts 05 A So e SS e A TE Y Note 7 30 Service Manual Assembly 15 Electronics card assemblies Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 15 1 40X0148 1 1 Interconnect card assembly 2 slot 200 210 400 410 2 40X0147 1 1 Interconnect card assembly 1 slot 000 010 3 40X5923 1 1 System board assembly non network 000 3 40X5925 1 1 System board assembly non network 200 3 40X5927 1 1 System board assembly non network 400 4 40X5924 1 1 System board assembly network 010 4 40X5926 1 1 System board assembly network 210 4 40X5298 1 1 System board assembly network 410 5 40X3212 1 1 Bar code card assembly 5 40X3378 1 1 IPDS SCS card assembly 5 40X0199 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly 5 40X0265 1 1 PRESCRIBE card assembly Parts catalog 7 31 Assembly 16 Electronics shields 7 32 Service Manual Assembly 16 Electronics shields Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 16 1 40X0150 1 1 Outer shield 2 slot 200 210 400 410 2 Parts packet INA cover mounting screw PP 40X0165 2 Parts packet outer shield mounting screw PP 40X0165 2 Parts packet inner shield mounting screw PP 40X0165 3 40X0149 1 1 Inner shield assembly 2 slot 200 210 400 410 4 40X0153 1 1 INA flat cover blank 5
27. Cover closed switch cable assembly Check the cover closed switch for proper mechanical operation If incorrect repair as necessary Disconnect the cover closed switch cable from J8 at the system board and measure the voltage at J8 3 lt measures approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the system board If the voltage is correct check the voltage at J8 1 If the voltage measures greater than 1 0 V dc replace the system board If the voltage is correct check the continuity between J8 1 and J8 3 on the cable If no change in continuity occurs as the switch is activated replace the cover open switch cable assembly If the continuity changes as the switch is activated replace the system board Cover closed switch table J8 Switch status Pin number Cover open Cover closed Pin 1 3 Open Closed Pin 1 2 Closed Open Dead machine service check A dead machine is a condition where the display is blank the LED on the operator panel is off no fans turn no motors turn and the fuser lamp does not come on If a high capacity input tray is installed remove the option and check the base printer for correct operation If the base printer operates correctly go to High capacity feeder input tray service check on page 2 96 If the base printer continues to not operate correctly remove any other attached paper handling options Warning A Observe all necessary ESD precautions when r
28. GND 24VDC PTC OPT 24VDCRAW 24VDC RAW 24VDC RAW 2 s1 T5TeT sTe Main Drive Motor To Transfer Roll 24VDC RAW HEAT L FAN DRV ZEROXINGR HEAT i GND l To J18 2 To J25 4 To J25 9 To J18 1 To J25 2 To J25 1 To 318 2 To 325 8 Autoconnect Front To J18 1 To 325 2 To J25 1 Autoconnect Bottom Dell 5210n Recommended Spare parts List 22 Dec 2010 Dell P N MFG Part Description Dell Part Description CRU or FRU Accessory GD531 CTRG TONR 10K U R 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge 10K Use RTN toner CRU GD711 ASSY DRWR SHEET 500 5210 5310 500 Sheet Paper Tray amp Drawer Combo CRU GD712 ASSY DPLXR SHEET 500 5210 5310 Duplex assembly500 sheet CRU GD713 FDR ENVELOPE 5210 5310 Envelope Feeder Assembly CRU GD714 ASSY TRAY EXP OUTPUT SHEET 650 650 Sheet Output Expander CRU GG660 KIT PTR MAINT 110V 300K 300K maintenance Kit Fuser Chg Rll Xfr RII RII Pk Arm 115V FRU HD767 CTRG TONR 20K U R 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge 20K Use Rtn Toner CRU HG371 KIT PTR MAINT 220V 300K 300K maintenance Kit Fuser Chg Rll Xfr RII RII Pk Arm 220V FRU PD974 CTRG TONR 10K REG 5210 5310 Toner Cartr
29. Have excessive curl or twist Are stuck together or damaged in any way Contain windows holes perforations cutouts or embossing Use metal clasps string ties or metal folding bars Have an interlocking design Have postage stamps attached Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position Have nicked edges or bent corners Have rough cockle or laid finishes Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 225 C 437 F without sealing excessive curling wrinkling or releasing hazardous emissions If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering using check with the envelope supplier Load only one size of envelope at a time in the envelope feeder A combination of high humidity over 60 and the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes Labels Your printer can print on many labels designed for use with laser printers These labels are supplied in letter size A4 size and legal size sheets Label adhesives face sheet printable stock and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 225 C 437 F and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch psi Try a sample of any labels you are considering using with the printer before purchasing a large quantity For detailed information on label printing characteristics and design refer to the Card Stock amp Label Guide available on the Note Labels are one of the most difficult print media
30. Right cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the two screws A holding the top of the right handle holder in place 3 Lift out the right handle holder Repair information 4 17 Left and right frame extensions Remove the toner cartridge Turn the printer on its back Remove the two screws A holding the right frame extension a Remove the two screws B securing the left frame extension 4 18 Service Manual Pass thru plate 1 Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 2 Remove the screw A securing the pass thru plate 3 Carefully remove the plate until it is loose 4 Remove the fuser to system board DC cable B secured through the plate Note Note the routing of the fuser card to system board DC cable Repair information 4 19 Laser cover removal 1 2 3 4 5 6 Remove the left door See Left door removal on page 4 7 Remove the right cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the paper support See Paper support removal on page 4 6 Remove the redrive cap See Redrive cap cover removal on page 4 6 Press the fuser wiper cover latch and remove the cover Remove the screw A at the rear of the printer and the larger screw B at the front on the right side 4 20 Service Manual 8 Remove the paper bin full sensor flag from the mounting bracket See Paper bin full sensor flag removal on page 4 71 9 Unl
31. Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS Select Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested from Sensor Tests The following screen is displayed Output Bin x passThru 0pen Full Open NearFull 0pen e passThru Pass thru sensor e Fuli Bin full sensor e NearFull Bin near full sensor Manually actuate each of the output expander sensors and the display by each sensor toggles from Open to Closed Press Back rStop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 15 Sensor Test high capacity output stacker 1 Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS 2 Select Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested The following screen is displayed HC Bin x TP OPpassThru Open Full Open NearFull Open e TP High capacity top position sensor e passThru High capacity pass thru sensor e Full High capacity bin full sensor lower part of dual sensor e NearFull High capacity bin near full sensor upper part of dual sensor 3 Manually actuate each of the sensors of the high capacity stacker and the display by each sensor toggles from Open to Closed 4 Press Back rStop to exit the test Sensor Tests 5 bin mailbox 1 Select Sensor Tests from OUTPUT BIN TESTS 2 Select Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested The following screen is displayed Output Bin x P1 OP P2 0P L NL e passThru 5 bin mailbox pass thru sensor shows Open or Closed e mailboxEmpty 5 bin mailbox emp
32. Token ring Ethernet External serial adapter ThinPrint IPDS card assembly and SCS TNe PRESCRIBE card assembly Bar code card assembly Parallel interface card MarkNet Print Servers LXK PrintCryption card Forms card single byte and Simplified Chinese Media handling operations 250 and 500 sheet paper trays of A4 letter A5 B5 Executive folio statement and legal size 250 sheet universally adjustable tray 250 and 500 sheet paper drawers 400 sheet universally adjustable tray 2000 sheet high capacity feeder Envelope feeder Duplex option 250 sheet Duplex option 500 sheet For Dell 5210n and Dell 5310n Output expander High capacity output stacker StapleSmart Finisher 5 bin Mailbox Vertical Kiosk Presenter Horizontal Kiosk Presenter e Application solutions LXK Document Solutions DBCS font cards Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Japanese Korean 1 2 Service Manual Configured models The following illustrations show a standard network and fully configured printer If you attach print media handling options to the printer it may look more like the fully configured model StapleSmart Finisher Envelope feeder YA Standard output bin Operator panel Tray 1 ak Duplex unit integrated tray p 2 or standard tray Multipurpose feeder Tray 2 250 or 500 sheets Tray 3 Tra
33. the disk will not be restored They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed 58 XX Too Many Trays Attached This error code displays when too many input trays are attached to the printer 58 XX Too Many Disks Installed This error displays when too many disks are attached to the printer 59 XX Incompatible Output Bin x An incompatible output bin is installed For Output Bin x x 1 2 or 3 Remove the incompatible output bin and press Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option to clear the message 59 XX Incompatible Envelope Feeder An incompatible envelope feeder is installed Remove the incompatible feeder and press Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option to clear the message Diagnostic information 2 41 User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action 59 XX Incompatible Tray x An incompatible tray is installed For Tray x x 2 3 4 or 5 Remove the incompatible tray and press to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Conne
34. 2 0 0c ccc tet eee ee A 13 Printing a font sample list 0 0000 c cette A 14 Panting a directory list a owe hdc eens bees Gada bail ee aew ees A 14 Printing confidential and held jobs 0000 teens A 14 Table of contents ix LinkiINGiTAYS oia A A A ee o ai A 17 Identifying and linking output bins ooococoococcco A 18 Linking output DING odos ra e td Rie oe a oda NTE AE A 20 INDEX RN l 1 Part number indeX a A A oe Re l 9 X Service Manual Laser notices Laser notice The printer is certified in the U S to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products and elsewhere is certified as a Class laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC 60825 1 Class laser products are not considered to be hazardous The printer contains internally a Class IIIb 3b laser that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770 795 nanometers The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class level during normal operation user maintenance or prescribed service condition Laser Der Drucker erf llt gem amtlicher Best tigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS Department of Health and Human Services 21 CFR Teil J fur Laserprodukte der Klasse 1 In anderen Landern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse der die Anforderungen der IEC
35. 238 04 Duplex doublefeed e Media left inthe duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from sensor covered selected the duplex option e Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 238 05 Duplex doublefeed e Media left in the duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from sensor covered selected the duplex option e Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 238 06 Duplex doublefeed and e Media left in the duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from exit sensors covered selected the duplex option Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 238 07 Duplex doublefeed e Media left in the duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from input and exit sensors selected the duplex option are covered Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 239 00 Feed error in duplex e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option unit slipping e Timing error due t
36. 500 sheet tray 200 210 400 410 7 13 Paper out flag 250 sheet tray 000 010 2 22 2002 22 eee nee e ee neeeee 7 13 Paper out flag 500 sheet tray 200 210 400 410 7 13 Paper low out sensor card assembly 2 2 2202 2 2 e een cee ence een eeeeee 7 13 Autocompensator motor Cable 255 eee eee n nn nee eee eee eee ee 7 35 Paper size autocompensator Cable eee eee ee ee eens 7 13 Pick roll assembly 2 22 r errr eee eee eeees 7 15 Multipurpose feeder paper out flag 2 2 2022 eee eee ence eee n eee e eens 7 15 Multipurpose feeder lower deflector assembly nr 7 15 Frame assembly with solenoid and cable 7 41 Paper feed alignment assembly paper feed 7 17 Reference ground clip 022 2 e een cence ene eee eee e een eee 7 17 Parts packet reference adjust nee e een e ee ee eens 7 17 Back restraint 250 sheet tray 22s see eee eee ene eee eee eees 7 19 Side restraint 250 sheet tray 2 22 22 e eee nee eee ee eens 7 19 Wear strips 2 2 2222 ee tenn ee ene eee nn eee nee e eee 7 19 Wear plate 250 sheet tray 0 nnnnnnnneeeeeeeeeeeneee 7 19 Side restraint eee eee eee eeee 7 21 115 V Maintenance kit 6 1 220 V Maintenance kit enn nn nnn nee ee eens 6 1 Pass thru plate 500 sheet
37. AA 00 indicates success and any other value indicates failure BB average PWM for the high speed portion of the test The results should be in the range of 20 through 3F inclusively hex CC average PWM for the low speed portion of the test The results should be in the range of 3A through 5D inclusively hex DD ninimum PWM for the low speed portion of the test The results should be in the range of 11 through 1F inclusively hex Ignore bytes EE and FF If the test fails remove the drive belt from the duplex DC motor and run the motor test again For the duplex DC motor to pass the test the following results must display e AA 00 BB in the range of 29 through 3E inclusively hex e CC in the range of 35 through 51 inclusively hex DD in the range of OC through 13 inclusively hex For the duplex drive system to pass the test the following results must display e AA 00 BB in the range of 29 through 3F inclusively hex e CC in the range of 3A through 5D inclusively hex DD in the range of 11 through 1F inclusively hex 3 Press Back r Stop __ to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 11 Duplex Feed 1 This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 1 This test can be run using any of the supported paper sizes To run the Duplex Feed 1 Test 1 Select Duplex Feed 1 from DUPLEX TESTS The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding and the messa
38. DRAM Memory Option s This service check is the same as the flash memory option service check with the following exception Run the DRAM Test on page 3 7 from the menu if the SDRAM Memory card is correctly installed and not broken or damaged If the test fails replace the SDRAM card If the problem continues replace the controller board Hard Disk Option Service tip These printers support one hard disk option Make sure only one hard disk option is installed Make sure the fixed disk and the fixed disk board are correctly installed Run the Quick Disk Test on page 3 18 from the Device Test on the Diagnostics menu when a problem is suspected either with the hard disk system board or with the hard disk Note The Quick Disk Test is a non destructive test and indicates Pass or Fail If the test fails replace the hard disk If a problem still exists replace the hard disk board The Disk Test Clean on page 3 19 is used to help restore the disk if the disk contains bad data and is unusable This test is divided into a cleaning and a verifying or testing section Warning This can be a very lengthy test depending on the disk size This test leaves the hard disk unformatted The servicer or user must reformat the disk using the Format Disk Menu operation This is a destructive type of test All the data on the disk is destroyed and should not be performed on a known good disk Error Code 976 xx Network Card x x Network
39. Macintosh 1 From a word processor spreadsheet browser or other application select File gt Print 2 Inthe Copies amp Pages or General pop up menu select Job Routing a When using Mac OS 9 if Job Routing is not a choice on the pop up menu select Plug in Preferences gt Print Time Filters b Turn down the disclosure triangle to the left of Print Time Filters and select Job Routing C Inthe pop up menu select Job Routing 3 Inthe radio group select the type of held job you want enter a user name and then send your job to the printer Go to the printer when you are ready to retrieve your confidential print job and follow the At the printer steps A 16 Service Manual At the printer Press ww until the appears next to Held jobs and then press Press w until the y appears next to your user name and then press 3 Press W until the y appears next to the type of action you want to perform and then press Print All Delete All Print A Job Delete A Job Print Copies If you selected Print A Job Delete A Job or Print Copies press wy until the gy appears next to the job you want and then press The job will print or be deleted according to the type of print job and action you selected Linking trays Tray linking enables the automatic linking feature for trays when you load the same size and type of print media in multiple sources The printer automatically links the trays when one tray is empty print med
40. Service tip An intermittent 32 xx Unsupported Cartridge User Error message can be caused by poor contact between the signature button cartridge contacts in the upper front cover and the chip Also check for proper seating of the signature button cartridge cable to the system board FRU Action 1 Signature button contact Check the voltage on the signature button cartridge contact The assembly voltage measures approximately 3 8 V dc when not writing data to the system board If data is being written the voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect disconnect the cable from J19 on the system board and check the voltage on J19 1 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc e If incorrect replace the system board e If correct replace the signature button cartridge contact assembly System board Diagnostic information 2 123 StapleSmart finisher service check Note When removing the stapler mechanism from the option first remove the staple supply cartridge Note When replacing staples in the supply cartridge discard any old staples in the cartridge and replace with a fresh strip Problems with static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Top cover Make sure the brush is attached to the top cover assembly the ground clips are installed and the brush is grounded Printer does not recognize StapleSmart finisher option as being installed FRU Action 1 StapleSmart finishe
41. Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg p 20 1 40X0006 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly includes USB cable A 1 Operator panel cable B 1 e Cover open switch cable C 1 2 40X0162 1 1 System board to fuser board cable assembly 3 40X0163 1 1 Fuser AC lamp to LVPS cable assembly 4 40X0226 1 1 Fuser connector fuser AC to fuser lamp Parts catalog 7 39 Assembly 21 Cabling diagrams 5 7 40 Service Manual Assembly 21 Cabling diagrams 5 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 21 1 40X0083 1 1 Frame assembly with solenoid and cable 2 40X0159 1 1 Main drive motor cable assembly 3 40X0035 1 1 EP fan with cable 250 sheet 000 010 3 40X0249 1 1 EP fan with cable 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 4 40X0053 1 1 Main fan 250 sheet 4 40X0054 1 1 Main fan 500 sheet 5 40X0161 1 1 Ground cable Parts catalog 7 41 Assembly 22 Optional 250 sheet paper drawer fem ar Us nt script 22 1 40X3230 1 1 250 sheet paper drawer complete assembly 2 1 1 Parts packet screw switch spring PP 99A0263 3 99A0063 1 1 Switch activate spring 4 56P4129 1 1 Paper out arm 250 sheet 5 3 3 Parts packet screw auto comp mounting PP 99A0263 5 4 4 Parts packet PP 99A0263 6 40X3232 1 1 Pick arm assembly 7 56P1228 1 1 Bellcrank 250 sheet paper tray 8 99A1929 2 1 Bellcrank spring 250 sheet paper tray 9 40X4308 2 2 Pick roll assemb
42. a a o Soles o 2 o E O o 5 O Print media 313 Ss 2153 o 5 3 22 x aso a ain ole 3 eo o S pd vse ses Sf A ey 312 Br 8 Fr 8 12 2138 83 Sy ze cs lt c c tt 4 2 plo x S s E Selsi IZ 9 419413 9S EF 0 Pla se sa 2 9 2 eleigigisgiai5 Ss 2 s 5 3 93 5s 83 AIDIA A D F S AJUJQA OJO M TOD0 N O 0 Paper VILS LILII Viv iv Y Y Y Y Y Card stock VIV IV IV Y YA Y Y Iv liv Y Y Transparencies VIV IV IV Y lV IW viv Y Y Vinyl labels 2 SNA 7 Y Viv Y Paper labels NES Y s Y Polyester label FN ANF s Y Y Y Dual web and integrated label Y IVY Y Vis Y 1 Printing label applications on the printer requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing The label fuser cleaner is included with a special label cartridge for label applications 2 Vinyl labels may require a special media tray General information 1 11 Print media weights Print media weight Multipurpose Print media Type pies dtray and seeder and Envelope 200 Sheet SROs shod drawer optional feeder drawer 250 sheet drawer Paper Xerographic or 60 to 176 g m grain 60 to 135 g m grain n a 60 to 135 g m business paper long 16 to 47 Ib long 16 to 36 Ib 16 to 36 Ib bond bond bond Card f Index Bristol 163 g m 90 Ib 120 g m 67 Ib n a ole Tag 163 g m 100 Ib 120 g m 74 Ib Cover 176 g m 65 Ib 135 g m 50 Ib C
43. error codes on page 2 8 Printer does not recognize the envelope feeder as an attached input option FRU Action 1 Envelope feeder Make sure the envelope feeder is correctly installed and mated to the autoconnect at the front of the printer 2 Front autoconnect on printer Check the connector for signs of damage to the connector or contacts If you find damage replace the damaged cable connector assembly Remove the envelope feeder and check the voltages at the autoconnect on the front of the printer If incorrect check the interconnect card If correct reinstall the envelope feeder and continue with step 3 3 Autoconnect on the envelope feeder Check for damage to the connector or contacts If you find damage replace the damaged cable connector assembly Disconnect the autoconnect cable at J1 on the envelope system board and measure the following voltages J1 3 measures 5 V dc J1 5 measures 5 V dc J1 7 measures 24 V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect replace the autoconnect cable connector If the voltages are correct replace the envelope system board Operator panel displays 260 xx requested POST incomplete Paper Jam immediately when envelope feed is FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor Check for any debris or pieces of envelope over the pass thru sensor Check for correct installation of the pass thru sensor flag Make sure the sensor cable is
44. 2 78 Service Manual FRU Action 4 System board Replace the current system board with the original system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 If the error remains go to step 6 5 Interconnect card assembly Replace the original interconnect card assembly with a new and not previously installed interconnect card assembly If the problem remains contact the next level of support 6 System board Replace the original system board with a new and not previously installed system board If the problem remains contact the next level of support Charge roll service check Service tip Close and evenly spaced repetitive marks 47 19 mm 1 86 in apart or spots on the page can be caused by a damaged or contaminated dual charge roll Service tip Make sure the right charge roll arm bushing is correctly installed and operates correctly To remove the charge roll 1 Wrap a piece of plain white paper around the charge roll to prevent contamination or damage 2 Carefully remove the roll by pressing outward and to the right on the charge roll link arm and remove the charge roll from the right side charge roll bearing 3 Remove the charge roll from the left side charge roll bearing and remove the roll from the printer Leave the paper wrapped around the charge roll until it is reinstalled FRU Action 1 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for correct
45. 20 to 20 and the default value is 0 e An increase moves the top margin down and widens the top margin A decrease moves the top margin upward and narrows the top margin Press Print the Quick Test duplex again to verify the adjustment Repeat if necessary Sensor Test duplex This test is used to determine whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly The test allows you to actuate the duplex input sensor located in the back part of the duplex unit and the duplex exit sensor located in the return paper path 1 Select Sensor Test from DUPLEX TESTS The message Sensor Test Testing displays Manually actuate each of the duplex sensors When the sensor switch is closed CL closed displays and when the sensor switch is open OP open displays e Duplex input sensor e Duplex exit sensor Press Back orStop to exit the test 3 10 Service Manual Motor Test duplex This test lets you test the duplex option paper feed drive system and verify that the power and velocity values are acceptable The duplex runs the DC motor at high speed and low speed taking an average of the power PWM required for each speed and calculating the KE value To run the Motor Test duplex 1 Select Motor Test from DUPLEX TESTS The power indicator light blinks and the message Motor Test Testing displays 2 When the motor stops the results are displayed DUPLEX MOTOR AA BB CC DD EE FF
46. 40X0062 40X0065 40X0066 40X0067 40X0068 40X0069 40X0071 40X0072 40X0073 40X0074 40X0074 40X0076 40X0077 40X0079 40X0083 40X0084 40X0085 40X0086 40X0090 40X0092 40X0093 40X0094 40X0099 40X0100 40X0101 40X0103 40X0105 40X0106 40X0107 40X0110 40X0111 40X0112 40X0114 40X0115 40X0120 40X0121 40X0122 40X0123 40X0124 40X0125 40X0126 40X0127 40X0129 40X0130 40X0131 40X0132 40X0133 40X0134 40X0135 40X0147 40X0148 40X0149 40X0150 Output paper level flag 000 010 eee eee n ee ee eee eee eee 7 7 Output paper level flag 200 210 400 410 7 7 Extension guide 22 22 22 een ee een ne en nee ene eee eee eee eeeeee 7 7 External ground clip 2222 222222 e eee ence n ee eee eee eee eee neeeee 7 5 Laser cable assembly 2 2 2022 2 seen ene eee nnn eee ee eee ee eee eens 7 11 Laser printhead cable assembly 2252s sees eee eee ee ee eee nee eee eees 7 35 Printhead assembly includes all cables 7 11 Frame extension nut plate 200 210 400 410 52 eee eee eee 7 5 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 7 13 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet 000 010 2 2 2022 2 52 eee e eee e nee 7 13 Parts packet bellcrank assembly 250 sheet tray 000 010 7 13 Parts packet bellcrank assembly for
47. 808 mm 772 mm 594 mm 34 5 kg Printer cabinet stand 31 8 in 34 8 in 23 2 in 83 lb 808 mm 883 mm 594 mm 37 6 kg Envelope option fits within height and width of printer 1 6 Service Manual Power requirements Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration 110 volt Power levels are shown in watts W Maximum current is given in Amperes A Printing states Dell 5210n Dell 5310n Off all models 05W 05W Idle average power Power Saver on 20W 20W Power Saver off 95W 95W Continuous printing 830W 830W Printing maximum current 100 V 8 9 A 8 9 A 120 V 8 0 A 8 0 A 230 V 4 1 A 4 1A Electrical specifications Low voltage model e 100 to 127 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal e 90 to 137 V ac extreme High voltage model e 220 to 240 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal not available in all countries e 190 to 259 V ac extreme Notes e Using a 220 to 110 power converter with the 110 volt printer is not recommended All models are ENERGY STAR qualified The default timeout to power saver is 30 minutes for all models General information 1 7 Environment Printer temperature and humidity e Operating Temperature 16 to 32 C 60 to 90 F Relative humidity 8 to 80 Altitude 10 000 ft 0 to 3 048 meters Storage and shipping environment packaged Temperature 40 to 43 C 40 to 110 F
48. Autoconnect 24 V de Ground 5 de V J1B Prtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground N C J2A Autoconnect 24 V de Ground 5 de V J2B prtxdout Ground prtrxd Ground J3 Pass thru sensor Ground Paper Present RVsnsr J4 DC motor mtrout1 mtrout2 Ground Ground tach 5 de V High capacity stacker board Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 J5 Bin full near full dual sensor Ground Ground binful binful RVsnsr Upper unit board X Not used Lower unit board Not used X J6 Jumper connector Upper unit Upper Lower Unit w N a AJ ojl N gt O ON AJ ojl N ojl N gt A 0 N 0 N a AJ ojl N WwW N gt Lower Unit 5 8 Service Manual High voltage power supply Connector CN no Signal CN1 System board Developer PWM 24 Vdc eturn R Charge PWM 24 Vdc N l TX PWM TX Enable TX CUR PWM SVRO OUT j NI O a A O N gt Interconnect card Connector Connector Pin no Signal J11 J21 Connector locations and connections 5 9 Low voltage power supply CN pin Connector ha Signal CN1 Fuser lamp AC 1 AC fuser lamp 2 Not
49. Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser checking for slope Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 change Fuser page i count not available Fuser not receiving AC power e Poor supply line voltage Excessive load on the fuser e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 94 Hot roll too cool when Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heating to desired Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 temperature after slope i change Fuser page Fuser not receiving AC power count not available Poor supply line voltage Excessive load on the fuser e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 96 Fuser is not increasing e Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser in temperature even z service check on page 2 87 though the lamp has Poor supply line voltage been on for an extended time Fuser page count not available 920 97 Fuser has been below e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser the desired temperature Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 for too long while media is in the nip Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power count not available Poor supply line voltage Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp Abrupt change in temperatures that has disrupted control 922 02 Hot roll took too long to e Low wat
50. Bluemark CRU CIS Czechoslovakia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Medmark 1 and 2 Netherlands Poland Portugal Russia Slavic countries Spain Turkey and UK MG939 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 ITL Power cord set 8 ft right angle Italy CRU NG986 CUS CORD PWR PTR 250V UK CUSTOMER KIT CORD POWER ACCESSORIES 250V UNITED CRU KINGDOM for MWD RG105 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 EUR Power cord set 8 ft right angle Europe excluding UK Italy CRU RG327 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 DEN Power cord set ft Right angle Denmark Norway and Sweden CRU RG329 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 ISR Power cord set 8ft Right Angle Israel Obsolete Replace with KJ447 CRU TG462 CORD PWR 125V 2 5M C13 US Power cord set 8 ft right angle 13 amp United States CRU UGO70 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 SWI Power cord set ft Right Angle Switzerland CRU UGO71 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 SAF Power cord set ft Right Angle South Africa CRU WD420 CBL USB D4B 10 IJ LJ LT BLK CABLE USB D4B 10 IJ LJ LT BLACK CRU WG725 ASSY CBL LVPS SYS DC 5210 5310 LVPS to System DC Cable assembly FRU YG856 ASSY CBL ACON BTM FRT 5210 5310 Autoconnect Cable Assembly Botton Front FRU YG860 ASSY CBL ACON TOP 5210 5310 Autoconnect Cable Assembly Top FRU YG861 ASSY CBL GROUND 5210 5310 Ground Cable Assembly FRU YY498 CBL USB 10FT PTR CABLE USB 10FT CRU Documentation FD838 PLCMT STUP EFIGS 5210N English French Italian German Spanish Placemat CRU HD629 KIT DOC DSK PUB EFS 52 5310N English
51. Dred aya A ME AV Abs gis Mh dela Ene Mahe 2 103 Input tray s service Check 0 cee tnt e a 2 103 Interconnect card service Check wici tesisi siat cet i i O ete i 2 105 Main drive Service check don ei cate E A ENE A ee A 2 106 Operator panel service Check ccireccsiiveni iti eee ri drotn be re a aew ee ee EEr ve be 2 107 One or more operator panel buttons fail auauna eae 2 107 NO DUTONS WOTK conil eet Oe ee E el ee el eee eet ile e 2 107 Operator panel display 5 en eed ee eo eo Sete a e ae 2 108 Options service check i ooo ropa ii whet mentee debe 2 109 Flash Memory Option S s iss A Sins eee aia ee a See he 2 109 DRAM Memory Option S 0 cect eee eee 2 109 Hard Disk Optionie nst Saayes td eA Aas 2 109 Output bin sensor standard tray service check 0 0 0 cee nee 2 110 Output expander service check ooooccoccc ttt tet ete 2 111 Paper feed service Check vu be he Sse ep we ee eee a ee 2 113 Paper size sensing service check o oooooooccoco tt eet ee eee 2 114 Parallel port service check ooooccoccccoc teeta 2 117 Print quality service Check oc ee ek a be ee 2 117 Printhead Service check secos sir Kee aoe seh Re ae ne eGo Re i Ree ee ei SS 2 123 iv Service Manual Signature button assembly service check ooooococcococoo teas 2 123 StapleSmart finisher service Check ooocoococcoooo eae 2 124 system board service Check vicio ie don a ee re be Ba a TENET dee Pe eed oe 2
52. French Spanish Doc kit with CD CRU JD308 KIT DOC DSK PUB EFIGS 52 5310N English French Italian German Spanish Doc kit with CD CRU Heatsinks Fans and Accessories GG021 ASSY FAN MAIN 5210 5310 Main Fan Includes Fan Cap Screw Main Fan with Cable FRU UK612 FAN CTRG TONR 24V 1 68W 5210 Toner Cartridge Fan 24V 1 68W 5210 FRU Mechanical Chassis FRU DG640 ASSY PK ARM BELLCRANK 5210 531 Integrated Tray Autocompensator Assy includes Pick Arm Assembly FRU pick roll assembly paper out flag paper low out sensor card assembly Bellcrank assembly w spring Autocompenator Cable and Screw DG641 FDR DFLR LWR MPF 5210 5310 Lower Deflector Assembly includes MP feeder lower deflector FRU assembly MP feeder Assy Arm Brushing Frame Assy w Soleniod Pick Roll Assy MP paper out flag Screws for lower deflector mounting 8 amp 12 mm Frame Mounting Screw Clip for pick roll shaft DG917 ASSY FUSER W 220V LAMP Fuser assembly w 220 V lamp EMEA w Screws FRU DG921 ASSY BTN CONT SIGN 5210 5310 Smart Contact Assembly w Cable amp Screw FRU FG292 DVLPR ASSY DRIVE 5210 5310 Developer Drive Assembly w shaft amp coupler gear FRU FG588 SNSR NMDA 5210 5310 Narrow Media Sensor w cable FRU FG589 MOTOR GEARBOX DR MN 5210 5310 Main Drive Assembly Includes Deflector assy cable Gearbox wi
53. Hot fuser service check Error Code 923 xx 924 xx and 925 xx may display for a hot fuser failure CAUTION The fuser may be hot use caution before removing or servicing CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check In Diagnostics mode In Diagnostics mode select EP SETUP and Fuser Temp FRU Action 1 Fuser assembly Check for any signs of overheating in the fuser assembly Check the hot roll hot roll bearings and the area around the thermistor for any signs of excessive heat If a problem is found replace the thermistor If no problem is found go to step 2 2 Fuser top cover assembly thermistor Turn the printer off and disconnect the fuser to system board cable from J10 on the system board Check the resistance between pins J10 3 and J10 4 The resistance should be greater than 100K ohms If correct go to step 3 if incorrect disconnect the thermistor cable from J5 on the fuser board and measure the resistance between the two pins on the thermistor cable If incorrect replace the fuser top cover assembly see Fuser narrow media sensor removal on page 4 35 if correct replace the fuser to system board cable 3 System board Fuser top cover asse
54. Part Units Units kit ae e Description Index number option or pkg 29 1 40X3267 1 1 Rear access door assembly 2 56P4235 1 1 Right side cover 3 Parts packet screw PP 99A0263 4 40X3264 1 1 Output expander pass thru sensor Parts catalog 7 49 High capacity output expander 1 Assembly 30 Complete high capacity output expander gt gt Ho 5 E E D 3 gt wn a lt 2 b g g 3 o n c A ca o ors O0DO 3 D p O O 2 2 SF CE o o O QQZ gt D 06000380 2 oa SF fe gt o DO D055 S a XXAMuoO FP X y bo Xi vo a Do 2 po ONE OST se Se E O E a ca 230 ON tO OM so 9 0 0DUDO SNNN AAA A A vma t tt YF ctEerxxaaaxadk 53l o O OO OO QE Y Y 00010 Y 10 LO 7 Li Sll aunt onol o zZ HUD qf 7 50 Service Manual Assembly 31 High capacity output expander 2 Asm Part Units Units kit er Index number option or pkg Description 31 1 99A0104 2 1 Upper diverter spring 2 99A0415 1 1 Swing arm spring 3 31 Parts packet PP 99A0263 4 56P4212 1 1 Bin full dual sensor upper stacker assembly flag 5 40X3265 1 1 Bin full dual sensor upper stacker assembly NS 56P4210 2 1 Output spring Parts catalog 7 51 Assembly 32 High capacity output expander 3 7 52 Service Manual Assembly 32 High capacity output expander 3 Asm Part Units Units kit aT S Description Index number opt
55. Remove the redrive exit cover Remove the redrive assembly mounting screws A ia Release the redrive assembly mounting latches B and remove the redrive assembly tr nt E m ie Preet Repair information 4 75 Signature button contact assembly removal Remove the print cartridge Remove the left side door See Left door removal on page 4 7 Remove the right cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 Remove outer system board shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 69 Disconnect signature button cable from connector J14 on the system board On models 200 210 400 410 remove the two screws A securing the blower duct oS SS 7 Remove the signature button contact assembly mounting screw B 8 Remove the assembly signature button contact assembly Note Be sure to route the cable in the same location as shown C when replacing the assembly 4 76 Service Manual System board and inner shield removal Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR
56. Transfer pivot shaft 22 22 22 enn e een ence eee eee nee ene ee eee eee 7 27 Transfer roll left spring 7 27 Transfer roll left arm 2 2 eee ee eee enn nn nnn eee eee eee eens 7 27 Interconnect card assembly 1 slot 000 010 nr 7 31 Interconnect card assembly 2 slot 200 210 400 410 2 22 ener 7 31 Inner shield assembly 2 slot 200 210 400 410 7 33 Outer shield 2 slot 200 210 400 410 7 33 1 10 Service Manual 40X0151 40X0152 40X0153 40X0154 40X0156 40X0157 40X0159 40X0160 40X0161 40X0162 40X0163 40X0165 40X0171 40X0174 40X0179 40X0182 40X0183 40X0195 40X0197 40X0199 40X0207 40X0208 40X0209 40X0210 40X0211 40X0212 40X0213 40X0222 40X0223 40X0223 40X0224 40X0225 40X0226 40X0229 40X0230 40X0231 40X0232 40X0233 40X0234 40X0235 40X0236 40X0238 40X0239 40X0249 40X0249 40X0250 40X0251 40X0252 40X0253 40X0254 40X0255 40X0256 40X0257 40X0258 40X0260 40X0263 40X0264 40X0264 40X0265 USB board assembly 2 2 2222 2 ence een ee ee nee eee eee nee eee eeneee 7 3 Ethernet shield blank 010 210 410 2 2 2022 e eee e eee e eee eee 7 33 INA flat cover blank 2 2 2 2 e eee e eee ene ee eee eee eee eee ee 7 33 Inner shield assembly 1 slot 000 010 lt 2 2 5202 eee ee ee eee eee 7 33 Bottom front autoconnect cable assembly
57. and right side covers Make sure the option s are correctly installed and the machine is configured correctly before attempting to service the unit Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action Front cover assembly Check the front cover assembly to make sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the 5 Bin mailbox frame Also check to make sure the ESD brush is not loose or damaged The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Service tip If more than a single output option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as being installed If the printer recognizes any of the output options then the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized option Continue with this service check or go to the service check for the failing output option FRU Action 5 Bin mailbox option Check the autoconnects cables and connectors of the option for any signs of loose or damaged parts Mechanical linkage assembly Remove the left and right side covers and check the two autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins Remove the output option and check the voltages on the standard output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect on page 5 7 If the voltages are correct reinstall the output option noting the position
58. codes 241 12 Page was not properly Failure to feed possible causes include Fan media picked from tray 1 Edge locking Worn or contaminated pick tires e Overfilling of tray past the fill line Turn media over Reduce amount of media loaded in tray 1 Replace pick tires Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal on page 4 52 Diagnostic information 2 71 Service checks Anytime the system board is replaced the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM Go to Configuration ID on page 3 21 Review the following information before performing any service checks Paper feed problems especially paper jams Go to Display Log on page 3 23 and check the printer event log for indications of repetitive entries that help to isolate a problem to a particular area of the printer or option Paper feed problems with error message Use the Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx error codes on page 2 8 to help diagnose the problem Print quality problems Go to Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs on page 3 6 and print a test page to help diagnose problems before changing any settings or working on the printer Use the resident diagnostics test provided to help isolate a problem before taking the machine apart or removing any options 5 Bin mailbox service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left
59. e Poor supply line voltage 922 97 Fuser has taken too long e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser check on page 2 89 2 20 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 923 01 Fuser over temperature e Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page count Noi service check on page 2 90 between 0 and 99 999 Noisy thermistor signal e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 11 Fuser over temperature e Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page count m service check on page 2 90 between 100 000 and Noisy thermistor signal 199 999 e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 21 Fuser over temperature e Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page count Noi service check on page 2 90 between 200 000 and Noisy thermistor signal 299 999 e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 31 Fuser over temperature e Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page count r service check on page 2 90 between 300 000 and Noisy thermistor signal 399 999 e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 41 Fuser over temperature Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page coun
60. installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 59 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx sensor during warm up Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 covered A page may not have been cleared from a prior jam Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 202 32 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in fuser exit or Make sure the redrive door long Fuser page count redrive area is complete closed SS 300 000 and e Check the fuser for any ale signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 33 Page is covering the e If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area narrow media sensor of the printer a partial piece ofa around the fuser assembly for during warm up Fuser page may be
61. 2 Operator panel display blank 5 beeps LED off Check for correct installation of the operator panel cable at J13 on the system board If incorrect reinstall the cable properly If correct measure the voltage at J13 2 on the system board The voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 If correct check continuity of the operator panel cable If the continuity is incorrect replace the upper front hinge assembly If the continuity is correct replace the operator panel board See Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 3 Operator panel display blank 5 beeps LED on Check for ground between J13 4 and ground If correct replace the operator panel board See Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 If incorrect check the operator panel cable If the cable is incorrect replace the upper front cover hinge assembly See Upper front cover hinge assembly removal on page 4 79 If the correct replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 4 Operator panel all diamonds no beeps Make sure a card is not plugged in backward This condition causes the printer to fail POST displaying all diamonds on the operator panel with no beeps 5 Operator panel all diamonds 5 beeps Remove all the cables except the operator panel cable J13 from the system board Tu
62. 2 if installed Tray 3 if installed Tray 4 if installed ppp Tray 5 if installed MP Feeder Env Feeder if installed Prt Quality Pgs See Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs on page 3 6 HARDWARE TESTS Panel Test See Panel Test on page 3 7 Button Test See Button Test on page 3 7 DRAM Test See DRAM Test on page 3 7 CACHE Test Parallel Wrap See Parallel Wrap tests on page 3 8 Parallel 1 Wrap if installed Parallel 2 Wrap if installed Serial 1 Wrap if installed See Serial Wrap tests on page 3 9 Serial 2 Wrap if installed 3 2 Service Manual Diagnostics mode tests continued DUPLEX TESTS if installed Quick Test See Quick Test duplex on page 3 9 Top Margin See Top Margin duplex on page 3 10 Sensor Test See Sensor Test duplex on page 3 10 Motor Test See Motor Test duplex on page 3 11 Duplex Feed 1 See Duplex Feed 1 on page 3 12 Duplex Feed 2 See Duplex Feed 2 on page 3 12 INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests See Feed Tests input tray on page 3 13 Sensor Test See Sensor Test input tray on page 3 13 OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed Tests See Feed Tests output bins on page 3 14 Feed To All Bins See Feed To All Bins on page 3 14 Sensor Test
63. 2 92 202 91 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count is not available Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 65 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 92 Exit sensor covered too long Fuser page count is not available Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose
64. 3 M Macintosh A 11 A 12 A 15 A 16 main drive assembly parts catalog 7 22 removal 4 58 service check 2 106 main fan removal 4 57 maintenance ESD sensitive parts 4 1 lubrication 6 1 maintenance kit 6 1 preventive 6 1 safety inspection guide 6 1 maintenance approach 1 1 maintenance kits 6 1 menus accessing service menus 3 1 description 2 3 printing menu page 3 30 messages check device connection messages 2 43 service error codes 2 8 user attendance messages 2 32 user line 2 link messages 2 43 user status displays 2 31 warning messages user status displays 2 31 Model Name 3 20 models 1 1 1 3 7 1 MPF arm assembly 4 61 MPF lower paper deflector 4 62 MPF solenoid assembly 4 63 multipurpose feeder parts catalog 7 14 removal 4 16 N narrow media sensor See fuser narrow media sensor navigation buttons 2 2 network setup page A 13 number pad rubber dome sheet 7 3 numeric pad 2 3 O operator panel A 13 board 4 67 Button Test 3 7 buttons 2 107 4 68 7 3 description 2 2 display 2 108 LCD Brightness 3 29 LCD Contrast 3 29 Panel Test 3 7 parts catalog 7 2 service check 2 107 upper front cover 4 12 7 3 upper front cover bezel 4 15 l 4 Service Manual options descriptions 1 2 parts catalog 7 69 service checks 2 109 outer shield parts catalog 7 32 removal 4 69 output bin sensor tests 5 bin mailbox 3 16 high capacity output stacker 3 16 output expander 3 15 standard bin 3 15 output bins identifying A 18 out
65. 3 10 Motor Test dupleX ori a el e 3 11 Duplex Feed lio bine cb bce ir a a E RAE E eaie 3 12 Duplex Feed 2 a7 ace oh ig anc ge oere a Gs deepal Weare pa en ee RG eg cad ied 3 12 INPUT TRAY TESTS on a ha fed eee a eee ed eee re TA st 3 13 Reed Tests inputitray oz 6 2 2 2 igi ease Ae age ta tdt 3 13 Sensor Test input tray ies cicer pees pee a eee dee dee pee ee eg ee gee 3 13 OUTPUT BIN TESTS oraidean a a A tat ale dae Go eat oe ee a 3 14 Feed Tests OUtpUT DINS muaa Sark ek bee Se el eee ee eee a 3 14 Feed To All BINS Aia vr ato Bae ie Gee ee OE BA ee Pecan Aes BEG Meo 3 14 Sensor Test standard output bin 2 teen eee 3 15 Sensor Test Output Expander eaea eh ee eee eb be bedi bee ee 3 15 Sensor Test high capacity output stacker 0 2 eee 3 16 Sensor Tests 5 bin mailbox areste reren vee ede ee eee ed cava a bh Vee 3 16 Div erterLest it A an ei ft GN E Sie ee eS we E 3 16 FINISHER TESTS o da a ace ee aaa 3 17 Staple Testi A a ba aA teh ae 3 17 Feed Tests finisher lt s ooo bo pee et rd e ed a poe wo ee ede 3 17 Sensor TESTS serrr a ea ed Ba dee Sl Gn ah ete ee EA 3 17 BASE SENSOR TEST winner eee eee ee A See eee t 3 18 DEVICE TESTS frt sched Sek A PA Be RE Dae ee Pe thes 3 18 QuICK DISKTESt consi cis er hate e edu Ms te ee aa frota heme ee 3 18 Disk Test Cleanis 250i orar a A ea a ed ee eek 3 19 Flash TeSt reiii A ee Ae a ee Ree Fe ees oe eer 3 19 PRINTER SETUP 2 303 wide eee E oo Ghee a eid Oe ee ahaa
66. 33 HPVS input sensor toner sensor cable assembly 7 9 7 29 7 34 HVPS input sensor toner sensor cable assembly nn 7 37 LVPS to system board cable assembly 7 37 Right side hand holder n cee e eee eee nee e eee neee 7 5 Fuser AC to fuser lamp cable 7 25 7 39 Narrow media sensor cable 2 2222s ener eee eee e eee eee eee eens 7 25 Exit sensor cable 2522 e ene nnn nnn nn eee eee enee 7 25 Left side hand holder 2 2 2222 2 22 een e cee e eee e eee eee eee ee eeeeee 7 5 Redrive door assembly 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 7 7 Operator panel outer bezel with Dell logo 5210n 22 5 7 3 Operator panel outer bezel with Dell logo 5310n 7 3 Kit upper front panel button 2 2 2 eee ee eee eee eeee 7 3 Exit narrow media sensor cover 2222 e seen nner e nnn e ee eeee 7 25 Narrow media flag spring kit eee nee e eens 7 25 Exit sensor flag spring kit 0 2 2250 eee ee eee ee eee eee eeee 7 25 EP DC fan assembly 200 210 400 410 2202 252 e een e ee een nee eeeeeee 7 9 EP fan with cable 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 2222 eee eee eee eee eeeee 7 41 9 pin to Twinax cable 2 22 22 enn ee ee nee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee 7 69 9 pin to Coax BNC
67. 9 Upper paper feed deflector 2 0 2 0202 eee eee e nee e ene e ee eeeee 7 9 Inner paper feed deflector 000 010 eee e eee eee n eee e ee e 7 9 Inner paper feed deflector 200 210 400 410 222 520 e eee 7 9 Input sensor 2222 2 e een ee eee ne eee eee nee ene eee eeeee 7 9 Gear guard 9 22 2202 nnn e en nnn een nn eee een eee eens 7 7 ESD shield with label 2 22 2222 eee ee eee eee ene eee eeee 7 9 Paper size sensing board assembly 22 5222 2 520 e eee e een n eee eeneee 7 7 Paper size sensing board Tray 1 autocompensator paper out low cable 7 35 Paper switch activate spring 2 2 nnn n nee eee eee enee 7 7 Gear release link 2 5 5 2 eee eee een nnn nn nnn nee 7 7 Counterbalance spring 2 222 2 t ence renee ence nee eee eee eens 7 3 Standard bin level Sensor eens 7 7 Standard bin level sensor bracket 2222 e eee e ee eee ee eee eee ee e 7 7 Main fan with cable 250 sheet output 7 7 Main fan 250 sheet 22 222 een nnn nnn eee ene eens 7 41 Main fan with cable 500 sheet output 02 52 22 e eee eee eee ee eee 7 7 Main fan 500 sheet 2 22 nnn eee nee ee enee 7 41 Redrive door assembly 250 sheet 000 010 2022 eee eee eeeee 7 7 Part number index l 9 40X0057 40X0058 40X0059 40X0060 40X0061 40X0061
68. 9xx error messages are stored in the event log To view the event log 1 Select Display Log from EVENT LOG Up to three error codes display at a time Press or to view additional error codes 2 Press Back to return to the EVENT LOG menu Print Log Additional diagnostic information is available when you print the event log from DIAGNOSTICS rather than CONFIG MENU The Event Log printed from DIAGNOSTICS includes e Detailed printer information including code versions e Time and date stamps e Page counts for most errors e Additional debug information in some cases Model and Event Log Serial number Dell S210n sin wooo Device information Printer information Panel display Event Log leformation when error occurred _ thee Page count Earliest error code f110110h1 Next error code The printed event log can be faxed to Dell or your next level of support for verification or diagnosis Diagnostic aids 3 23 To print the event log Select Print Log from EVENT LOG Press Back to return to EVENT LOG Clear Log Use Clear Log to remove the current information in the Event Log This affects both the viewed log and the printed log information 1 Select Clear Log from the Event Log menu 2 Select YES to clear the Event Log or NO to exit the Clear Log menu If YES is selected Deleting EVENT LOG displays on the screen Press Back to return to EVEN
69. Assembly 21 Cabling diagrams 5 0 0 00 c tte eee 7 40 Assembly 22 Optional 250 sheet paper drawer 0 000 cece cette 7 42 Assembly 23 Optional 250 sheet paper tray aaau cece eee 7 43 Assembly 24 Optional 500 sheet paper drawer 0 0 0 eee eee 7 44 Assembly 25 Optional 500 sheet paper tray oocococccccco 7 45 Assembly 26 Duplex 0pti0N o ooococccoo ee 7 46 Assembly 27 Envelope feeder 0 0 ccc ete 7 47 Assembly 28 Output expander 1 0 000 7 48 Assembly 29 Output expander 2 0 cc tte nee 7 49 Assembly 30 High capacity output expander 1 0 0 eee 7 50 Assembly 31 High capacity output expander 2 00 00200 7 51 Assembly 32 High capacity output expander 3 0 02000 c eee 7 52 Assembly 33 5 bin mailbox1 lt ms rssi ere aee ei rA EA tenet e tenes 7 54 Assembly 34 5 bin mailbox 2 0 0 cnet eee 7 56 Assembly 35 High capacity feeder 1 0 cette 7 58 Assembly 36 High capacity feeder 2 uaaa 7 60 Assembly 37 High capacity feeder 3 0 cette 7 62 Assembly 38 High capacity feeder 4 0 ec tte 7 63 Assembly 39 Kiosk vertical and horizontal paper adapters oo oo oooooooo 7 64 Assembly 40 StapleSmart finisher l 00 0 0 cece eee 7 65 Assembly 41 StapleSmart finisher 2 0 00 0 0 0 cette eee
70. Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser i i i s 87 ene ae e Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 8 change Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power E ean 400 000 Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 46 Fuser is not increasing e Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser Abaroa Poor supply line voltage service check on page 2 87 been on for an extended time Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 920 47 Fuser has been below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser He olen it spt e Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 is in the nip Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power a 400 000 e Poor supply line voltage eS Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll Abrupt change in temperatures that has disrupted control 920 01 Hot roll took too long to Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after transitioning to new enhanced mode Fuser page count more than 500 000 Fuser not receiving AC power Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll service check on page 2 87 Diagnostic information 2 13 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action
71. CACHE Test x100 P HHH F HHH P represents the number of times the cache has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 e F represents the number of times the cache has failed and finished with errors Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99 999 Initially only four digits appear but additional digits appear as needed Each time a test is completed the number of passes and failures is incremented If the test fails the message Fai lure displays for approximately three seconds and the failure count increases by one The test continues until all of the printer processor s cache has been tested Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test is stopped the power indicator is turned on solid and the final results display To stop this test before completion turn the printer off Parallel Wrap tests This test is used with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel port hardware Each parallel signal is tested Use Parallel Wrap for the standard parallel port Parallel 1 Wrap if a parallel port is available by PCI slot 1 or Parallel 2 Wrap if a parallel port is available by PCI slot 2 To run the Parallel Wrap tests 1 Disconnect the parallel interface cable and install the wrap plug P N 1319128 2 Select Parallel Wrap Parallel 1 Wrap or Parallel 2 Wrap from the HARDWARE TESTS menu The power indicato
72. Description Possible causes Action 202 30 Paper jam around the fuser exit or redrive area Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 31 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be
73. Either lift the ESD cover out of the way or remove it See ESD cover removal on page 4 26 Note The tabs holding the ESD cover are easily stressed or broken 2 Lift the left side to release the small tab A on the left and the MPF flag B and slide the upper paper deflector assembly to the right to unlatch the hooks C on the right Note Be careful not to put too much stress on the small tab A on the right A B C 3 Lift to remove the upper paper deflector assembly Installation note Make sure the MPF flag B is in place USB board assembly removal 1 Remove the upper front cover 2 Disconnect the USB cable from the USB board assembly 3 Remove the screw A securing the USB board assembly Y aa 3ean 1 300 463511306 4 80 Service Manual 5 Connector locations and connections Connections System board Byuod yomu uoy 6ijuoo 4410MJaN E E 0000000000000 oo A 2000 0000 O 24 J25 J22 BEA 1 J26 J 000000000000 PA 000 E l l J120 E pee J15 _ J141J13 J10 0000000000000 qlee 8968608 1foo0000000000 200 oo oo 000 Connector locations and connections 5 1 System board see S
74. Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 922 16 Hot roll did not reach e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser ie penned in e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count between 100 000 power and 199 999 e Poor supply line voltage 922 17 Fuser has taken too long e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser nee r Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 increasing interpage Fuser not receiving sufficient AC gap Fuser page count power Pon ccs 100 000 and e Poor supply line voltage 922 22 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser Aa Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 200 000 and 299 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 23 Hot roll reached final Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser ane benra took e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC in lookup table Fuser power page count between a j 200 000 and 299 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 24 Hot roll timed out in e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser A ora the final e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature Fuser e Fuse
75. FRU YY498 CBL USB 10FT PTR CABLE USB 10FT CRU Documentation FD838 PLCMT STUP EFIGS 5210N English French Italian German Spanish Placemat CRU HD629 KIT DOC DSK PUB EFS 52 5310N English French Spanish Doc kit with CD CRU JD308 KIT DOC DSK PUB EFIGS 52 5310N English French Italian German Spanish Doc kit with CD CRU Heatsinks Fans and Accessories DG915 FAN CTRG TONR 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge Blower Fan 5310N FRU GG021 ASSY FAN MAIN 5210 5310 Main Fan Includes Fan Cap Screw Main Fan with Cable FRU Mechanical Chassis DG640 ASSY PK ARM BELLCRANK 5210 531 Integrated Tray Autocompensator Assy includes Pick Arm Assembly FRU pick roll assembly paper out flag paper low out sensor card assembly Bellcrank assembly w spring Autocompenator Cable and Screw DG641 FDR DFLR LWR MPF 5210 5310 Lower Deflector Assembly includes MP feeder lower deflector FRU assembly MP feeder Assy Arm Brushing Frame Assy w Soleniod Pick Roll Assy MP paper out flag Screws for lower deflector mounting 8 amp 12 mm Frame Mounting Screw Clip for pick roll shaft DG917 ASSY FUSER W 220V LAMP Fuser assembly w 220 V lamp EMEA w Screws FRU DG921 ASSY BTN CONT SIGN 5210 5310 Smart Contact Assembly w Cable amp Screw FRU FG292 DVLPR ASSY DRIVE 5210 5310 Developer Drive Assembly w shaft amp co
76. File gt Print 2 Click Properties If there is no Properties button click Setup and then click Properties 3 Depending on the operating system you may have to click the Other Options tab and then click Print and Hold Note If you have difficulty finding Print and Hold gt Confidential Print click Help see the topic Confidential Print or Print and Hold and then follow the driver instructions A 14 Service Manual 4 Enter a User Name and PIN 5 Send your job to the printer Go to the printer when you are ready to retrieve your confidential print job and follow the At the printer steps Macintosh 1 From a word processor spreadsheet browser or other application select File gt Print 2 Inthe Copies amp Pages or General pop up menu select Job Routing a When using Mac OS 9 if Job Routing is not a choice on the pop up menu select Plug in Preferences gt Print Time Filters b Turn down the disclosure triangle to the left of Print Time Filters and select Job Routing C Inthe pop up menu select Job Routing 3 In the radio group select Confidential Print 4 Enter a User Name and PIN 5 Send your job to the printer Go to the printer when you are ready to retrieve your confidential print job and follow the At the printer steps At the printer a oe oe ee 5 Press wy until the y appears next to Held jobs and then press Press wy until the y appears next to your user name and then pres
77. HVPS Go to Transfer roll service check on page 2 129 2 8 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 920 01 Hot roll took too long to Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC service check on page 2 87 transitioning to new ower enhanced mode P i standby control only Poor supply line voltage Fuser page count i between 0 and 99 999 Low wattage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll 920 02 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser the desired temperature Fuser not receiving sufficient AC service check on page 2 87 while in standby Fuser ower page between 0 and P 99 999 e Poor supply line voltage e Low wattage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 03 Hot roll too cool when e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser checking for slope Fuser not receiving sufficient AC service check on page 2 87 change in standby power Fuser page count i i between 0 and 99 999 e Poor supply line voltage e Low wattage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 04 Hot roll too cool when Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heating to desired lt Fuser not receiving sufficient AC service check on page 2 87 tempe
78. Input Sensor FRU JG281 LEVER LNK GEAR REL 5210 5310 Gear Link Lever FRU JG283 ASSY RLLR CHR DUAL 5210 5310 Charge Roller assembly dual w tech sheet FRU JG416 SPR CTRG DOWN HOLD 5210 5310 Cartridge holddown spring FRU JG438 ASSY PK ARM SHEET 500 52 5310 Autocompensator Assembly FRU UJ395 ASSY SNSR SIZE PAPER W SPR Integrated Tray Card Paper Switch Activate Spring w Screw and FRU Paper size sensing board assembly Memory DK479 KIT PTR MEM 128MB Memory 128MB Order SKU Only P N A0743430 CRU DK480 KIT PTR MEM 256MB Memory 256MB Order SKU Only P N A0743431 CRU DK481 KIT PTR MEM 512MB Memory 512MB Order SKU Only P N A0743433 instead of 5 digit CRU part number Part Master Desc Functional Desc CRU DG914 PAD MTG MACHINE 5210 5310 Rubber Feet 4 CRU DH229 ASSY CVR FRT UPR W BTNS Upper Front Cover Assembly including Op Panel All Buttons Light FRU Pipe GG025 KIT RLLR CHG CONT HV 5210 310 High Voltage Contacts Kit FRU GG027 PRTH ASSY W CABLES 5210 5310 Printhead Assy w Cables amp screws FRU H738R KIT SHP MTL BOX RTN PTR 5310N RETURN PACKAGING BOX 5210 5310 CRU HG557 SVC PAKT PRT TIE CBL 5210 5310 Cable Tie Packets CRU P1396 RLLR PK ARM QTY2 PICK ROLLER QTY 2 CRU YG853 SPCR CVR FRT UPR W LTCH SPR Spacer D w Upper Latch and spring for upper front cover Screw FRU Motherboards FG591 CRD NTWK COMM ENET 5310 System board with integrated Ethernet 5310N FRU HG365 ASSY CRD INTFC 1 SLOT 5210 310 Interconnect board assembly 1 slot FRU
79. International Electrotechnical Commission 60825 1 gem amtlicher Best tigung erf llt Laserprodukte der Klasse gelten als unsch dlich Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse IIIb 3b bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt der Wellen der L nge 770 795 Nanometer ausstrahlt Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert da im Normalbetrieb bei der Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgem er Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung die die Klasse bersteigen w rde Menschen keinesfalls erreicht Avis relatif l utilisation de laser Pour les Etats Unis cette imprimante est certifi e conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alin a J concernant les produits laser de Classe 1 Pour les autres pays cette imprimante r pond aux normes IEC 60825 1 relatives aux produits laser de Classe I Les produits laser de Classe sont consid r s comme des produits non dangereux Cette imprimante est quip e d un laser de Classe lllb 3b ars niure de gallium d une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts mettant sur des longueurs d onde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanom tres L imprimante et son syst me laser sont con us pour impossible dans des conditions normales d utilisation d entretien par l utilisateur ou de r vision l exposition a des rayonnements laser sup rieurs des rayonnements de Classe Laser notices Xi Avvertenze sui prodotti laser Questa s
80. Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer 952 00 NV failure n CRC error has occurred This is recoverable Perform POR to clear the error Diagnostic information 2 27 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 953 00 Replace the operator panel board or upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 or Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 Warning When replacing any one of the following components Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting compo
81. See Sensor Test standard output bin on page 3 15 Diverter Test if 5 bin See Diverter Test on page 3 16 installed FINISHER TESTS if installed Staple Test See Staple Test on page 3 17 Feed Tests See Feed Tests finisher on page 3 17 Sensor Test See Sensor Test finisher on page 3 17 BASE SENSOR TEST See BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3 18 Toner Input Output DEVICE TESTS Quick Disk Test if installed See Quick Disk Test on page 3 18 Disk Test Clean if installed See Disk Test Clean on page 3 19 Flash Test if installed See Flash Test on page 3 19 PRINTER SETUP Defaults See Defaults on page 3 20 Page Count See Page Count on page 3 20 Perm Page Count See Perm Page Count permanent page count on page 3 20 Serial Number See Serial Number on page 3 20 Envelope Enhance See Envelope Enhance on page 3 20 Engine Setting 1 through 4 See Engine Setting 1 through 4 on page 3 20 Model Name See Model Name on page 3 20 Configuration ID See Configuration ID on page 3 21 Edge to Edge See Edge to Edge on page 3 21 Par S Strobe Adj Par x Strobe Adj if additional parallel options are installed See Parallel strobe adjustment Par x Strobe Adj on page 3 21 3 3 Diagnostic aids Diagnostics mode tests continued
82. Size Sensing is turned off 1 14 Service Manual Media weights supported in the finisher Finisher media weight Print media Type ri Standard Offset Stapled Paper Xerographic or 60 to 176 g m 60 to 90 g m 60 to 90 g m business paper 16 to 47 Ib bond 16 to 24 Ib bond 16 to 24 Ib bond Card Index Bristol 163 g m 163 g m Not recommended stock maximum 90 Ib bond 90 Ib bond sgraing Tag 163 g m 163 g m 100 Ib bond 100 Ib bond Cover 176 g m 176 g m 65 Ib bond 65 Ib bond Card Index Bristol 199 g m 199 g m Not recommended stock maximum 110 Ib bond 110 Ib bond kara ehOr Tag 203 g m 203 g m 125 Ib bond 125 Ib bond Cover 216 g m 216 g m 80 Ib bond 80 Ib bond Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 Ib bond 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 lb bond Not recommended Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area 140 to 175 g m up to 47 Ib bond Paper base grain long 75 to 135 g m 20 to 36 Ib bond Not recommended Not recommended Labels upper limit Paper 180 g m 48 Ib bond Dual web paper 180 g m 48 Ib bond Polyester 220 g m 59 Ib bond Vinyl 300 g m 92 Ib bond Not recommended Not recommended Envelopes Sulfite wood free or up to 100 cotton bond 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib bond Not recommended Not recommended General information 1 15
83. any of the output expander options then the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized expander option FRU Action 1 Output expander option Make sure the output expander option is the only option that is not recognized by the base printer If the output expander is the only option not recognized by the printer continue with step 2 If not check the autoconnects of the options not recognized and the interconnect card and cable connections 2 Output expander assembly mechanical linkage Check the autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins Remove the left and right side covers Remove the front control board cover Check the cables at J1A J1B J2A and J2B on the control board to make sure they are attached securely and correctly Remove the output expander and check the voltages on the output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect on page 5 7 If the voltages are correct and the problem persists replace the output expander option 202 xx Paper Jam Open Rear Door message displays a sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag 202 xx Paper Jam Open Rear Door message displays a sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even though bin x is selected paper exits half way out of the redrive Service tip For this type of problem check the sub error codes They can help isolate the problem
84. assembly for worn rollers contaminated rollers or binds Replace the alignment assembly if any problem is found 2 Inner deflector Check the inner paper deflector for correct installation If the deflector is bowed or not fitting correctly replace the deflector Autocompensator fails to feed paper Failures occur randomly throughout the stack of paper FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor Check the pass thru sensor for correct installation and operation 2 Autocompensator The autocompensator pick roll shaft assembly is not providing assembly enough torque if the pick rollers are not picking the paper correctly Replace the autocompensator assembly 3 Wear strips in tray x Check the wear strips for excessive wear scratches or rough spots problem is found Replace the wear strips if a problem is found Paper feed failures occur only near the top of the stack of paper The most common cause of this problem is paper curl Remove the paper from tray x and check for the natural curvature in the paper Reinstall the paper in the correct manner If the problem persists it may be necessary to reduce the stack height Replace both pick rolls if the paper appears to be flat in the tray but there is still a problem Failures occur mainly near the bottom of the stack of paper The autocompensator pick arm may not be coming down far enough to allow the pick rolls to properly contact the paper Also the autocomp
85. attached to the envelope system board Perform an envelope feeder sensor test to check both the sensor and sensor flag Note It may be necessary to use a small tool to actuate the sensor flag because it is located under the front cover Be careful not to damage the flag If the test fails check the flag for damage or binds If incorrect replace the flag If the flag is operating correctly check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the envelope system board If correct check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage changes from 0 to 5 V dc when the flag is moved in and out of the sensor If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the envelope system board 2 84 Service Manual Operator panel displays 260 xx Paper Jam after attempted feed but before envelopes are put in the hopper OR the operator panel continues to display Load Envelopes after envelopes are placed in the hopper Service tip The kick rolls rotate during the attempted feed cycles FRU Action 1 Envelope out hopper Check the envelope out sensor flag for damage correct installation sensor flag and operation If incorrect repair or replace the envelope feeder option 990 xx Service Error envelopes fail to feed from the hopper FRU Action 1 DC feed motor assembly Check the motor and motor cable for loose wires or poor connections Make sure the mot
86. board 934 00 Mirror motor lost lock e Check printhead Go to Printhead service Check cables and connections Check system board check on page 2 123 2 24 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 936 00 Mirror moor not up to e Check printhead Go to Printhead service speed Check system board check on page 2 123 936 10 No hall effect detected e Check cable connections Go to Main drive service at motor start Motor is Defective motor check on page 2 106 type 0 e Severe gear blinds in gearbox assembly e System board 936 11 No hall effect detected e Check cable connections Go to Main drive service at motor start Motor is lt Defective motor check on page 2 106 type 1 Severe gear binds in gearbox assembly e System board 936 20 Failed to stop within Defective motor Go to Main drive service timeout motor is type 0 Defective system board check on page 2 106 936 21 Failed to stop within Defective motor Go to Main drive service timeout motor is type 1 Defective system board check on page 2 106 936 30 No lock detected at e Check for paper jams Go to Main drive service motor start for motor ID P check on page 2 106 Motor is type 0 Gear pinas e Defective motor e Check motor cable and connections 936 31 No lock detected at Check for paper
87. cable 7 69 9 pin to 9 pin cable assembly 7 69 Parts packet redrive mounting screws 2 2 5202 2 2c eee e eee renee eee eeneee 7 7 Parts packet fuser mounting screw 5 222 e een eee ee eee eee nee eeenee 7 25 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Argentina 7 29 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Bolivia and Peru 7 29 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Chile Uruguay 7 29 Power cord set 8 ft right angle 2 2 2002 eee ee een eee eee e eee eeee 7 29 Power cord set 8 ft right angle 13 amp United States 7 29 Pass thru plate 250 sheet tray 2 2 0 2 eee n eee eee eee eee e ee nee 7 19 Output bin sensor cable 7 34 Standard bin level sensor Cable 2 2220s eee eee eee eee eee e eee eeeee 7 7 PRESCRIBE card assembly AAA e cord Se eens oe See 7 31 7 69 Part number index I 11 40X0271 40X0272 40X0280 40X0281 40X0285 40X0290 40X0291 40X0293 40X0294 40X0295 40X0301 40X0303 40X0304 40X0305 40X0306 40X0310 40X1375 40X1376 40X1377 40X1378 40X1508 40X1509 40X1510 40X1512 40X1513 40X1514 40X1515 40X1562 40X1564 40X1565 40X1816 40X2061 40X2590 40X2591 40X2592 40X2665 40X2666 40X2669 40X3212 40X3230 40X3231 40X3231 40X3232 40X3233 40X3234 40X3235 40X3236 40X3237 40X3238 40X3240 40X
88. cable B up and out of the way to remove the duct gt B 4 Reconnect the printhead laser cable Note Be sure to reposition the main fan cable if you moved it out of the way when removing the duct 4 24 Service Manual Developer drive assembly removal 1 Remove the system board and inner shield See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 Remove the two short screws A and the one long screw B securing the developer drive assembly re 3 Remove the developer drive assembly 4 Remove the developer drive coupler kit See Developer drive coupler kit removal on page 4 26 Installation 1 Place the developer coupler into the main motor drive shaft 2 Place the developer drive shaft on the developer drive 3 Align the developer drive shaft with the coupler 4 Be sure to replace the screws in the same positions Repair information 4 25 Developer drive coupler kit removal 1 Remove the developer drive See Developer drive assembly removal on page 4 25 2 Remove the shaft drive and coupler ESD cover removal 1 Open the multipurpose tray and remove the tray from the two mounting posts See Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal on page 4 16 2 Carefully lift the latch on the left A and remove the ESD cover Note Be careful not to stress the hinge on the right B y 4 26 Service Manual Fuser assembly removal p CAUTION Unpl
89. e Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 11 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 Main drive motor not working e Check motor to system board connections e Replace the main drive motor Main drive assembly removal on page 4 58 2 46 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 12 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly e Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check fuser for wear or contamination if a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning correctly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 14 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999
90. e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 23 Page is covering narrow media sensor during warm up Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 If page is not visible from front or rear of the printer a partial piece of page may be torn off in the fuser covering the narrow media sensor The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 202 24 Exit sensor may have bounced Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 26 Page is covering the exit sensor during warm up Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Something is keeping the exit sensor covered A page may not have been cleared from a prior jam Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 2 58 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes
91. eae bed pa Re pei eb oa 1 7 Electricalsp cifications ssd sret seud hele da as 1 7 Environment ocio pd dbase got ath heed deed had ed be 1 8 ACOUSTICS AA cane yea Ae cae obi wider Sone eG Bas Maa ee eae Caen ee 1 8 Media specificationS a a eee eee eee eee eee eee 1 9 Paper and specialty media guidelines 0 cece teen eeeee 1 9 Supported print media 0000 eens 1 9 Selecting predial id eri Bae 1 16 Papei secos O A Rene TA FOE EL eee ee 1 16 Paper characteriStiOS vo id A A A A a AA a a ee 1 16 Weights seats ara io rr errada e ane Av italia Be 1 16 Unacceptable Paper ivi e a A eee E 1 16 Transparencies tuo AR Rake TASS A 1 17 Selecting transparencies o oooooccoo tne 1 17 EnVelopes 2221420 Sebati A bean fenton ee A anid eh ee ehh ean chat ee ae eed 1 17 Labels e decree edd ace ed eee eee ek a DA eet 1 18 Card stock oc aor sadn ona ic Sac x it apse See ois Pee pean eae eS Beatles ea eee 1 19 Storing print Media 2 16 e a ea dee a dee eee ate 1 19 Avoiding JAME A A teat Gia Pathe cate hale athe a 1 20 Pra aiii A CEM ED Bee See a oe Rete ke ee 1 20 Tools FeQUIFe sarr d a aera gs Patna ey race eRe ee ae Pace 1 20 ACTONYMS sarera BY rao Ca lan cede li AO ale 1 21 Diagnostic information sii cea te beled wi eee ei eens 2 1 Statics A nite aa E a Molen E a TE 2 1 Symptom tablesi tb dae ee ed awe and ROTA Een Soe ee eb i 2 1 SERVICE Errors ADODOES cen hs Seas SS hae G a A A as ae Toe e
92. factory when the printer is manufactured however the servicer may need to reset Configuration ID 1 or Configuration ID 2 whenever you replace the system board The IDs consist of eight hexadecimal characters including 0 through 9 and A through F Note When the printer detects a Configuration ID that is not defined or invalid the following occurs e The default standard model Configuration ID is used instead e Configuration ID is the only function available in DIAGNOSTICS e Unless the menu is in DIAGNOSTICS Check Config ID displays To set the configuration ID 1 Select Printer Setup from the Diagnostic mode 2 Select Configuration ID from the Printer Setup menu Submitting Selection displays followed by the value for Configuration ID 1 3 Enter the Configuration ID 1 e To select a digit or character to change press or until the digit or character is underlined e To change a digit or character press to increase or to decrease the value When the last digit is changed press to validate the Configuration ID 1 If Invalid ID appears the entry is discarded and the previous Configuration ID 1 is displayed on the screen If the process is successful Submitting Selection appears on the display followed by the current value for Confirguration ID 2 4 Repeat the steps for entering the Configuration ID and press If the Configuration ID 2 is validated Submitting Selection appears and a check appears next to Printer Se
93. font card 22 2 entree eee 7 69 Simplified Chinese font card 2 2 2s ne eer eee eee eens 7 69 Traditional Chinese font card 2 222 terete eee 7 69 Korean font card 22 een ener eens 7 69 MarkNet 8050 wireless non US ete eee 7 69 32MB Flash card re 7 69 64MB Flash card 2 2 2s nee crn eee 7 69 Stacking bail kit 2 2 2 e eee ee eee eees 7 65 Diverter solenoid 20 2 eee ttre eens 7 57 Fuser assembly w 220 V lamp 2 22 cee terete eens 7 25 Fuser assembly w 100 V lamp 2 222s cern eee eens 7 25 Fuser assembly wW 115 V lamp 2 22 22 e serene eee eee 7 25 Oil fuser wiper black housing ee eeee 7 25 Wax fuser wiper gray housing 2 2 2s rete ete eee eee 7 25 Power supply board 2 22 sentence eee eee 7 61 Bar code card assembly 2 2 22 ee eset entre eee eee 7 31 7 69 250 sheet paper drawer complete assembly 2 22 22 cece reenter eee 7 42 Integrated 250 sheet tray 2 ee nee tet eee 7 19 Tray assembly option 250 sheet 2 2 eee e eee te te eee eee 7 43 Pick arm assembly 2 22 22 enter eee eee 7 42 Option pass thru sensor 2 222 e ete tee te eee eeee 7 42 7 44 7 63 Bin low sensor with cable 2 2 2 cert ene en tee eens 7 42 7 44 Side restraint 250 sheet tray 2 22 e nee etree eee eens 7 43 Back restraint 250 sheet tray 22 eet eer eee eens 7 43 Base assembly 2 2
94. index P N 1319128 40X0001 40X0002 40X0003 40X0004 40X0005 40X0006 40X0007 40X0008 40X0009 40X0010 40X0011 40X0013 40X0015 40X0017 40X0020 40X0021 40X0023 40X0024 40X0025 40X0026 40X0027 40X0028 40X0029 40X0030 40X0032 40X0033 40X0034 40X0034 40X0035 40X0035 40X0036 40X0039 40X0040 40X0041 40X0042 40X0043 40X0044 40X0045 40X0046 40X0046 40X0048 40X0049 40X0050 40X0051 40X0052 40X0053 40X0053 40X0054 40X0054 40X0056 Description Page Parallel wrap plug 2 2 eee t ere eee 2 117 3 8 Fuser wiper cover assembly 7 3 Redrive Cap cover assembly 7 3 Laser cover assembly 250 sheet output 000 010 gt gt 7 3 Laser cover assembly 500 sheet output 200 210 400 410 7 3 Paper support 22 222 ee eee ee een eee er eee eeee 7 3 Upper front cover hinge assembly 22 22 s teen ere eee eee eens 7 3 7 39 Right side cover 250 sheet output 000 01 7 3 Right side cover 500 sheet output 200 210 400 410 7 3 TLI ID serial number label blank rn e eee 7 3 Upper front cover assembly with Dell logo 7 3 Upper front cover latch kit een ee ee ees 7 3 Clear LCD bezel 22 2 22 22 eee n ne een nnn eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eeee 7 3 Operator panel outer bezel with Dell logo 5210n
95. installation toner buildup marks cuts or other signs of contamination or damage Replace as necessary 2 Left side charge roll link Check the left side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly operation Check for damage to the arm or bearing assembly 3 Right side charge roll link Right charge roll bushing Check the right side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly operation If incorrect replace the charge roll link assembly with the charge roll link assembly kit If correct check the right charge roll link assembly bearing for signs of wear or contamination Excessive contamination could cause intermittent charging of the charge roll If incorrect replace the link assembly Check for continuity of the right link assembly from the bearing to the charge roll high voltage contact on the right side frame If incorrect replace the link assembly Make sure the charge roll bushing is installed and operating correctly Note The screw that attaches the charge roll lead to the contact must be secure Diagnostic information 2 79 Cover closed switch cable service check FRU Action Toner cartridge Make sure the toner cartridge is correctly installed and that the right and left cartridge tracks are not loose or broken Make sure the cover closed switch activation tab on the toner cartridge is not broken and that the tab correctly activates the cover closed switch spring
96. is sensor during correctly properly latched turnaround If available try another duplex option If none is available go to 233 xx Jam displayed on operator panel on page 2 83 234 00 Paper did not arrive at e Duplex rear door not fully latched Check the media coming from duplex exit sensor y the printer to the duplex option Edd System noe WOKING is not damaged or skewed If y the media is not damaged or e Severely skewed media coming from skewed try another duplex the printer option if available If not available replace the duplex option 235 00 Paper reached the Double feed separated in duplex e Remove the two sheets duplex exit sensor but another sheet is still detected over the doublefeed sensor from the duplex option and see if the duplex fails again Remove the sheets if it fails again Run the duplex Feed 1 and Feed 2 Tests to see if they pass See Duplex Feed 1 and Duplex Feed 2 on page 3 12 If the tests fail after several attempts replace the duplex option If the tests pass retry to feed from the printer through the duplex option If the problem is still present replace the duplex option Diagnostic information 2 67 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Elan Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 236 00 Paper did not leave the e Duplex jam access tray is not fully e Make sure the dupl
97. loaded in the tray Paper size sensing switch chart Paper tray size selection X is activated System ITC ITC CN1pin S9nal switch board Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5 J34 pin 1 PSIZE2 Sw1 Xx Xx Xx 1 2 Ground Ground 2 3 PSIZE1 SwO Xx X X 3 4 PSIZE3 SW2 Xx Xx Xx 4 2 114 Service Manual Tray 1 not recognized as being installed unable to clear Tray 1 Missing message FRU Action 1 Tray 1 Check Tray 1 for damaged or broken autosize fingers Check for anything that would prevent the autosize fingers from activating the paper activate springs and ITC switches If a problem is found repair or replace the tray assembly If no problem is found go to step 2 2 Integrated card Check for correct installation of the cable at J26 on the system board autocompensator cable If installed correctly go to step 3 If incorrectly installed install and recheck the printer 3 System board Check the continuity between J26 2 on the system board and ground It should measure approximately 0 ohms Diagnostic information 2 115 The printer does not recognize the paper size selected FRU Action 1 Back restraint Side restraint Snap in plate Autosize slider Autosize finger Check all the paper size parts for damage or broken parts make sure the parts operate correctly If a problem is found repair as necessary If no problem is found go
98. on page 3 29 See LCD Brightness on page 3 29 See LCD Contrast on page 3 29 Some menus are not available depending on the configuration of the printer Maintenance page count Maint Cnt Value The current value for the maintenance page counter is displayed This counter tracks printer usage A print job containing a single page increments the counter by one and a duplex page by two At 300 000 the customer is reminded that the printer requires scheduled maintenance This counter is reset by the servicer after a 80 Scheduled Maintenance message displays and a maintenance kit is installed See Maintenance kit on page 6 1 for the part number Diagnostic aids To view the maintenance page count 1 Select Maint Cnt Value from CONFIG MENU 2 Press to view the value Press Back to return to the main Configuration menu Maintenance page counter reset Reset Maint Cnt After scheduled maintenance the servicer needs to reset the page counter To reset the maintenance page count to zero Select Reset Maintenance Count from the Configuration menu The message Reset Maint Cnt Reset displays momentarily When the reset operation is complete the menu returns to the Printer Setup Reset Maintenance Count screen Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs The print quality test pages can be printed from either the Diagnostics mode or Configuration Menu CONFIG MENU When printed from the Diagnostic mode additional infor
99. operation The printer code determines if enough printer memory is available to complete the defragment operation The user should not be concerned with losing resources stored in the flash option The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message To perform the defragment operation Delete fonts macros and other data in RAM Install additional printer memory e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following actions are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 2 38 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action 37 XX Insufficient Memory This message displays when the printer memory used to restore the Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all of the jobs could not be restored The printer ran out of memory while attempting to restore the jobs e Press to clear the message Some of the Print and Hold jobs on the disk will not be restored They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 38 XX Memory Full This message displays when the printer is processing an incoming job and there is insufficient memory available to continue processing the job The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message Perform the defragment operati
100. or fuser Repair as necessary 2 Main drive motor assembly A service error code 936 Transport Motor may be displayed Check the voltage at J20 6 on the system board It measures approximately Sindee oar 5 V de when the motor is not running and goes to 0 V dc when the motor is running If incorrect replace the system board If this does not fix the problem replace the main drive motor 3 Main drive motor cable Check the continuity of the main drive motor cable If incorrect replace the cable 4 Motor gear does not turn Check the voltages at J20 on the system board no 936 error code or Pi Volt 201 xx Paper Jam user m oltage message displays Static When main drive motor is running 3420 11 24 V de J20 8 5 V de 0V dc J20 7 5 V de 0V dc J20 6 5 Vdc 2 5 V de J20 5 5 V de 0V dc J20 4 5 V de 5 Vdc J20 1 5 V de 0V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the FRUs in the following order e Main drive motor assembly e System board 2 106 Service Manual Operator panel service check Note The operator panel board is a separate FRU and is also part of the upper front cover FRU Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component
101. or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it e Press to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics e If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Output expander service check on page 2 111 Diagnostic information 2 37 User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action 31 XX Defective Print Cartridge Error code 31 displays when the top front cover is closed and a defective print cartridge is detected It may take the printer 10 20 seconds to determine if the print cartridge is defective Depending on the setting of the Machine Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10 20 second interval If pages are allowed to print they are not reprinted once a good print cartridge is inserted Note This error indicates the printer was able to read the cartridge ID but the ID did not pass the verification test To pass the verification test the ID read from the print cartridge must match the ID from the last good print cartridge or the same ID must be read from the print cartridge twice The last good print cartridge ID is stored in NVRAM 32 XX Unsupported Print Car
102. or reset message POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Side cover door Check the stapler access door for any signs of damage or broken parts Make sure the door correctly actuates the stapler side access door switch If this does not fix the problem replace the stapler option 2 124 Service Manual POST incomplete stapler cycles several times FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Replace the stapler assembly Note When replacing the stapler assembly observe the location of the ground lead from the stapler assembly and the finisher frame Make sure the ground lead is correctly reattached 990 xx Service Error Code Check Bin x displayed POST incomplete e Step1 During POST the stapler option does not try to home on page 2 125 e Step 2 During POST the stapler option tries to home on page 2 125 Step1 During POST the stapler option does not try to home Replace the stapler option Step 2 During POST the stapler option tries to home Replace the stapler option 281 xx Paper Jam paper feeds partway into the standard bin even if finisher is selected Note When a 900 xx Service Error is displayed during POST the failure is usually in the stapler gearbox assembly or stapler cartridge Replace the stapler option 281 xx Paper Jam The paper may jam at the upper deflector Replace the stapler option 281 xx Paper Jam paper jams into stapler output bin Replace the
103. panel 2 Press until the appears next to Paper Menu 3 Press 4 Press until the appears next to Bin Setup 5 Press 6 Press until the appears next to Configure Bins 7 Press 8 Press until the appears next to Link 9 Press The printer returns to the Ready state A 20 Service Manual Index Numerics 1565 Emul Error Load Emul Option 2 42 250 sheet paper drawer option 7 42 250 sheet paper tray integrated 7 18 250 sheet paper tray option parts catalog 7 43 service check 2 103 2xx paper jam and paper handing errors 2 44 500 sheet paper drawer option 7 44 500 sheet paper tray option parts catalog 7 45 service check 2 103 5 bin mailbox output sensor test 3 16 parts catalog 7 54 7 56 service check 2 72 80 scheduled maintenance 6 1 900 xx error code service check 2 75 927 xx fan service check 2 76 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure 2 77 950 30 through 950 60 EPROM mismatch failure 2 78 9xx Service error codes 2 8 A acronyms 1 21 adjustments fuser solenoid 4 2 gap adjustment 4 2 paper alignment assembly 4 3 printhead assembly 4 2 alignment assembly adjustment 4 3 parts catalog 7 16 removal 4 70 autocompensator integrated tray parts catalog 7 12 pick roll installation 4 53 removal 4 50 autoconnect connections top 5 7 automatic size sensing A 17 automatic tray linking A 17 B bevel gear installation 4 23 removal 4 22 bezel operator panel 4 15 blower duct 7 9 Button Test 3 7 bu
104. panel turns on A partial row of pixels are displayed The operator panel display clears Another row of pixels appears The operator panel display clears again The operator panel displays system information For example 128MB 449MH The fuser lamp turns on The fuser takes longer to warm up from a cold start than a warm start The operator panel LED starts blinking A clock face appears on the display If present the following errors or messages may display e Close Door or Insert Cartridge display if the upper front cover is open or the print cartridge is missing e Any cartridge errors such as Defective Cartridge Prebate Violation or Missing Cartridge Ready appears on the display The main fan turns on The main drive motor turns on The developer drive assembly drives the developer shaft in the toner cartridge The exit rollers turn 2 4 Service Manual Symptom tables Base printer symptoms Symptom Action Dead machine Go to Dead machine service check on page 2 80 Operator panel one or more buttons do not work Go to One or more operator panel buttons fail on page 2 107 Operator panel none of the buttons work Go to No buttons work on page 2 107 Operator panel display is blank Printer sounds 5 beeps Go to Operator panel display on page 2 108 Operator panel display is blank Go to Operator panel display on page 2 10
105. pkg p 43 1 9942480 1 1 StapleSmart wheels maintenance kit 7 68 Service Manual Assembly 44 Options Asm Part Units Units kit er Index number option or pkg Description NS 40X1508 1 1 128MB memory option NS 40X1509 1 1 256MB memory option NS 40X1510 1 1 512MB memory option NS 40X1564 1 1 32MB Flash card NS 40X1565 1 1 64MB Flash card NS 40X3212 1 1 Bar code card assembly NS 40X3378 1 1 IPDS SCS Tne card assembly NS 40X0199 1 1 PrintCryption card assembly NS 40X0252 1 1 9 pin to 9 pin cable assembly NS 40X0250 1 1 9 pin to Twinax cable NS 40X0251 1 1 9 pin to Coax BNC cable NS 40X0265 1 1 PRESCRIBE card assembly NS 40X0171 1 1 Cartridge shipping package empty NS 40X1375 1 1 MarkNet 8000 Fast Ethernet NS 40X1376 1 1 MarkNet 8020 Gigabit Ethernet NS 40X1377 1 1 MarkNet 8030 Fiber Ethernet NS 40X1378 1 1 MarkNet 8050 wireless US NS 40X1562 1 1 MarkNet 8050 wireless non US NS 40X0291 1 1 Parallel 1284 B interface card NS 40X0290 1 1 RS232C serial interface card NS 40X4745 1 1 Universal adjustable tray assembly 400 sheet NS 40X3377 1 1 Forms card assembly NS 40X1513 1 1 Simplified Chinese font card NS 40X1514 1 1 Traditional Chinese font card NS 40X1515 1 1 Korean font card NS 40X1512 1 1 Japanese font card NS 40X0179 1 1 Nyogel 744 grease packet NS 7375084 1 1 Relocation kit 250 250 sheet printer NS 7375085 1 1 Relocation kit 500 500 sheet printer Parts catalog 7 69 7 70 S
106. problem replace the option system board Tray x Empty displays when tray x has paper in the tray FRU Action Paper out sensor flag Paper out sensor on option system board Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation If correct replace the option system board The paper out sensor is mounted on the system board Printer does not recognize Tray x is installed FRU Action Autoconnect cables Tray x system board Check the autoconnect from the printer or option above tray x Check for cuts pinched wiring or damage to the contacts in the connector Check the autoconnect cable s for correct installation at the tray x system board If correct replace the tray option 2 104 Service Manual Paper from Tray x does not reach the pass thru sensor Service tip Check the media in tray x to make sure it is within specifications Some types of labels foil material and slick papers can cause misfeeds and slippage of the rollers FRU Action 1 Autocompensator Check the autocompensator pick arm rollers for any sign of glazing assembly toner or other buildup Clean or replace as necessary Interconnect card service check Warning When replacing any one of the following components Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time R
107. registration settings Alignment diamonds at the top and bottom Horizontal lines to check for skew General printer information including current page count installed memory serial number and code level To print the Quick Test page Note Print the Quick Test Page on letter or A4 paper Select REGISTRATION from DIAGNOSTICS 1 2 Press until the appears next to Quick Test The message Quick Test Printing appears on the display Once the Quick Test Page completes printing the Registration screen displays again 3 5 Diagnostic aids PRINT TESTS Input source tests The purpose of the diagnostic Print Tests is to verify that the printer can print on media from each of the installed input options The contents of the Print Test Page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input source Check each Test Page from each source to assist in print quality and paper feed problems To run the Print Test Page 1 Select PRINT TESTS from the Diagnostics menu 2 Select the media source Tray 1 Tray 2 if installed Tray 3 if installed Tray 4 if installed Tray 5 if installed Multipurpose Feeder if installed Envelope Feeder if installed 3 Select Single or Continuous e If Single is selected a single page is printed e If Continuous is selected printing continues until Stop is pressed to cancel the test If a source is selected that contains envelopes an envelope test p
108. removal on page 4 7 Remove the redrive cap See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly See Fuser wiper cover assembly removal on page 4 5 6 Use your thumb to bend the paper full flag assembly slightly to unlatch it from the mounting bracket Repair information 4 71 Paper size sensing board removal 1 Remove the system board and inner shield See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 Remove the paper size sensing board mounting screw A 3 Disconnect the paper size sensing board cable B from the board 4 Remove the paper size sensing board from the latch C C A B 5 Remove the paper size sensing board 4 72 Service Manual Power takeoff shaft and spring removal Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring A through the bottom of the printer Repair information 4 73 Printhead removal CAUTION The laser scanning unit is not a serviceable FRU Replace the entire unit when service is required 1 Remove the laser cover See Laser cover removal on page 4 20 2 Disconnect the printhead cable A from the printhead assembly 3 Remove the three printhead mounting screws B and remove the printhead Note Do the Printhead assembly adjustment on page 4 2 whenever you remove or replace the printhead assembly or loosen the mounting screws 4 74 Service Manual Redrive assembly removal Remove the redrive door assembly
109. removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it e Press to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics e If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Check Tray x Connection Tray x Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 This messages displays for the following conditions e The specified device may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to uninstall the option The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it e Press to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Close Finis
110. running in reverse J1 1 Brown 24 V dc J1 2 Yellow 0 V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect disconnect the motor and measure the resistance between J 1 and J 2 The resistance measures between 7 5 and 10 5 ohms If incorrect replace the motor If correct replace the system board Diagnostic information 2 99 Paper size switch not selecting paper size that is selected FRU Action 1 Paper size switch High capacity feeder option control board Check for continuity between the common pin J5 1 and the pin of the paper size selected Pin Color Paper size J5 1 Black Common lead J5 2 Blue B5 J5 3 Green Executive J5 4 Yellow A4 J5 5 Orange Letter J5 6 Red Legal J5 7 Brown A5 If any position does not measure continuity when selected replace the paper size switch assembly If the switch assembly is operating correctly replace the high capacity feeder option control board 24x xx Paper Jam Check Tray x displays when tray x is empty tray x does not display FRU Action 1 High capacity feeder option control board Check the voltages on the board at J4 1 red and J4 3 blue The voltages measure approximately 5 V dc If incorrect disconnect J4 from the board and measure the voltages again If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board 2 Elevator top optical sensor cable Elevator top optical
111. sensor Go to Input sensor service during warm up check on page 2 103 sequence 200 16 Main drive motor error Main drive motor not working Go to Main drive service possibly due to check on page 2 106 mechanical load 200 32 Detected cover switch e Upper cover not fully closed Go to Cover closed switch bounce oni cable service check on e Cover switch not functioning correctly page 2 80 201 00 Page did not reach exit Page jammed on fuser input guide e Check fuser entry guide for sensor Fuser page Pa toner build up ge did not enter or exit fuser nip T 0 and cleanly Check fuser for wear or MaMe Eyi inni contamination If problem is Exit sensor not functioning correctly found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 01 Main drive motor Main drive motor not working Check motor connections to identification failed Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 motor and system board If no problem is found go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 Diagnostic information 2 45 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 02 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999
112. service check on page 2 87 for too long while media ie is in the nip Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power count more than i 500 000 Poor supply line voltage Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll Abrupt change in temperatures that has disrupted control 920 91 Hot roll took too long to e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after transitioning to new enhanced mode Fuser page count not available e Fuser not receiving AC power Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll service check on page 2 87 2 14 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued reach the beginning lamp detection temperature Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Fuser not receiving sufficient AC power Poor supply line voltage Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 920 92 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser desired temperature Noi service check on page 2 87 while printing Fuser Noisy thermistor signal page count not e Fuser not receiving AC power available e Poor supply line voltage Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 93 Hot roll too cool while
113. service check 2 84 envelopes guidelines 1 17 EP duct parts catalog 7 9 EPROM mismatch failure 2 77 2 78 error codes 2 8 ESD cover 4 26 ESD sensitive parts 4 1 event log clear log diagnostics mode 3 24 display log diagnostics mode 3 23 print log configuration menu 3 28 print log diagnostics mode 3 23 F fans EP fan 7 9 7 41 main fan 2 76 4 57 7 7 7 41 finisher locations 5 12 parts catalog 7 65 7 66 7 67 7 68 service check 2 124 finisher tests Feed Tests 3 17 Sensor Test 3 17 flag fuser exit sensor flag and spring 4 31 fuser narrow media flag and spring 4 37 paper bin full sensor 4 71 Flash Test 3 19 frame extensions 4 18 frames parts catalog 7 4 7 6 7 8 functional rubber sheet 7 3 fuser connectors 5 7 installation 4 28 parts catalog 7 24 removals 4 27 service check 2 87 fuser board 5 7 fuser cover 4 42 fuser exit sensor flag and spring removal 4 31 parts catalog 7 25 removal 4 29 service check 2 92 fuser lamp parts catalog 7 25 removal 4 33 fuser narrow media sensor flag and spring 4 37 flag and spring parts catalog 7 25 flag and spring removal 4 37 parts catalog 7 25 service check 2 93 fuser solenoid adjustment 4 2 service check 2 95 fuser to LVPS AC cable removal 4 39 fuser transfer plate removal 4 44 fuser wiper cover assembly parts catalog 7 3 removal 4 5 G gap adjustment 3 22 4 2 gear release link removal 4 45 guidelines for media 1 16 H handle left cover 4 17 7 5 right cove
114. settings and operations used while manufacturing and servicing the printer See Diagnostics mode on page 3 2 for more information Configuration Menu Na Eu Turn off the printer Press and hold and Turn on the printer Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays The Configuration Menu group contains a set of menus settings and operations which are infrequently required by a user Generally the options made available in this menu group are used to configure a printer for operation See Configuration menu CONFIG MENU on page 3 25 for more information Flash system code mode Na Turn off the printer Press and hold f and Turn on the printer Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter you must put the printer in Diagnostic Mode Diagnostic aids 3 1 Diagnostics mode Entering Diagnostics mode 1 Press and hold and 2 Turn on the printer 3 Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays Available tests The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown Diagnostics mode tests REGISTRATION See REGISTRATION on page 3 4 Bottom Margin Top Margin Left Margin Right Margin Quick Test See Quick Test on page 3 5 PRINT TESTS Tray 1 See Input source tests on page 3 6 Tray
115. sheet output 12 40X0212 1 1 Main fan duct 200 210 400 410 13 40X0211 1 1 Main fan duct 000 010 14 40X0052 1 1 Standard bin level sensor bracket 15 40X0051 1 1 Standard bin level sensor 16 40X0264 1 1 Standard bin level sensor cable 17 40X0057 1 1 Output paper level flag 000 010 17 40X0058 1 1 Output paper level flag 200 210 400 410 18 40X0210 1 1 Main fan cap 19 40X0056 1 1 Redrive door assembly 250 sheet 000 010 19 40X0232 1 1 Redrive door assembly 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 20 40X0059 1 1 Extension guide Parts catalog 7 7 Assembly 4 Frame 3 7 8 Service Manual Assembly 4 Frame 3 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 4 1 40X0249 1 1 EP DC fan assembly 200 210 400 410 2 40X0208 1 1 Blower duct 200 210 400 410 3 1 1 Parts packet PP 40X0165 3 1 1 Parts packet PP 40X0165 4 40X0034 1 1 Signature button sensor assembly 5 40X0035 1 1 EP DC fan assembly 000 010 6 40X0033 4 1 Machine mounting pad 7 40X0223 1 1 HVPS input sensor toner sensor cable assembly 8 40X0036 1 1 Toner sensor assembly 9 40X0306 1 1 High voltage contact kit including Charge roll contact 1 e Doc TAR Dev contact 3 PC drum contact 1 e Screw 5 e Screw block 4 10 40X0213 1 1 Tray bias assembly 11 40X0021 2 1 Cartridge holddown assembly 12 40X0040 1 1 Upper paper feed deflector 13 40X0041 1 1 Inner paper feed deflector 000 010 13 40X0042 1 1 Inner paper feed deflector 200 210
116. sizes 7 32 inch 5 5 mm open end wrench 7 0 mm nut driver Needlenose pliers Diagonal side cutters Spring hook Feeler gauges Analog or digital multimeter Parallel wrap plug 1319128 Twinax serial debug cable 1381963 Flash light optional 1 20 Service Manual Acronyms BLDC CRU CSU DIMM DRAM DVM EDO EEPROM EP EPROM ESD FRU GB HCIT HVPS ITC LASER LCD LED LVPS MPF MROM MS NVRAM OEM OPT PC pel POR POST Power O PP PWM RIP ROM SDRAM SIMM SRAM UAT UPR Vac Vdc VOM Brushless DC motor Customer Replaceable Unit Customer setup Dual Inline Memory Module Dynamic Random Access Memory Digital multimeter Enhanced Data Out Electrically Erasable Programable Read Only Memory Electrophotographic process Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Electrostatic Discharge Field Replaceable Unit Gigabyte High capacity Input Tray High Voltage Power Supply Internal Tray Card Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Low Voltage Power Supply Multipurpose feeder Masked Read Only Memory Microswitch Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Original Equipment Manufacturer Optical Sensor Photoconductor Picture element Power On Reset n Self Test Parts Packet Pulse Width Modulation Raster Imaging Processor Read Only Memory Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Single Inline Memory Module Static Random Access Memory Universally Adjustable Tray Used Parts Ret
117. the connection points on the card with the connector on the system board and push the card firmly into the system board connector 5 Insert the screw saved from the cover plate or the extra screw shipped with the card 6 Tighten the screw to secure the card A 10 Service Manual Replacing the shield After you have installed options on the printer system board follow these steps to reattach the shield and close the doors 1 Align the keyholes on the shield with the screws on the frame 2 Slide the shield down onto the screws 3 Tighten the six screws A A Close the side door o Close the top front cover 6 Close the multipurpose feeder Printing and using features Canceling a print job There are several methods for canceling a print job e Canceling a job from the printer operator panel See Canceling a job from the printer operator panel on page A 12 e Canceling a job from a computer running Windows See Canceling a job from a computer running Windows on page A 12 Canceling a job from the taskbar Canceling a job from the desktop e Canceling a job from a Macintosh computer See Canceling a job from a Macintosh computer on page A 12 Canceling a print job from a computer running Mac OS 9 Canceling a job from a computer running Mac OS X Appendix A Options and features A 11 Canceling a job from the printer operator panel If the job is formattin
118. the feed test runs the power indicator blinks and the message Feed Test Running displays During the test no buttons are active and the test cannot be stopped until the test is completed Sensor Test finisher This test can be used to verify whether or not the finisher sensors are working correctly To run the Finisher Sensor Test 1 Select Sensor Test from FINISHER TESTS 2 Select one of the four tests to perform Each of the tests displays the individual sensors that can be manually actuated and the display shows Open or Closed Staple Sensors Cartridge Present sensor Staple Low sensor Self priming sensor Home signal sensor Cover and Door Finisher top cover sensor Side door sensor e Pass and Media Finisher pass thru Media sensor Bin Level Finisher bin empty Bin full sensor Bin near full 3 PressBack rStop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 17 BASE SENSOR TEST This test is used to determine if the sensors located inside the printer are working correctly To run the Base Sensor Test 1 Select BASE SENSOR TEST from the DIAGNOSTICS menu The following sensors are listed e Exit Exit sensor Front Door Front door sensor e Input Input sensor e NarrowMedia Output exit sensor e Toner Level Toner level sensor remove the cartridge and replace to actuate the sensor 2 Manually actuate the sensors to verify that each sensor switches from Open to Closed 3 Press Back rStop to ex
119. the printer The ground connection is automatically made when the option is installed below the printer The paper input sensor is located in the rear of the duplex option under the input paper guide The paper exit sensor is located on the left frame assembly Option microcode The options are Smart Options or options that have a system board The option system board has a microprocessor that controls the option mechanism A software architecture is provided that controls the option and communicates information such as paper path status sensor status motor status and so on to the base printer 3 32 Service Manual Print quality troubleshooting To help isolate print quality problems print the Print defects guide and check for repeating defects If repeating defects are not appearing print the Print Quality Test Pages 1 2 3 Turn the printer off Hold down and and turn the printer on Press until Prt Quality Pgs is selected and then press The pages are formatted The Printing Quality Test Pages message appears then the pages print The message remains on the operator panel until all the pages print After the Print Quality Test Pages print to exit the Config Menu Press until Exit Config Menu is selected and then press The messages Resetting Printer and Performing Self Test appear and the printer returns to Ready If another type of print quality problem exists see the Troubleshooting chapter in the Use
120. the specified device but lt device gt can be one of the the device is unable to identify the exact following system board component failure duplex tray x 1 2 3 4 or 5 envelope feeder or output bin 991 00 Device system card The specified device has detected an failed basic assurance equipment check in its system card test 2 30 Service Manual User status displays Warning messages second lines These second line warnings apply to the user status displays see User status displays on page 2 31 For example Ready lt warning gt If none of the conditions exist that are listed in the following table line two is blank If any of the messages in the table are displayed the following actions can be taken e Press to take the printer offline and access the Ready Menu group The buttons are not active if Menu Lockout is turned on e Press to take the printer offline The Not Ready message displays No additional data is processed from the host computer Press to return the printer to the Ready state User status displays Error code Sub soda Display text Description action Toner Low If the toner cartridge is low then Toner Low displays The Toner Low condition clears whenever the upper front door is opened and Toner Low displays again if the condition exists after the upper front door is closed Tray x Missing If any of the input trays equipped with tray pres
121. tipo de radiaci n l ser superior al nivel de la Clase durante su uso normal el mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situaci n de servicio t cnico Declarac o sobre Laser xii A impressora est certificada nos E U A em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamenta o DHHS 21 CFR Subcapitulo J para a Classe 1 de produtos laser Em outros locais est certificada como um produto laser da Classe em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825 1 Os produtos laser da Classe n o s o considerados perigosos Internamente a impressora cont m um produto laser da Classe Illb 3b designado laser de arseneto de pot ssio de 5 milliwatts operando numa faixa de comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nan metros O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radia o laser superior a um n vel de Classe durante a opera o normal a manuten o feita pelo utilizador ou condi es de assist ncia prescritas Service Manual Laserinformatie De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse Voor de Verenigde Staten zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J voor andere landen in IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukten van klasse worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt De printer is voorzien van een laser van klasse Illb 3b dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte
122. to step 2 2 Switch activate spring Paper size sending board Make sure the switch activate spring is not bent or broken Replace the spring if damaged If the spring is not damaged go to step 3 3 System board ITC cable Set the tray for the paper size that is not recognized and install the tray in the printer Select the paper size and corresponding paper switch from table below Pin Signal Static Static with paper tray in and set to V dc yen v A Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5 1 PSIZE2 3 30 0 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 2 Ground 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 PSIZE1 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 4 PSIZE3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 0 5 N A 6 N A 7 N A 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 N A 10 N A If the voltage on J26 does not change go to step 4 If the voltage changes recheck the printer If Tray 1Missing is still displayed replace the system board assembly 4 System board Ground the appropriate pin on connector J26 on the system board Tray 1 Missing should not be displayed If it is not displayed go to step 5 If it still displays replace the system board assembly 5 Autocomp cable Check continuity of the autocomp cable If correct replace the ITC assembly If incorrect replace the autocomp cable 2 116 Service Manual Parallel port service check Run the Parallel Wrap tests on page 3 8 N
123. torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of page count between covering the narrow media sensor paper or media 300 000 and 399 999 The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged 202 34 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor bounced Fuser page service check on page 2 92 count between 300 000 and 399 999 202 36 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 2 60 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 40 Paper jam around the fuser exit or redrive area Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fus
124. used AC fuser lamp CN2 DC output 1 5 Vdc 2 5 Vdc 3 Ground 4 Ground 5 Ground 6 Ground 7 24 V dc 8 24 V dc 9 Heat on 10 5 V dc 11 5 Vdc 12 Ground 13 Ground 14 Ground 15 Ground 16 24 V dc 17 ZC Out 18 42 V dc 5 10 Service Manual Output expander control board Connector Pin no Signal J1A Autoconnect 24 V de Ground 5 de V J1B Prtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground N C J2A Autoconnect 24 V de Ground 5 dc V J2B prtxdout Ground prtrxd Ground J3 Pass thru sensor Ground Paper Present RVsnsr J4 DC motor mtrout1 mtrout2 Ground Ground tach 5 dc V J5 Bin full near full dual sensor Ground Ground binful binful RVsnsr J6 Jumper connector Not used Not used wj N a A ojl N gt 09 a BI ojl N gt HM B WY N 0O N a Bl O N gt O HY gt Not used Connector locations and connections 5 11 StapleSmart finisher Connector Pin no Signal Staple card assembly c c c J1A Bottom autoconnect 24 V dc Ground 5 in V J1B Bottom autoconnect rtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground Ground J2 Feed motor fdmtr1 fdmtr2 Ground Ground tachft 5Vptt J3 Stepper motor stpmtr
125. van 770 795 nanometer Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik bij onderhoud of reparatie conform de voorschriften nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1 Lasermeddelelse Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse l laserprodukt i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse I laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB 3b laser der nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser som arbejder p belgeleengdeomradet 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet s ledes at mennesker aldrig uds ttes for en laserstr ling over Klasse I niveau ved normal drift brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser Huomautus laserlaitteesta Tama kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan 1 laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J m rityksen mukainen ja muualla luokan laserlaitteiden IEC 60825 1 maarityksen mukainen Luokan laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia k ytt j lle Kirjoittimessa on sis inen luokan IIIb 3b 5 milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 795 nanometria Laserjarjestelma ja kirjoitin on suunniteltu siten etta kayttaja ei altistu luokan maarityksia voimakkaammalle sateilylle kirjoittimen normaalin toiminnan kayttajan tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydessa VARO Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaes
126. x 250 mm 6 93 x 9 84 in 1 10 Service Manual Print media sizes continued T 2 a ols o o S 5 alce a I 3 3 gl 515 5 E Q i i Q 2 y lt c o 2 es 2 Print media 2 Sioi s 2 T s6 elal s size Dimensions Dd 218 72 8 3 5 155 5 8 RER UAT universally gt l gt l le 2 Bl ola 2 gt 5 9 i 3 indicates A SIS 5 Ia a Sls i HSl sl elslHelele adjustable tray 2 VUlo lD loO oO 2 2a 2 29 20 5lu su ort w w S ew OS o c x G G o o 313 Sle Biel 5 2 2 3 2 83 505 5 S eai 2610 x 8 5 E 85 2 9 2 91 O9 O9 D O D E 45 0 K ale 2 sis 28 8 88 8 8 12 8 5 8 2 32 238 T AJIBD IA A ID F S AJU Q N O M TO0 N O0 Other y 98 4 x 162 mm Y Y viv Y Envelope to 176 x 250 mm 3 87 x 6 38 in to 6 93 x 9 84 in 1 This size does not appear in the Paper Size menu until Tray Size Sensing is turned off 2 This size setting formats the page for 215 9 x 355 6 mm 8 5 x 14 in unless the size is specified by the software application 3 No universal support for the following options 2000 sheet drawer Envelope Feeder 5 bin mailbox 43 5 in setting not supported if other options are installed above the 250 universally adjustable tray Print media types T T StapleSmart 2 2 Finisher o o E O o D
127. you have the correct system board installed in the printer The system board has a label with an board ID and barcode Use the first eight numbers to identify the board with the part number in the table below i Q0016003 0412000067 o t ITA b E oo 0 m o o el coo Model Board bar code Corresponds to P N 4061 000 non network Q0016021 40X0140 4061 010 network Q0016001 40X0141 4061 200 non network Q0016022 40X0142 4061 210 network Q0016002 40X0143 4061 400 non network Q0016023 40X0144 4061 410 network Q0016003 40X0145 This error code indicates a mismatch between the system board and the interconnect card FRU Action 1 Interconnect card assembly If the interconnect card assembly has been recently replaced go to step 3 If the interconnect card assembly has not been recently replaced contact the next level of support 2 System board If the system board has been recently replaced go to step 4 If the system board has not been replaced contact the next level of support 3 Interconnect card assembly Replace the current interconnect card assembly with the original interconnect card assembly Interconnect card assembly removal on page 4 54 If the error remains go to step 5
128. 0 Toner Cartridge 30K Std Toner CRU TD381 CTRG TONR REGLR 20K 52 5310N Toner Cartridge 20K Std Toner CRU TD553 ASSY TRAY OPTION 500 5210 5310 500 Sheet Paper Tray CRU UD314 CTRG TONR 30K U R 5310N Toner Cartridge 30K Use Rtn Toner CRU Base Unit GD650 PTR LS 110V GSA 5310N PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES LASER 110V GOVERNMENT CRU SERVICES AGENCY 5310N HD903 ASSY BASE PTR 220V GSA 5310N ASSEMBLY Base PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 220V GSA 5310N CRU HD904 ASSY BASE PTR 110V GSA 5310N ASSEMBLY Base PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 110V GSA 5310N CRU JD416 PTR LS 110V 5310N PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES LASER 110V 5310N CRU KD330 ASSY BASE PTR DAO 110V 5310N ASSEMBLY Base PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES DAO 110V 5310N CRU RG543 ASSY BASE SVC PTR 220V GSA ASSEMBLY Base SERVICE KIT PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 220V CRU GOVERNMENT SERVICES AGENCY RG544 ASSY BASE SVC 110V GSA 5310N ASSEMBLY Base SERVICE KIT 110V GOVERNMENT SERVICES CRU AGENCY 5310N RG546 ASSY BASE SVC PTR 110V 5310N ASSEMBLY Base SERVICE KIT PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 110V CRU 5310N Cables and Cords CH617 ASSY CBL CON FUSER 5210 5310 Fuser Connector Cable assembly FRU DG918 ASSY CBL BD FUSER SYS 5210 310 Cable Fuser System Bd Sherry Chablis FRU DH482 ASSY CBL FUSER LVPS 5210 5310 AC Lamp fuser to LVPS Cable assembly FRU GG024 PWR SPLY HVPS W SNSRS 5210 310 Cable Assembly for HVPS includes cable assembly toner sensor FRU assembly toner sensor mounting screw Input se
129. 00000 J1 incorrect replace the fuser assembly If correct go to step 2 2 System board Measure the voltage at the 50 V dc test point on the system board The voltage should measure approximately 50 V dc If incorrect go to step 3 If incorrect go to step 4 3 LVPS Measure the voltage at CN2 18 on the LVPS The voltage should measure approximately 50 V dc If incorrect replace the LVPS assembly If correct replace the system board If this does not fix the problem replace the interconnect card assembly 4 Fuser board to system board cable Make sure the cable is connected properly to the system board and fuser control board Reconnect the cable if necessary If the cable is connected correctly go to step 5 5 Fuser assembly If no problems were found in steps 1 through 4 replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Diagnostic information 2 95 High capacity feeder input tray service check Note Voltage measurements in the high capacity feeder input tray service checks must be made with the high capacity feeder attached to the base printer to obtain accurate results Service tip Be sure the paper size switch is set to the correct paper size setting and the rear paper guides are in the correct locations for the size of paper installed in the high capacity feeder tray Service tip Check the other paper sources to be sure t
130. 127 Toner sensor Service Check 2 en netenka ed Pe be en Pe be eee oe ce bbe dee 2 128 Transterroll service checkes e ea e eas 2 129 Diagnostic AOS eo ecisassy seven ce ee ease et ier A ele ale 3 1 Accessing Service MENUS 2 cece eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eens 3 1 DiagnosticS Mode iia Meee eee ee ed ee we ee ene eens dae eas 3 2 Entering Diagnostics mode 0 ee tte t eens 3 2 Available t6Sts 2 0 oo ciel oben le ace A A A brated passed A wabe ce 3 2 Exiting Diagnostics Mode 1 ke eee nee 3 4 REGISTRATION coda oa vielen be Ant te la ty Na ie eA eae ee li alate 3 4 QUICK Testo A eis ie er trees 3 5 PRINT TESTS a2 cnoes a a A eos edb be Pi eee beter 3 6 InpUt Source tests vio saa ds Pay pando Bk a o Bae AP aa bee eG Bele 3 6 Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs 0 2 ee teens 3 6 HARDWARE TESTS 4 54 05 ss 3 7 Panel Test iio cido a a ia la oir van dica oo 3 7 B tt n Tes A A A A e A Od ge Ne 3 7 DRAM Testard A e Sa ate 3 7 CACHE Test a shy hw irs Mia says od heheh teh Ce tate Se ee Ae ee ie ha a o Rasa 3 8 Parallel Wrap tests go 2 05 4 enii ee taa a eee ek pee oie bed aber tigen eden 3 8 Seral Wrap tests asi sa ti ied ee age el ee eae Rl e eee Wet 3 9 DUPLEX TESTS 25 Sew eet esi ect A ae ee are oe ad eve ee 3 9 Quick Test GUpIEX weeks eer pee Sd poe OE Eee PE Reel pe EEE deere ee oe 3 9 Top Margin d plex gt rire bes Pee PN eared ae ps Al Btn der Oe 3 10 sensor Test duplica a cd
131. 2 e ttn eee 7 42 Complete 5 bin mailbox option 2 22 s entre et eee eee ee eeee 7 55 Dual paper height sensor 22 2 eect ee eee eee 7 55 5 bin mailbox pass thru sensor 2 222 ee tet te eee eens 7 55 Drawer and tray assembly complete 500 sheet 2 222 c ener eee cence eee 7 44 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet 2 2 2 e erent ee nee eee 7 44 Base assembly 500 sheet 22 2 e sree tre et eee 7 44 Complete envelope option nnnnnn eee eee nee eens 7 47 Complete option assembly A4 lt lt nnnnnncnn eee nee e eens 7 59 2000 sheet option control card assembly 2 22 22 een r renee eee 7 59 Front door assembly 220 en errr eens 7 59 Pick arm assembly 2000 sheet 2 2 2 teen t eee eee eeee 7 63 I 12 Service Manual 40X3263 40X3264 40X3264 40X3265 40X3267 40X3268 40X3269 40X3270 40X3273 40X3274 40X3276 40X3277 40X3278 40X3279 40X3280 40X3377 40X3378 40X3378 40X4269 40X4271 40X4275 40X4308 40X4596 40X4663 40X4745 40X5298 40X5923 40X5924 40X5925 40X5926 40X5927 56P1228 56P1228 56P1279 56P2540 56P4100 56P4102 56P4129 56P4137 56P4145 56P4147 56P4157 56P4163 56P4176 56P4178 56P4179 56P4180 56P4181 56P4182 56P4183 56P4186 56P4191 56P4195 56P4196 56P4198 56P4203 56P4204 56P4205 56P4208 Complete high capacity output expander lt 7 50 Output expander pass thru sensor 2 2 err
132. 20 V model then check to make sure that the correct lamp is installed Note If the fuser lamp is replaced allow the fuser to cool or a 925 xx error could be displayed 2 AC power source Check the AC power source to make sure it meets specifications If the AC power source does not meet specifications inform the customer If it meets specifications go to step 3 Diagnostic information 2 91 FRU Action Turn the printer off and allow the fuser assembly to cool After the fuser assembly cools down turn the printer on If you receive the same error code replace the fuser lamp See Fuser lamp removal on page 4 33 Note If the fuser lamp is replaced allow the fuser to cool or a 925 xx error could be displayed 3 Fuser lamp Fuser exit sensor service check If any of the following codes are displayed there is a potential problem in the area of the exit sensor 201 00 201 02 201 10 201 12 201 22 201 30 201 32 201 40 201 41 201 42 201 50 201 52 201 92 202 00 202 02 202 04 202 10 202 11 202 12 202 14 202 20 202 21 202 22 202 24 202 30 202 31 202 32 202 34 202 40 202 41 202 42 202 44 202 50 202 51 202 52 202 54 202 90 202 91 202 92 and 202 94 Fuser exit and fuser narrow media sensor status chart Printer printing media over sensor s non narrow media fed through the printer Printer not printing no media over sensors Printer printing
133. 202 Paper Jam messages can also occur prior to the output expander pass thru sensor FRU Action 1 Output expander drive belt Pulley drive belt Idler pulley belt tension spring Check to ensure the output expander drive belt is correctly installed on the drive pulley and belt idler pulley Check the belt tension spring to make sure it is not loose or broken Repair as necessary Mechanical linkage DC motor assembly If the DC motor is functioning properly check the gears clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken gear teeth or damaged parts If incorrect replace the output expander option Diagnostic information 2 111 Remove Paper Output Bin x displays POST incomplete unable to clear the message FRU Action 1 Dual output bin sensor flag Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary or replace the output expander option 271 xx Paper Jam Check Bin x POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor and flag Check the sensor flag for proper operation If correct check to make assembly sure the pass thru sensor cable is correctly connected to J3 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable from J3 on the control board and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the control board If correct che
134. 3 250 sheet duplex 500 sheet duplex Envelope feeder When the setting is Auto every input option equipped with size sensing hardware automatically registers what size media it contains When the setting is Off the media size detected by hardware is ignored The media size can be set by the operator panel or the data stream To change the size sensing setting 1 Select SIZE SENSING from the Configuration menu 2 Select Auto or Off and press Press Back to exit Panel Menus Settings are Disable and Enable The default is Enable PPDS Emulation This menu item allows the user to enable or disable PPDS emulation data stream When this setting is enabled the following settings are also changed e SmartSwitch settings for each port are turned off e The printer language is changed to PPDS Emulation Users can still switch languages on the operator panel and through the PJL data stream Download Emuls Demo Mode There is a built in demonstration mode The settings allow you to Deactivate to turn off the demo mode and Activate to turn it on While Demo Mode is set the printer will start in Demo Mode until you change the setting Warning While Demo Mode is set to Activate only demonstration files can print and files received across the network or from the host computer are ignored Diagnostic aids 3 27 Factory Defaults This setting enables a user to restore all the printer settings to the origi
135. 3 20 Defaults as ch wiss chee 6 Pees BL OS a lets Ree ra aa ge Ba ae 3 20 Page Count ase te tite 8 O eee an 3 20 Perm Page Count permanent page count 0 auaa 3 20 Serial NUMBE ceke Tareis ehi ee btn eard eal bp en pepe sl bob ba eae eldest Pe 3 20 Envelope Enhance a naera e oa A eae RU dete Guth Seen a tate aay Ste 3 20 Engine Setting 1 through 4 0 teen eee 3 20 Table of contents V vi Model Name a he oan A de daa 3 20 Configuration Divina a A A a et Ae 3 21 Edge to Edges iii id a do pa ERE ee RA eee E ta ee Be eee 3 21 Parallel strobe adjustment Par x Strobe Adj 2 0 cece ete 3 21 ERSETUP te toed eb eae pee ds e 3 22 EP Detaults ui ee ed ob oe Pe ee ety A Boe ee eee ee ge ee ee eB ee 3 22 Fuser Temperature Fuser Temp 0 0 0000 eee ett 3 22 Fuser Page COUNT ate ca A fat EUNE a ata eae 3 22 Warm Up Time oidos di a da ee ee ee 3 22 MEANS ia ns 3 22 Print Contrast lt i e ii e bye ete arene des 3 22 Charge Roll a sai ee Sole fe Sa Wine dee tae cen oe peas Wha deat ela eee Sate 3 22 Gap Adjust inc iia ae ee Se ae ee ee ee ek ee Bel 3 22 EVENT LOG vache oa eRe A deta ek Rhee ie ee eee hee ed PRE Re Roe 3 23 Display LOG 2250s see aie bate be Seen Pelee eto OR ado a a ae 3 23 Pro ii a ln A dl id 3 23 Clear iii a A A A A A A bee aes 3 24 EXIT DIAGNOSTICS gt Gori lr Au ea eh etna bes da ad Aa ne eb ee elo da 3 24 Configuration menu CONFIG MENU 20 0 cece eee eee eee eee 3 25 Enterin
136. 3 46 Clearing staple JAMS coro sites ase ed wets wiv eos See EE ieee ae FA oe Soe lee ee RE a 3 48 Repair information ieee seen ee ee ee o he ee i a ee a ah 4 1 Handling ESD sensitive parts 00 6 cee nee eee eee 4 1 Adjustment procedures o ooccccco eee E a E Eon n a aE eee e S 4 2 Fuser SolenoidadjustMment s e a a a Ee a ta e da dc 4 2 Gap adjusiment rsca orane irakere ti BR Weds Ip a an le ae 4 2 Printhead assembly adjustment o ooococcoc neta 4 2 Paper alignment assembly adjustment ooooocccccoco o 4 3 Removal procedures oocoococcnccn eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee a a aai 4 5 Covers removals 2 4 6 fist cer ei ties tlh Ale t day Ole Dd bebe ales 4 5 Fuser wiper cover assembly removal o oooooooocccco nnn een ee 4 5 Redrive Cap cover removal nes i aroni a eT ed ee were a 4 6 Paper supportiremoval ss usi ita eli d ak ei PA ee ai ee we ER bag de Bed eee ds 4 6 Left door removal si 0 ee aa O 4 7 RedriVe dogr osai aa i eG Se ee ee Se eb ae be eed oS Pe eae 4 8 Right cover removal esse die aed ea eye dy athe a Re ela a Se eh Alley dace ee ce 4 9 Upper front cover removal 4 12 Upper front cover latch removal 0 0 0 cece ttt 4 14 Upper front cover outer bezel removal 1 2 0 0 tenes 4 15 Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal 0 00 eee eee eee 4 16 Left cover handle holder removal 1 0 0 0 00 0 cece tte eee eae 4 17 Right cover handle holder removal
137. 3242 40X3243 40X3246 40X3247 40X3248 40X3249 40X3252 40X3254 40X3255 Power cord set Hong Kong lt 22st enter ttt eens 7 29 Power cord set Japan 2 22 enn etn eee eee 7 29 Power cord set 6 ft straight Korea 22 2 2s eee eee ene eee eee 7 29 Power cord set Taiwan 2 22 s nett eeee 7 29 Frame Clip 2 222 ner eee 7 5 RS232C serial interface card rr 7 69 Parallel 1284 B interface card no 7 69 Power cord set 8 ft right angle eee 7 29 Power cord set Denmark Norway and Sweden 2 220s sete etree eens 7 29 Power cord set Israel 222 ee eee tr eens 7 29 Power cord set AS NZ 2 22 ere err eens 7 29 Power cord set PRC 2 2 net tenn nn eens 7 29 Power cord set Botswana Lesotho Namibia Pakistan and South Africa 7 29 Power cord set Switzerland 2 22 22 s ener et eee eens 7 29 High voltage contact kit eee 7 9 Multipurpose feeder pick arm assembly with solenoid 7 15 MarkNet 8000 Fast Ethernet eee eee eee 7 69 MarkNet 8020 Gigabit Ethernet eee eee eee 7 69 MarkNet 8030 Fiber Ethernet 2 2 2 eee n err n ee eee eeee 7 69 MarkNet 8050 wireless US 2 22 ee ener en eee 7 69 128MB memory option 2 22 tenet eee 7 69 256MB memory option 2 2 ent eee re eee 7 69 512MB memory option 2 2 ester eee eens 7 69 Japanese
138. 4 51 Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal 1 Remove the integrated tray and look underneath the printer for the autocompensator arm Pull the arm down 2 Press on the end of the tab A and pull the pick roll off the arm Repeat this step for the pick roll on the other side Next gently release the autocompensator arm Discard the used pick rolls 4 52 Service Manual Installation 1 Remove the new pick rolls from their packaging 2 Pull the autocompensator arm down Locate the recessed area on the pick roll and align it with the tab on the arm There are two arrows on each pick roll Make sure the bottom arrow faces you as you align the recessed area with the tab 3 Push the pick roll onto the arm with the tab aligned Repeat this step on the other side to install the other pick roll 4 Gently release the autocompensator arm Insert integrated tray Repair information 4 53 Interconnect card assembly removal p CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above wit
139. 400 410 14 40X0039 2 1 Developer support roller 15 40X0043 1 1 Input sensor 16 40X0209 1 1 Gear 60 MPF shield 17 40X0045 1 1 ESD shield with label 18 40X0207 1 1 EP duct Parts catalog 7 9 Assembly 5 Printhead 7 10 Service Manual Assembly 5 Printhead Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 4 1 40X0061 1 1 Laser cable assembly 2 Parts packet printhead mounting screw PP 40X0165 3 40X0062 1 1 Printhead assembly includes all cables CAUTION The printhead is not a serviceable FRU Do not disassemble the printhead Parts catalog 7 11 Assembly 6 Paper feed autocompensator 7 12 Service Manual Assembly 6 Paper feed autocompensator Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach orpkg 6 1 40X0066 1 1 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 1 40X0067 1 1 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet 000 010 2 40X0068 1 1 Parts packet bellcrank assembly 250 sheet tray 000 010 e Bellcrank 1 Spring 1 2 40X0069 1 1 Parts packet bellcrank assembly for 500 sheet tray 200 210 400 410 Bellcrank 1 Spring 1 3 40X4308 2 2 Pick roll assembly 4 40X0071 1 1 Paper out flag 250 sheet tray 000 010 4 40X0072 1 1 Paper out flag 500 sheet tray 200 210 400 410 5 40X0073 1 1 Paper low out sensor card assembly 6 Parts packet hanger PP 40X0165 7 40X0074 1 1 Pap
140. 40X0152 1 1 Ethernet shield blank 010 210 410 6 40X0154 1 1 Inner shield assembly 1 slot 000 010 7 40X0222 1 1 Outer shield 1 slot 000 010 Parts catalog 7 33 Assembly 17 Cabling diagrams 1 pes canbe acre a a Description 17 1 40X0223 1 1 HVPS input sensor toner sensor cable assembly 2 40X0160 1 1 MPF sensor cable 3 40X0264 1 1 Output bin sensor cable 7 34 Service Manual Assembly 18 Cabling diagrams 2 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 18 1 40X0061 1 1 Laser printhead cable assembly 2 40X0074 1 1 Autocompensator motor cable 3 40X0046 1 1 Paper size sensing board Tray 1 autocompensator paper out low cable Parts catalog 7 35 Assembly 19 Cabling diagrams 3 D S 7 36 Service Manual Assembly 19 Cabling diagrams 3 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 19 1 40X0034 1 1 Signature button contact assembly with cable 2 40X0156 1 1 Bottom front autoconnect cable assembly 3 40X0223 1 1 HVPS input sensor toner sensor cable assembly 4 40X0157 1 1 Top autoconnect cable assembly 5 40X0224 1 1 LVPS to system board cable assembly Parts catalog 7 37 Assembly 20 Cabling diagrams 4 7 38 Service Manual Assembly 20 Cabling diagrams 4 Asm Part Units
141. 44 Service Manual Assembly 25 Optional 500 sheet paper tray Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number option or pkg 25 1 40X4663 1 1 Tray assembly 500 sheet 2 56P4137 1 1 Side restraint 500 sheet tray 3 99A0292 1 4 Wear strips 4 56P4196 1 1 Pass thru plate 5 56P4195 1 1 Plate 500 sheet wear 6 99A0120 1 2 Restraint pad 7 56P4147 1 1 Back restraint 500 sheet tray Parts catalog 7 45 Assembly 26 Duplex option Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number option or pkg 26 1 56P4100 1 56P4102 1 1 1 1 Duplex assembly 250 sheet Duplex assembly 500 sheet 7 46 Service Manual Assembly 27 Envelope feeder Asm Part Units Units kit s Description Index number option or pkg 27 1 40X3248 1 1 Complete envelope option Parts catalog 7 47 Assembly 28 Output expander 1 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number option or pkg 28 1 40X3270 1 1 Complete output expander assembly 2 99A0104 1 1 Upper diverter spring 3 1 11 Parts packet PP 99A0263 4 56P4198 1 1 Output expander tray 5 56P4163 1 1 Left side cover 6 40X3265 1 1 Bin full dual sensor upper stacker assembly 7 48 Service Manual Assembly 29 Output expander 2 Asm
142. 61 Installation note Note the order of C clips bushing and washer when you reinstall C clip C clip MPF left side of frame Washer Bushing pick tire MPF lower paper deflector 1 Remove the MPF lower cover 2 Remove the four screws securing the MPF lower paper deflector 3 Remove the defector 4 62 Service Manual MPF pick tire removal 1 Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 2 Release the pick roll retaining tab A and slide the pick roll off the shaft MPF solenoid assembly removal 1 Open the left door 2 Remove the MPF lower front cover See Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal on page 4 16 3 Remove the MPF lower paper deflector See MPF lower paper deflector on page 4 62 4 Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 5 Remove the C clip A on the left side Repair information 4 63 6 Press the clips on the end of the shaft to remove the MPF tires B 7 Remove the C clip C on the shaft k F 8 Remove the bushing D Note The bushing fits into a detent E in the frame of the MPF arm assembly i 4 64 Service Manual 9 Loosen the paper alignment screws F F 10 Remove the C clip securing the MPF solenoid assembly on the shaft Note This C clip is very difficult to locate and remove 11 Pull the shaft assembly G
143. 7 66 Assembly 42 StapleSmartfinisherB oococcccccccoco 7 67 Assembly 43 StapleSmart finisher 4 00 00 0 7 68 Assembly 44 Options 0 0000 oak tae A A ee Oe ae lg My te Sonate 7 69 Appendix A Options and featureS 0 0 c eee eee A 1 Installing input options iesirea banaa a a a a e a a aa a a A 1 Order of installationy coa de ee A a pe ea E see ees A 1 Installing a 250 sheet or 500 sheet drawer 1 eee A 1 Installing aduplex nit cervical eee Yess bes ee tept cepted Poca ge bade ele A 3 Installing memory or Option CardS 0 cece eee eee eee A 4 Accessing the printer system board 0 cece cee eee eee eee eee A 5 Removing or installing a memory Card 1 ee eee eee A 7 Removal struts a ae ate lapidan da aan aes A 7 Installation se iee a ra oP aca easy Pap te ee Dade eects ede Beart aie eet hte eee dee de A 8 Removing or installing a flash memory or firmware Card 00 cece eee A 8 Removal yp Seer eek apace Rea Ree A es a eet A A even pea PA A 8 Installation totor eu ear a Met aby ees son aude gle etal te wales Ales A 9 Installing an Option card issie apnea eee eee eee eee eee A 10 Replaci g the shields s nran iat aie eee ae hein tne ek ae eed mene a Seana ie E aa A 11 Printing and using features 0 ccc eee eee eee eee A 11 Ganceling a printOD teo wea etarra bad ata cmb a hha e adds a A 11 Printing the menu settings Page ents A 13 Printing a network Setup Page
144. 76 System board and inner shield removal 00 000 cece eens 4 77 Toner sensor removal seneese po RS ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee a A 4 78 Transfer roll assembly removal 0 0 0 0c ent e eee 4 78 Upper front cover hinge assembly removal 0 0 cece tetas 479 Upper paper deflector assembly removal ooococccoco tetas 4 80 USB board assembly removal o ooccoccco nett e eae 4 80 Connector locations and connections oooocconccco o 5 1 Connections seiere a A ee SE Se eee ees 5 1 System board acord tes dog Firs Oleh Geb eee a ee ew he Bee a ee de eed 5 1 Autoconnect rd a Ph Ree A PEP ee A Re BeBe es 5 7 FuserBoard terepi gregis pls Weta do oer ye bed ia o BG eae eine sls 5 7 High capacity output stacker board ntti 5 8 High voltage power supply cc repenra aoa n e n nett eee 5 9 Interconnecticard sita Ba eee es BER Sah bees Bb eke Re Whee eB eis Bs 5 9 Low voltage power supply 0 0 0 ce nett eee 5 10 Output expander control board 1 2 0 tet ee 5 11 StapleSmartfinisher li a ads 5 12 Preventive maintenance o ooocccccccc eee eee eee 6 1 Safety inspection guide ssas sss essas samai kamaa kamaa waaa nee eee eee eee 6 1 Lubrication specifications issa airia a e eee eee eee eee eee 6 1 Scheduled maintenance 0 cece center eee eee eee eee 6 1 Maintenance Kit corect raras oda he oe ia bee De teu whee a a id 6 1 Parts Catalog ii is AA 7 1 How to use this parts catalog
145. 8 Operator panel continuously displays all diamonds and does not complete POST Go to Operator panel service check on page 2 107 Paper feed problems base printer or integrated 500 sheet paper tray Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 113 Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly duplex option not installed Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 113 Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly duplex option installed Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Fuser solenoid fails to operate Go to Fuser solenoid service check on page 2 95 Print quality black page Go to Print quality all black page on page 2 117 Print quality blank page Go to Print quality blank page on page 2 118 Print quality light print Go to Print quality light print on page 2 122 Print quality background Go to Print quality background on page 2 119 Print quality residual image Go to Print quality residual image on page 2 121 Print quality skew Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 113 Print quality banding Go to Print quality banding on page 2 120 Print quality random marks Go to Print quality random marks on page 2 118 Print quality toner on backside of printed page Go to Print quality toner on backside of printed page on page 2 122
146. 87 temperature after slope y ae gna change Fuser page Fuser not receiving AC power ea 200 000 Poor supply line voltage ee e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 26 Fuser is not increasing e Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser re ence Poor supply line voltage service check on page 2 87 been on for an extended tim Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 920 27 Fuser has been below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser He olen tl pt e Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 is in the nip Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power eE E 200 000 Poor supply line voltage oo Excessive load on the fuser e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll Abrupt change in temperature that has disrupted control 920 31 Under temperature Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser during steady state control Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Fuser not receiving AC power Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll service check on page 2 87 Diagnostic information 2 11 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 920 32 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser desir
147. BASE SENSOR TEST and sensor test select the NM Sensor to test it for proper operation If the narrow media sensor fails the test go to step 2 if the narrow media sensor does not pass the test go to step 5 2 Fuser narrow media sensor Check the fuser narrow media sensor cable for correct installation or cable any signs of damage to the cable or to the connectors If no problem is found go to step 3 If a problem with the installation is found install the cable correctly If damage to the cable or the connectors is found replace the cable 3 Fuser narrow media sensor Make sure the sensor flag is not binding and is operating properly If flag the sensor is operating properly go to step 4 If the sensor is not operation properly repair or replace the sensor assembly See Fuser narrow media sensor removal on page 4 35 4 Fuser assembly Check the continuity of the fuser narrow media sensor cable If Fuser narrow m dla se sor incorrect replace the cable if correct check the continuity of the cable fuser to system board cable If incorrect replace the cable if correct replace the following FRUs in the order shown Fuser board e Fuser board aed to system board e Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 System board See System board and inner shield removal System board on page 4 77 Diagnostic information 2 93 FRU Action With the redrive assembl
148. Dell 5210n 5310n Service Manual 14Jan2010 Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2010 Dell Inc All rights reserved Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Trademarks used in this text Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and names of their products Dell Inc disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own Table of contents Laser NO ICOS i ie ieee eee a aa xi Safety information cosa haere ga tata ones eRe ee As xvii Prefa inian AE A ee ee eee eh sae wed ae ewe e a a ie XX Definitions ers tess cee See saga a sah ie ates laa ad V XX General information ox ie iced eee eel ae ee ee ls 1 1 Maintenance approach siess escata tien i eee eee eee eee eee 1 1 ODIOS ts 1 2 Configured modelss bo a a tt taa tes 1 3 Specifications cio o ii a a al 1 4 RESONANTE 1 4 Data ste aMS it A A A A a Ely ed 1 4 Print speed and performance print Speed 1 6 teens 1 4 Performance escondo peda ted ead aah 1 4 A aad td ee Ree ee tS eee ae 1 4 Memory configuration veras ey ede Ee eee Weel ee Si ote ba be e 1 5 Operating clearances vi ie id BP ee ee hee eh he Bs 1 5 DIMENSIONS raie OR A A oe doe cen sate Pe Seat py lds Meat Sides ca A Setar ans weg 1 6 Powerrequirements s c 20 28 piesa er a
149. E A FT ED OLA ah amp A oy 28 Hb 3b HIE EREHE TALES ELA BRA Sst EMEWEX 770 795 nm 2H BMI ARRITNMHKRIT E RiR E EHE R E A Ee A TF ARS i AR HE fk T A E SE ST Laser notices XV Korean Laser Notice xvi Bree 1832 alo ASS O CHEF DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter 389 FAS Bsa wes o 01 4 a 212 9 LJENE T EC 825 FAS Eo 158 44 HZZ 2132 cee a alo A HZS YN AOS REL OR k e 5 Yeltes We ob2AJLbo alol HEZA 770 795 Cpeojejol uE EH Ol 4 SHSStE Class ill 3b ajo 43 HoA Za UVEC ao AAMT ele AA as Sol RA HS BOE PAA MAA Epo 7 9 Class PE loH Hol AZo Ach 328 As YHHH USHC Service Manual Safety information The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific components The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized replacement parts The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person and is not intended to be used by others There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of this product Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the AN area of the product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task Consignes de s curit La s c
150. ON A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm area of the product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use A CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task XX Service Manual 1 General information The Dell 5210n and 5310n laser printers are letter quality page printers designed to attach to IBM compatible personal computers and to most computer networks The Dell 5210n and 5310n laser printers are available in the following models Model name Configuration Machine type Dell 5210n Network 4061 210 Dell 5310n Network 4061 410 Maintenance approach The diagnostic information in this manual leads you to the correct field replaceable unit FRU or part Use the service error codes user status messages user error messages service checks and diagnostic aids to determine the printer problem and repair the failure After you complete the repair perform tests as needed to verify the repair See Start on page 2 1 General information 1 1 Options The following options are available Some options are not available in every country Contact your point of purchase for options available in your country Memory options of 128MB 256MB and 512 SDRAM e Flash memory options of 32MB and 64MB e Hard disk 20GB with adapter e Integrated network options
151. OWN HOLD 5210 5310 Cartridge holddown spring FRU JG438 ASSY PK ARM SHEET 500 52 5310 Autocompensator Assembly FRU UJ395 ASSY SNSR SIZE PAPER W SPR Integrated Tray Card Paper Switch Activate Spring w Screw and Paper FRU size sensing board assembly Memory DK479 KIT PTR MEM 128MB Memory 128MB Order SKU Only P N A0743429 CRU DK480 KIT PTR MEM 256MB Memory 256MB Order SKU Only P N A0743432 CRU DK481 KIT PTR MEM 512MB Memory 512MB Order SKU Only P N A0743434 instead of 5 digit CRU P N Miscellaneous Hardware DG914 PAD MTG MACHINE 5210 5310 Rubber Feet 4 CRU DH229 ASSY CVR FRT UPR W BTNS Upper Front Cover Assembly including Op Panel All Buttons Light FRU Pipe GG025 KIT RLLR CHG CONT HV 5210 310 High Voltage Contacts Kit FRU GG027 PRTH ASSY W CABLES 5210 5310 Printhead Assy w Cables amp screws FRU H738R KIT SHP MTL BOX RTN PTR 5310N RETURN PACKAGING BOX 5210 5310 CRU HG557 SVC PAKT PRT TIE CBL 5210 5310 Cable Tie Packets CRU P1396 RLLR PK ARM QTY2 PICK ROLLER QTY 2 CRU YG853 SPCR CVR FRT UPR W LTCH SPR Spacer D w Upper Latch and spring for upper front cover Screw FRU Motherboards HG365 ASSY CRD INTFC 1 SLOT 5210 310 Interconnect board assembly 1 slot FRU JG285 CRD NTWK COMM ENET 5210 System board with integrated Ethernet 5210N FRU Network Cards Adapters GD715 CRD WRLES 5210 5310N DAO Wireless Card DAO CRU KC516 CRD WRLES 5210 5310N EMEA Wireless Card EMEA CRU NJ646 CRD NTWK COMM ENET 5210N 5310N GIGABIT ETHERNET CARD 52 5310N op
152. PS100 110 V DAO For Sherry 5210n FRU Software UP434 CDSK DRVR VSTA PTR 5210 5310N COMPACT DISKETTE DRIVER VSTA PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES CRU 5210 5310N Notes CRU Customer Replaceable Units refers to parts that can easily be replaced by the customer without sending an onsite technician FRU Field Replaceable Unit a part that can be replaced or added by onsite technician Dell 5310n Recommended Spare parts List 22 Dec 2010 Dell P N MFG Part Description Dell Part Description CRU or FRU Accessory GD531 CTRG TONR 10K U R 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge 10K Use RTN toner CRU GD711 ASSY DRWR SHEET 500 5210 5310 500 Sheet Paper Tray amp Drawer Combo CRU GD712 ASSY DPLXR SHEET 500 5210 5310 Duplex assembly500 sheet CRU GD713 FDR ENVELOPE 5210 5310 Envelope Feeder Assembly CRU GD714 ASSY TRAY EXP OUTPUT SHEET 650 650 Sheet Output Expander CRU GG660 KIT PTR MAINT 110V 300K 300K maintenance Kit Fuser Chg RIl Xfr RII RIl Pk Arm 115V FRU HD767 CTRG TONR 20K U R 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge 20K Use Rtn Toner CRU HG371 KIT PTR MAINT 220V 300K 300K maintenance Kit Fuser Chg Rll Xfr RII RIl Pk Arm 220V FRU HG682 KIT CHAS SWT 24PRT 6224P INTL Toner Cartridge 30K Std Toner CRU PD974 CTRG TONR 10K REG 5210 5310 Toner Cartridge 10K Std Toner Retail Mfg P N RM955 CRU RD907 CTRG TONR 30K REG 531
153. Paper fails to pass from lower option through the Duplex Option Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Envelope feeder symptoms Symptom Action Envelopes do not feed from the envelope feeder Go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 84 Envelopes do not feed properly into base printer Go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 84 Output expander Symptom Action Printer does not display Output Bin Full Go to Output bin sensor standard tray service check on page 2 110 Paper does not feed all the way into the output tray Go to Output expander service check on page 2 111 2 6 Service Manual StapleSmart finisher Symptom Action Finisher does not staple Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Printer does not recognize StapleSmart Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Finisher Option as being installed Close Top Cover displayed Unable to clear Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 or reset message POST incomplete Close Finisher Side Cover displayed Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Unable to clear or reset message POST incomplete Paper feeds into finisher option output tray Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Paper is not stapled and paper does not
154. Part number Units mach OR Units option Units kit or pkg Description Asm index identifies the assembly and the item in the diagram For example 3 1 indicates Assembly 3 and the item number 1 Part number identifies the unique number that identifies this FRU e Units mach refers to the number of units actually used in the base machine or product Units option refers to the number of units used in the option and does not include the base machine e Units kit or pkg refers to the number of units packaged together and identified by the part number NS Not shown in the Asm Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration e PP Parts Packet in the parts description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet Model information used in the parts catalog Model name Configuration Machine type Parts catalog Dell 5210n Network 4061 210 210 Dell 5310n Network 4061 410 410 Parts catalog 7 1 Assembly 1 Covers NN QQ 7 2 Service Manual Assembly 1 Covers Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg p 1 1 40X0001 1 1 Fuser wiper cover assembly 2 40X0002 1 1 Redrive cap cover assembly 3 40X0003 1 1 Laser cover assembly 250 sheet output 000 010 3 40X0004 1 1 Laser cover assembly 500 sheet output 200 210 400 410 4 40X0005 1 1 Paper support 5 40X0007 1 1 Right
155. Printer and duplex not aligned Make sure the duplex assembly rear door is properly latched e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check duplex unit for correct installation and alignment to the printer e If available try another duplex unit If none is available go to 231 xx Jam displays on the operator panel on page 2 83 2 66 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 232 00 Paper did not clear the e Duplex rear door not fully latched e Make sure the duplex duplex input sensor but Pri a assembly rear door is did leave the printer exit a not functioning properly latched sensor 7 Duplex feed system not working rie upper redrive correctly iverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a e Printer and duplex not aligned loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check duplex unit for correct installation and alignment to the printer e If available try another duplex option If none is available go to 232 xx Jam displays on the operator panel on page 2 83 233 00 Paper failed to make e Duplex rear door not fully latched Make sure the duplex duplex doublefeed Duplex feed system not working assembly rear door
156. R SETUP Warm Up Time You can change the amount of time the printer warms up before allowing pages to print by changing this setting from 0 to 5 The factory sets the warm up at 0 or no warm up time This time period lets the backup roll heat up and helps reduce curl in some environments Transfer The transfer can be adjusted to Low Medium or High The default setting is Medium Print Contrast The print contrast setting controls the developer voltage offset The print contrast can be adjusted to Low Medium or High The default setting is Medium Charge Roll The charge roll can be adjusted to Low Medium or High The default setting is Medium Gap Adjust The setting adjusts the minimum gap between sheets Increasing this value may reduce curl of some printed media and eliminate some output bin stacking problems However increasing this value also results in slower overall performance measured in pages per minute The range of values is 0 to 255 and the default value is 0 3 22 Service Manual EVENT LOG Display Log The event log provides a history of printer errors It contains the 12 most recent errors that have occurred on the printer The most recent error displays in position 1 and the oldest error displays in position 12 if 12 errors have occurred If an error occurs after the log is full the oldest error is discarded Identical errors in consecutive positions in the log are entered so there may be repetitions All 2xx and
157. RAM test executes the power indicator blinks green The following type of message appears DRAM Test xxx MB P HHHH F HHHH e xxx represents the installed DRAM size e P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 F represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99 999 Initially only four digits appear but additional digits appear as needed Each time a test is completed the number of pass and failures is incremented If the test fails the message Failure displays for approximately three seconds and the failure count increases by one The test continues until all standard and optional DRAM is tested Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test is stopped the power indicator is turned on solid and the final results display To stop the test before completion press Diagnostic aids 3 7 CACHE Test This test is used to verify the printer processor cache To run the CACHE Test 1 Select CACHE TEST from HARDWARE TESTS The message CACHE Test Testing displays Then the message Resetting Printer appears 2 The printer automatically performs a Power On Reset POR While the CACHE test executes the power indicator blinks green The following type of message appears
158. S HLTA AMES ENVIR A DAA DAA TAR FRADE UTA o 4 Wid SMAI SIN WHER TERT m BR AN E m AY FELD Ze WAE m HUE VERT ESS IN DA ay o Safety information xix Preface This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel It is divided into the following chapters 1 General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to repair it Special tools and test equipment are listed in this chapter as well as general environmental and safety instructions Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table symptom tables and service checks used to isolate failing field replaceable units FRUs Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing FRUs Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent problems Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs VN O Oo Bb WO N Definitions Note A note provides additional information Warning A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software CAUTI
159. Selecting print media Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps you avoid printing problems The following sections contain guidelines for choosing the correct print media for your printer e Paper e Transparencies e Envelopes e Labels e Card stock Paper For the best print quality use 75 g m 20 Ib xerographic grain long paper Try a sample of any paper you are considering using with the printer before buying large quantities When loading paper note the recommended print side on the paper package and load paper accordingly Paper characteristics The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability We recommend that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock For detailed information refer to the Card Stock amp Label Guide located on the Dell Web site at www dell com The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of 225 C 437 F for Magnetic Ink Character Recognition MICR applications and 205 C 401 F for non MICR applications Use only paper able to withstand these temperatures without discoloring bleeding or releasing hazardous emissions Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers Weight The printer can automatically feed paper weights from 60 to 176 g m 16 to 47 lb bond grain long in the integrated and optional 500 sheet trays and paper weights from 60 to 135 g
160. System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 957 00 System board This error indicates a system board processor failure Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 958 00 Nand failure Printer has performed more than 100 shift and replace operations as a result of EC bit corrections Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 Diagnostic information 2 29 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Eran Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 980 00 Unreliable comma to The engine is experiencing unreliable Service errors 980 thru 984 Paperport device communications to the specified device lt device gt can be one of the following system board 981 00 Interface protocol The engine protocol violation detected by duplex tray x 1 2 3 4 or 5 violation by engine the specified device envelope feeder or output bin 982 Xx Paperport Communications error detected by the communication error specified device 983 00 Invalid command Invalid command received by the received by device specified device 984 00 Invalid command Invalid command parameter received by parameter received by the specified device device 990 00 General device Indicates an equipment check condition Service errors 980 thru 984 equipment check has occurred in
161. T LOG EXIT DIAGNOSTICS This selection exits Diagnostics mode and Resetting the Printer displays The printer performs a POR and the printer returns to normal mode 3 24 Service Manual Configuration menu CONFIG MENU Entering Configuration Menu Turn off the printer Press and hold and Turn on the printer gt gt Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays The message CONFIG MENU displays on the top line of the operator panel Available menus Maint Cnt Value Reset Maint Cnt Prt Quality Pgs SIZE SENSING Panel Menus PPDS Emulation Download Emuls Demo Mode Factory Defaults Energy Conserve EVENT LOG print log only Paper Prompts Env Prompts Jobs On Disk Disk Encryption Font Sharpening LCD Brightness LCD Contrast Exit Config Menu See Maintenance page count Maint Cnt Value on page 3 25 See Maintenance page counter reset Reset Maint Cnt on page 3 26 See Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs on page 3 26 See SIZE SENSING on page 3 27 See Panel Menus on page 3 27 See PPDS Emulation on page 3 27 See Download Emuls on page 3 27 See Demo Mode on page 3 27 See Factory Defaults on page 3 28 See Energy Conserve on page 3 28 See EVENT LOG on page 3 28 See Paper Prompts on page 3 28 See Env Prompts on page 3 28 See Jobs On Disk on page 3 28 See Disk Encryption on page 3 28 See Font Sharpening
162. The following tables provide information on standard and optional sources for both input and output trays and bins e Print media sizes e Print media weights e Media weights supported in optional output bins Media sizes supported in the finisher Media weights supported in the finisher Note If you use a print media size not listed select the next larger size Print media sizes T s s 215 5 Zola a 3 31 2 s 2 5 g o air 2 Z3 E Sle Print media a ee 2 5 3 2 a 2 235 Dimensions SEIS IS ele el 5 5 e sie size r zlo olz z lol gla lel Q 3 Z _ 3s oar UAT universally gt gt slelials zz S O x gt ol oja 3 indicates i ge S IS Sl 9 39 89 slal asl xlel adjustable tray 58 U 9g Ololo 2 23 a 200 5 6 support 4 3088 12 80 5S 9 a Sg Elg ooo Elo H 53 lt Q ee 95 0 S lt S S lt s c Il C Ll 2 G6 0 X 0 5 219 9 O9 G D G D Fld io 2 ale alala 28 8 88 8 8 23 8 5 218138 2 23188 AIDA AIBR SS AJUJA OJO N ITIo0 0N0 0 A4 210 x 297 mm Vivilv Y Viv VILS Y Viv 8 27 x 11 7 in A5 148 x 210 mm Viviv Y Viv SILSILA Y 5 83 x 8 27 in JIS B5 182 x 257 mm Viviv Y Viv VILIS Y Y 7 17 x 10 1 in Letter 215 9 x 279 4 mm Viviv Y Viv VILL Y Viv 8 5x 11 in Legal 215 9 x 355 6 mm Viviv Y Viv VILL Y Viv 8 5 x 14 in General information 1 9 Print media sizes continued P
163. The paper you choose to print the page on should be either Letter or A4 To run the Quick Test duplex 1 Select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS 2 Select Single or Continuous The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source If the default paper source only supports envelopes then the page is printed from Tray 1 e Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back side of a duplexed sheet The single test stops automatically when a single duplex sheet is printed and the continuous test continues until you press Stop _ Diagnostic aids 3 9 Top Margin duplex This setting controls the offset between the first scan line on the front of the duplex page and the first scan line on the back of the page Therefore be sure to set the top margin in REGISTRATION before setting the duplex top margin See REGISTRATION on page 3 4 To set the Top Margin duplex 1 4 5 Print the Quick Test duplex a Select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS b Select Single C Hold the page to the light tosee the whether the top margin of the backside aligns with the top margin of the frontside Select Top Margin from DUPLEX TESTS Use or to select the margin setting you need to change e Each increment shifts the duplex top margin by 1 100 of an inch e The Top Margin duplex range is
164. Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder e lt size gt letter legal B5 A4 Executive Universal A5 B4 A3 11x17 Folio or Statement For envelopes lt size gt 7 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope or other Envelope Change lt input source gt lt type gt lt size gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options e lt input source gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder e lt type gt Bond Card stock Colored Envelope Labels Ltrhead Plain Preprint or Transparency e lt size gt letter legal B5 A4 Executive Universal A5 B4 A3 11x17 Folio or Statement For envelopes lt size gt 73 4 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope or other Envelope 2 32 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action Check Duplex Connection This messages displays for the following conditions The duplex option may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The duplex option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detection For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken e If the option was temporarily
165. U 2 Select Print Menus from the TESTS MENU The page contains the following information e A list of all the printer settings contained in the operator panel menus and their values e A list of the installed options and features such as RAM memory cards optional input paper trays envelope feeder duplex option output bins flash or disk e Printer information such as serial number page count installed RAM engine code level RIP code level envelope feeder code level tray 1 5 code levels output bin 1 3 code levels operator panel code levels font ROM version and SRAM availability 3 30 Service Manual Theory Autocompensator operation The autocompensator is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force This force generation is inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm If light media is used it picks very gently If a heavy media is used it picks very aggressively No customer adjustments are necessary therefore no special trays are needed for card stock or labels The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque from the motor produces a movement about the pivot of the arm This movement produces a downward force at the pick rolls The friction between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition If the paper is physically held and not allowed to feed then the motor stalls Slippage between the roll and the paper is theoretically impossible When the motor is energized the pick
166. V lamp in 220 V printer e Lamp has excessive wattage Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 92 Too hot to do lamp detection and NVRAM bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Writes to the fuser information chip have been disabled due to a previous write failure Attempting to POR machine after receiving a 925 01 Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 927 00 Service fan error Loose connector e External blockage of the fan preventing it from turning Bad fan Go to Main fan on page 2 76 927 01 Main fan stalled External blockage of fan Fan may not turn due to internal fan problem Go to Main fan on page 2 76 Diagnostic information 2 23 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 927 02 Cartridge fan stalled e Loose connector Go to Cartridge fan service External blockage of the fan check on page 2 76 preventing it from turning Bad fan 927 03 Main fan took too long to e Loose connector Go to Main fan on ramp up e External blockage of the fan page 2 76 preventing it from turning Bad fan 927 04 Main fan underspeed or e Corrupted feedback signal Go to Main fan on stalled during speed E page 2 76 adjustment state Fan input voltage may b
167. able If incorrect replace the cable If correct check the switch for a bent or deformed actuator lever or defective switch If incorrect replace the switch Excessive noise or vibration FRU Action 1 DC motor assembly Make sure all the motor plate mounting screws are tight 2 Idler pulley DC motor assembly Make sure the idler pulley is not binding on the pulley shaft Check the pulley for wear Check the idler pulley shaft on the motor mounting plate for damage or contamination 3 Drive pulley Check the drive pulley for wear binds or damage to the pulley or pulley shaft Make sure the pulley turns freely on the pulley shaft 4 Motor drive belt tray drive belt Check the DC motor drive belt for damage Make sure the belt is tracking correctly on the drive pulley idler pulley and motor pulley Check the tray drive belt for damage Make sure the belt is tracking correctly on the lower section of the drive pulley and lead screw pulleys High capacity output stacker service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left right and front covers The high capacity output stacker option functions without the covers installed Determine which paper path stacker assembly is not functioning properly Make sure the option s are installed correctly and the machine is configured correctly before attempting to service the high c
168. ace the current operator panel board with the original operator panel board See Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 If the error persists go to step 6 5 Interconnect card Replace the original interconnect card assembly with a new and not previously installed interconnect card assembly If the error remains contact your next level of support 6 Operator panel Replace the original operator panel board with a new and not previously installed interconnect card assembly If the error remains contact your next level of support Diagnostic information 2 77 950 30 through 950 60 EPROM mismatch failure Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Note Before proceeding with this service check make sure
169. after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 1 Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 69 Disconnect all cables from the system board Note Sometimes cables may be difficult to remove Be careful not to damage the connectors 3 Remove all features and options from the interconnect card 4 Depending on your printer model remove the two small USB port mounting screws A the two parallel port mounting screws B and the ethernet port mounting screw C Note You may not have all these screws in every model 5 Remove the system board mounting screws including the screw in the upper left corner C the two small screws in the center top and bottom D and the three screws E on the lower left and top and bottom right 6 Remove the system board and inner shield Repair information 4 77 Toner sensor removal 1 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the toner sensor mounting screw A 3 Disconnect the toner sensor cable and remove the toner sensor Transfer roll assembly
170. align with the right side Paper feeds into finisher option Paper Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 aligns with the right side The stapler does not staple Paper is transported into the output tray but Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 is not stapled Stapled sheets are not transported to the Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 output tray Diagnostic information 2 7 Messages and error codes Service error codes Service error codes are generally non recoverable except in an intermittent condition when you can POR the printer to temporarily recover from the error condition Service error codes 9xx xx transfer transfer servo start error e Check system board e Check HVPS input sensor toner sensor cable Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 900 XX RIP Software Go to 900 xx Error code service check on page 2 75 901 XX Engine flash error Indicates that the flash which the system Replace the system board board code is programmed into is bad See System board and inner Replace the system board shield removal on page 4 77 902 XX Engine software error These errors indicate an unrecoverable Replace the system board See system software error System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 903 XX Paperport link driver Thes
171. ams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 200 00 Paper jam around input sensor Multi sheet feed that is shingled Tray size sensing wrong size Paper jam leaving page over sensor Fan media and stack flat in tray or multipurpose feeder Check for anything in the paper path that might cause the paper to jam If clearing a paper jam does not fix the problem go to Input sensor service check on page 2 103 200 01 Input sensor covered too long Multi sheet feed that is shingled Tray size sensing wrong size Paper jam leaving page over sensor Fan media and stack flat in tray or MPF Check for anything in the paper path that might cause the paper to jam If clearing a paper jam does not fix the problem go to Input sensor service check on page 2 103 200 02 Input sensor covered too long Multi sheet feed that is shingled Tray size sensing wrong size Paper jam leaving page over sensor Fan media and stack flat in tray or MPF Check for anything in the paper path that might cause the paper to jam If clearing a paper jam does not fix the problem go to Input sensor service check on page 2 103 200 04 Input sensor covered too quickly Paper pre staged in path Wrong configuration ID causes engine to assume 500 sheet paper path on 250 sheet model Bouncy input sensor C
172. apacity output stacker option See High capacity output stacker board on page 5 8 to identify the correct jumper locations at J6 for the upper and lower units Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Front Cover Assembly Check the front cover assembly to make sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the high capacity option Also check to make sure the ESD brush is not loose or damaged Diagnostic information 2 101 The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Service tip If more than a single output option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as installed If the printer recognizes any of the output options the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly The problem is in the unrecognized option Continue with this service check or go to the service check for the failing output option FRU Action 1 High capacity stacker Check the autoconnects cables and connectors of the option for any feeder signs of loose or damaged parts 2 High capacity output Remove the left and right side covers and check all four stacker mechanical linkage autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins Remove the assembly output option and check the voltages on the standard output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect on page 5 7 If the v
173. ard Index Bristol 199 g m 110 Ib 163 g m 90 Ib ill Tag 203 g m 125 lb 163 g m 100 Ib Cover 216 g m 80 Ib 176 g m 65 Ib Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 lb bond 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 Ib bond Labels maximum Pa per 180 g m 163 g m 48 Ib bond 43 Ib bond Dual web paper 180 g m 163 g m 48 Ib bond 43 Ib bond Polyester 220 g m 220 g m 59 Ib bond 59 Ib bond Vinyl 300 g m 260 g m 92 Ib liner 78 Ib liner Integrated forms Pressure 140 to 135 g m 140 to 135 g m sensitive area must enter the printer first Paper base 75 to 135 g m 75 to 135 g m2 grain long 20 to 36 Ib bond 20 to 36 Ib bond Envelopes 100 cotton content maximum weight 24 Ib Sulfite wood free or up to 100 cotton bonds Not recommended 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib bond 4 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib bond 1 Grain short is preferred for papers over 135 g m 2 Printing label applications on your printer requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing 3 28 lb envelopes are limited to 25 cotton content 4 Includes envelopes fed from the multipurpose feeder only 5 Information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Dell s criteria is available at www dell com 1 12 Service Manual Media weights supported in optional output bins Print media weight optional output bins
174. atch failure Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer This error code indicates a mismatch between the operator panel board and the interconnect card FRU Action 1 Interconnect card If the interconnect card been recently replaced go to step 3 If the card has not been replaced go to step 2 2 operator panel board If the operator panel board has been recently replaced go to step 4 If the operator panel board has not been replaced contact your next level of support 3 Interconnect card Replace the current interconnect card assembly with the original interconnect card assembly See Interconnect card assembly removal on page 4 54 If the error remains go to step 5 4 operator panel board Repl
175. atch the front right and front left cover posts and remove the cover Repair information 4 21 Bevel gear removal Open the left door Remove the inner shield Remove the gear guard ai A Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring A through the bottom of the printer A 5 Place your thumb on the top of the gear and press firmly down and away Note You need to exert firm pressure to snap the bevel gear out R 4 22 Service Manual Installation 1 Remove any washer that may be present A and discard 2 Lubricate areas A that engage the journal B with grease from the provided packet 3 Place the new washer C on the bevel gear shaft A B 4 Insert the bottom portion and press or pull into position Note You should hear two distinct snaps If you only hear one the bevel gear is only partially engaged and you should continue to press until the second snap is heard Very firm pressure is required CAUTION Do not brace your hands below the bevel gear itself When the gear double snaps into place it may pinch your hand 5 Install the power takeoff shaft and spring 6 Install the gear guard 7 Install the inner shield Repair information 4 23 Cartridge duct removal mb Open the left door N Disconnect the printhead laser cable from J2 on the system board 3 Remove the three screws securing the cartridge duct A Note It may be necessary to pull the main fan
176. ation If you find a problem clean the rolls If this does not correct the problem replace the envelope feeder 2 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too narrow If the adjustment is correct replace the envelope feeder option Envelope feeder multifeeds or may not display a 260 xx Paper Jan message FRU Action 1 Envelopes Check the envelopes being used in the feeder Check for signs of the envelopes being stuck together or signs of glue Make sure the flaps are not interleaved If the envelopes meet the guidelines and are properly loaded go to step 2 2 Deflector Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too wide If the deflector gap adjustment is correct go to step 3 If not replace the envelope feeder option 3 Restraint roll bias spring Check for a missing broken or incorrectly installed restraint roll bias spring If incorrect replace the envelope feeder option 260 xx Paper Jam displays an envelope stopped in the paper path of the feeder and an envelope also stopped in the base printer paper path FRU Action 1 Latch lever Make sure the tip of the latch lever is centered in the opening in the floor of the paper path The latch lever may not be detented on the latch If no problem is found and the problem persists replace the envelope feeder option 2 86 Service Manual
177. ations require furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000 sheet drawer Certain other configurations RN also must have a printer stand or printer base More information is available at the Dell Web site at www dell com Clearing printer jams Although there are several places a jam can occur clearing the paper path is fairly easy depending on the jam message or messages displayed on the operator panel Paper jams can occur in three areas the front of the printer inside the printer and at the rear of the printer Jams in the front of the printer occur in the input options or the duplex tray Jams inside the printer occur in two locations and require the removal of the print cartridge Jams can also occur at the rear of the printer or in one of the output options Note The following clearing jam instructions may seem out of sequence However they have been grouped to help you quickly clear the print path Diagnostic aids 3 37 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder 1 Remove the paper from the multipurpose feeder 2 Flex fan and restack the media and place it into the multipurpose feeder 3 Load the print media 4 Slide the side guide toward the inside of the tray until it lightly rests against the edge of the media 5 Press 3 38 Service Manual 260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder The envelope feeder feeds envelopes from the bottom of the stack the bottom envelope will
178. attern is printed If Continuous is selected the test pattern is printed only on the first envelope Note The Print Test Page always prints on one side of the paper regardless of the duplex setting or the presence of a duplex option Press Back to return to PRINT TESTS Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs The purpose of this diagnostic function is to allow printing of the print quality test pages with the toner cartridge lockout function disabled The print quality pages consist of three pages Page one contains a mixture of graphics and text Pages two and three only contain graphics If duplex is turned on the pages are duplexed The Print Quality Test pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter legal or A4 paper To run the Print Quality Test Pages select Prt Quality Pgs from PRINT TESTS The message Printing Quality Test Pages is displayed Note The print quality test pages can also be printed from the Configuration menu CONFIG MENU however a cartridge must be installed with a machine class ID matching the machine class ID stored in NVRAM Additional diagnostic information may be printed on the pages when printing from DIAGNOSTICS The following is included in the DIAGNOSTICS version of the print quality pages e Values from EP SETUP in DIAGNOSTICS including Fuser temperature warm up time transfer print contrast and charge roll settings e Contents of the EVENT LOG from DIAGNOSTICS e Config
179. be the one that is jammed 1 Lift the envelope weight 2 Remove all envelopes If the jammed envelope has entered the printer and cannot be pulled out remove the envelope feeder a Lift the envelope feeder up out of the printer and then set it aside b Remove the envelope from the printer If you cannot remove the envelope the print cartridge will have to be removed See 200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge on page 3 41 for more information C Reinstall the envelope feeder Make sure it snaps into place 3 Flex and stack the envelopes 4 Load the envelope feeder 5 Adjust the guide 6 Lower the envelope weight 7 Press Diagnostic aids 3 39 23x and 24x jams Paper jams in these areas can occur on the incline surface of a tray or across more than one tray To clear these areas 1 Open the printer paper tray and remove any jammed media 2 Open the duplex tray To remove the media pull up 3 Open any optional trays beginning at the top and remove any jammed media Pull the print media either up or down If it does not pull easily one way try the other way 3 40 Service Manual 4 If you have an optional 2000 sheet feeder open the front door press the elevator button A to lower the tray remove the jam and make sure the stack of print media is neat and aligned 5 Press 200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge 1 Push the release latch and lower the multipurpose feede
180. ble and pull the LVPS out far enough to be able to check the voltage between CN 1 and CN 3 on the LVPS board Plug in the power cord turn the printer on and check the voltage If correct eplace the LVPS tofuser AC cable if incorrect replace the LVPS assembly See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 Note If the fuses in the LVPS are blown the LVPS assembly must be replaced 5 Fuser top cover assembly Check to make sure that the thermistor is installed correctly to J5 on thermistor thermistor the fuser control card If installed correctly check the cable for any cable signs of damage If any problems are found replace the fuser top Fuser to system board DC cover assembly Fuser narrow media sensor removal on cable y page 4 35 If no problem is found check the fuser to system board DC cable for correct installation at J1 on the fuser control card If no problem is found check the fuser to system board cable for correct installation at J10 on the system board If no problem is found go to step 6 Diagnostic information 2 89 FRU Action 6 Fuser assembly If no problem is found up to this point then replace the following in the order shown e Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 System board assembly See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 e LVPS See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 923 xx
181. bly 13 Transfer charging Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 13 1 40X0126 1 Parts kit charge roll link asm left side 2 40X0127 1 2 Charge roll assembly dual 3 40X0129 1 Parts kit right side charge roll link assembly 4 40X0130 1 1 Transfer roll assembly 5 40X0131 1 1 Transfer roll assembly right arm 6 40X0132 1 1 Transfer roll right spring 7 40X0133 1 1 Transfer pivot shaft 8 40X0134 1 1 Transfer roll left spring 9 40X0135 1 1 Transfer roll left arm NS 1 Parts packet charge roll screw PP 40X0165 NS 1 Parts packet C clip pivot shaft PP 40X0165 Parts catalog 7 27 Assembly 14 Electronics power supplies 7 28 Service Manual Assembly 14 Electronics power supplies Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg p 14 1 40X4269 1 1 LVPS 115 V ac 000 010 1 56P4233 1 1 LVPS 220 V ac 000 010 1 40X4271 1 1 LVPS 115 V ac 200 210 400 410 1 56P4238 1 1 LVPS 220 V ac 200 210 400 410 2 40X0260 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle 13 amp United States Canada Caribbean countries Colombia Costa Rica Dominican Republic El Salvador Ecuador Guatemala Honduras Mexico Nicaragua Panama Puerto Rico Saudi Arabia Venezuela and Virgin Islands 2 40X0256 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Bolivia and Peru 2 40X0255 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle Argentina 2 40X0257 1 1 Power cord set 8 ft right angle
182. board If correct replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board Diagnostic information 2 73 Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into bin x FRU Action Bin x sensor Bin x sensor control board Check the sensor flag for binds Make sure the sensor flag is not in an up position If the sensor flag is operating correctly replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board 271 xx Paper Jam Check Bin 1 displays paper does not feed into the bin selected FRU Action Deflector Deflector spring Deflector cover Deflector cover spring Shaft assemblies Check all the bin parts for missing or loose springs binds in the deflector or deflector cover broken or binding shaft assemblies or broken gear teeth If incorrect repair as necessary Bin x solenoid assembly Control board Check the solenoid for any binds Make sure the solenoid is contacting the latch correctly If incorrect repair as necessary If the solenoid appears to be operating mechanically check the resistance of the solenoid It measures between 30 and 50 ohms If incorrect replace the failing solenoid assembly If correct replace the control board Mechanical linkage Motor assembly If the DC motor is functioning properly check the gears clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken gear teeth o
183. cable Diagnostic information 2 87 FRU Action LVPS CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all LVPS to fuser AC cable safety precautions Check the AC line voltage between the pins on the fuser end of the LPVS to fuser AC cable If the voltage is correct unplug the AC power cord from the LVPS cable If the voltage is correct unplug the AC power cord from the LVPS pull the LVPS out far enough to be able to check the voltage between CN 1 and CN1 3 on the LVPS board Plug in the power cord turn the printer on and check the voltage If correct replace the LVPS to fuser AC cable if incorrect replace the LVPS assembly Note If the fuses in the LVPS are blown the LVPS assembly must be replaced Fuser top cover assembly thermistor thermistor cable Fuser to system board DC cable Check to make sure that the thermistor is installed correctly to J5 on the fuser control card If installed correctly check the cable for any signs of damage If any problems are found replace the fuser top cover assembly If no problem is found check the fuser to system board DC cable for correct installation at J1 on the fuser control card If no problem is found check the fuser to system board cable for correct installation at J10 on the system board Error code 920 06 displayed LVPS System board System board to LVPS cable Carefully check the installation ofthe LVPS to system board cable to J27
184. cannot be cleared go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 84 Install Tray x or Cancel Job Tray x Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 This message is displayed when a paper handling option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken e Install the option e Press until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Load Staples This message displays when the Staples Empty Alarm is activated and one of the following occurs There are no staples in the stapler The maximum number of staples have been fired after the engine has reported that the staple cartridge is low e The printer does not detect the staple cartridge is present The following actions may be taken e Install a new staple cartridge to clear this message and select Start or Continue to resume printing the staple job e Choose to ignore the Load Staples message for this print job by pressing The printer starts or resumes printing but does not staple the rest of the job e Press until Busy Waiting displays The following actions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Priming Failed Retry Go St
185. card 1 2 or 3 A 976 error code indicates an unrecoverable software error in network card x Verify that network card x is correctly installed in the socket on the interconnect card and is properly grounded If you find no problem contact your next level of support before replacing the network card Error Code 977 xx Network Card x A 977 error displays when the RIP software detects that a network card is installed in slot x on the interconnect card but cannot establish communications with the network card Diagnostic information 2 109 Output bin sensor standard tray service check Service tip If the output bin standard tray fills up and the bin full sensor fails to post the Remove Paper Standard Bin message Enter the Diagnostics Mode 2 3 4 5 Select Output Bin Tests Select Sensor Tests Select Standard Bin Check the sensor and flag for proper operation If you find no problem with the sensor and flag continue with the service check Service tip Be sure the flag is correctly installed The output bin sensor is a normally closed sensor with the sensor flag down Therefore unless the flag is in the up position or out of the sensor slot a Remove Paper Standard Bin message does not display FRU Action System board Printer fails to display Remove Paper Standard Bin message Output Bin Sensor Test fails Check the voltage at J6 1 It measures 5 V dc when the flag is in the sensor and 0 V dc
186. ck the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the output expander option Control board 271 xx Paper jam Check Bin x POST complete first sheet of paper feeds into output bin x Note Before performing the following checks run the Output Bin X Sensor Test and check for the failing sensor Sensor Test NF Near Full Upper part of sensor assembly F Full Lower part of sensor assembly P Pass Thru Sensor 990 Service Bin x If displayed replace the output expander option No indication that bin x is full or no indication that bin x is near full FRU Action 1 Dual output bin x sensor Check for correct installation of the sensor cable at J5 on the output assembly expander control board If either the Bin Full F or Bin Near Full NF Output expander control fail the sensor test then check the voltage at J5 3 and J5 4 The board voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the output expander option If correct replace the sensor assembly 2 112 Service Manual Paper feed service check If you have a 936 Transport Motor Error go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 FRU Action 1 Alignment assembly Check to ensure the alignment assembly is correctly attached to the left side frame and the mounting screws are tight Check the alignment
187. code codes 92 52 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser desired temperature Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 while printing Fuser y page count more than Fuser not receiving AC power 500 000 Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 53 Hot roll too cool while Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser checking for slope lt Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 change Fuser page n i count more than e Fuser not receiving AC power 500 000 e Poor supply line voltage e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 54 Hot roll too cool when Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heating to desired Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 temperature after slope o i change Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power as than e Poor supply line voltage eR e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 56 Fuser is not increasing Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser in temperature even E service check on page 2 87 though the lamp has Poor supply line voltage been on for an extended time Fuser count more than 500 000 920 57 Fuser has been below e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser the desired temperature Very noisy thermistor signal
188. cted to J2 and J4 Error Code 932 on the system board If incorrect replace the defective cable The Lost HYSNC voltage at J4 1 measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board The voltage at J2 7 measures approximately 24 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the printhead assembly 2 Error Code 934 xx These error codes indicate a problem with the mirror motor circuit in Mirror motor lost lock Error the printhead assembly or the mirror motor cable to the system board Code 935 cable or system board assembly The voltage at J5 2 measures Mirror motor unable to approximately 24 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If reach operating speed correct replace the FRUs in the following order e System board Printhead assembly Signature button assembly service check Note If you are unable to clear a 32 xx Unsupported Cartridge User Error message be sure a Dell 5210n 5310n print cartridge is correctly installed in the printer The cartridge is easily identified by the contact board on the right side rear of the cartridge Install another print cartridge before attempting to troubleshoot the printer Make sure the signature button cable is properly connected to J14 on the system board Check the print cartridge for damage or improper installation of the chip Also be sure there is proper contact between the chip on the cartridge and the signature button contact assembly
189. ctions reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 59 XX Incompatible Duplex An incompatible duplex option is installed Remove the incompatible duplex option and press to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 59 XX Defective Disk This error code displays when the printer detects a defective disk This error may occur at power on or during disk format and write operations While this message displays press to clear the message The disk is marked defective and normal printer operations continue Disk operations are not allowed with a defective disk The Format Disk menu is not shown 62 XX Disk Full This error code displays when there is not enough free space on the disk to hold the resources that have been requested to be written to the disk This message displays for both resource and PostScript Disk operators when the disk is full 63 XX Unformatted Disk This error code displays when the printer detects an unformatted disk at power on Press to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues Disk operations are not allowed until the disk is formatted 64 XX Unsupported Disk Format The printer detects an unsupported di
190. d 1 Grain short is preferred for papers over 135 g m 2 Printing label applications on your printer requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing 3 28 Ib envelopes are limited to 25 cotton content 4 Includes envelopes fed from the multipurpose feeder only 5 Information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed the Dell s criteria is available at www dell com General information 1 13 Media sizes supported in the finisher Finisher output support Dimensions Size Standard Offset Stapled A4 210 x 297 mm Y 8 27 x 11 7 in A5 148 x 210 mm 5 83 x 8 27 in JIS B5 182 x 257 mm Y 7 17 x 10 1 in Letter 215 9 x 279 4 mm Y 8 5 x 11 in Legal 215 9 x 355 6 mm Y 8 5 x 14 in Executive 184 2 x 266 7 mm Y 7 25 x 10 5 in Folio 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in Statement 139 7 x 215 9 mm 5 5 x 8 5 in 7 Envelope 98 4 x 190 5 mm 3 875 x 7 5 in 9 Envelope 98 4 x 225 4 mm 3 875 x 8 9 in 10 Envelope 104 8 x 241 3 mm 4 12 x 9 5 in DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm 4 33 x 8 66 in C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm Y 6 38 x 9 01 in B5 Envelope 176 x 250 mm Y 6 93 x 9 84 in Other Envelope 98 4 x 162 mm to 176 x 250 mm 3 87 x 6 38 in to 6 93 x 9 84 in 1 Paper passes to the finisher bin without being stapled or offset 2 This size does not appear in the Paper Size menu until Tray
191. d the printer automatically clears the error and continues If the option is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and back on If the error occurs again the user is advised to turn the printer off remove the option and call for service User status message Explanation Turn Printer OFF to Enable Option A printer option Input Tray or Envelope Feeder has been attached while the printer is powered on To use the option the printer must first be powered off and back on again Data loss results if print jobs are active when the printer is power cycled If a print job is active then remove the option and finish the job The printer automatically clears the message once the option is removed Once the job is complete turn off the printer and attach the option again Insert Duplex Front Cover The duplex front access cover is not installed Close Duplex Rear Door The duplex rear door is open Diagnostic information 2 43 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx When the printer jams the appropriate jam message will be displayed on the printer operator panel If you select Show Areas on the operator panel you can view one or more images to help you clear the jam 23 lt x gt Paper Jam 3 pages jammed Continue y Show Areas Show Areas y Show Duplex Show Rear Door Show Finisher 1 Open manual feed door User attendance messages paper j
192. diagnostics menu If the test fails check the sensor for correct installation and the flag for proper operation Also check the sensor cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system board If incorrect replace the tray x option pass thru sensor assembly Power takeoff shaft and spring bevel gear feed roll gear drive roll assembly wear plate drive shaft bearings and skewed backup roller Check these parts for broken or damaged parts contamination on the drive rollers or wear plate and wear or damage to the drive shaft bearings Check the drive roll assembly and skewed backup roller for signs of wear slick spots material buildup and oil or grease on the rollers Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning assembly Repair or replace parts as necessary Tray x Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action Paper low sensor assembly Paper low sensor flag tray x option system board Run the Tray x Sensor Test and check the sensor for proper operation If incorrect check the following Paper low sensor flag for smooth and correct operation Paper low sensor for correct installation on the autocompensator housing e Paper low sensor cable for signs of cuts pinched wiring or other damage especially at connector J26 on the system board If no problem is found replace the paper low sensor assembly If this does not correct the
193. ding or sticky near the bottom of the tray these springs may be the problem Reducing the tension on the counterbalance spring may be used as a temporary fix to get additional weight at the bottom until the pick assembly can be replaced However the counterbalance spring is not to be considered an adjustment for feeding problems Diagnostic aids 3 31 Autoconnect system paper tray options envelope feeder electrical Autoconnect cabling and connectors The printer options make electrical connection automatically requiring no external cables when the option is mechanically installed under the printer Communication between the option and the base printer stops when you remove an option The printer no longer recognizes the option and deletes associated messages Each installed option below the base printer provides an electrical autoconnect to the option attached below it We do not recommend to attach or Hot Plug any options with the base printer power turned on Duplex Option The duplex option interface is a six pin autoconnector that provides a 24 V dc 24 V dc return serial interface transmit signal serial interface receive signal and two ground pins The duplex option receives the 24 V dc from the base printer for the duplex motors and also converts the voltage to 5 V dc for duplex electronics Duplex chassis grounding is provided from the printer to the duplex option through a ground spring attached to the frame and base of
194. dling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 10 Paper jam around fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 11 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Chec
195. e 7 48 Redrive cap cover 2 2 5222 2s eee n ee enn nen ene nee n eee 7 55 Right side cover 2 2 2222 222 eee nnn een cee ene eee eee nee eee e eee 7 55 Left side cover 2 2 2222 n ene e enn nee nen ee nee eee een e eee 7 55 Wire cover nnn nn nner eee 7 55 Top bin cover 022 225 e nnn ee en nn een enn ene ene eee en eeeee 7 55 Paper cap tray 222 e tre rr nnn nt ner eee eens 7 55 Rear access door 2 2 2 2222 2s eee ence een een eee eee eee eee enee 7 55 Bin full flag 9 22 ee ee ee nee ee enn nee 7 55 5 bin mailbox assembly kito 7 55 Plate 500 sheet wear 22 nen eet nt ene eeee 7 45 Pass thru plate 7 45 Output expander tray 7 48 Left cover 22 2 n ee nnn nnn re eee en ee eee eee een eee 7 50 Right cover 2 0 2222 ee enn eee enn ene eee ee ene eee eens 7 50 Front cover 22 22202 n ene e enn een en ee eee eee eee eee 7 50 Tray sensing switch assembly 22220 eee een nnn nnn nee eee 7 50 Part number index l 13 56P4210 56P4211 56P4211 56P4212 56P4213 56P4214 56P4216 56P4218 56P4230 56P4233 56P4235 56P4238 7375084 7375085 9940063 9940104 9940104 9940120 9940121 9940263 9940263 99A0263 99A0263 99A0263 99A0263 99A0263 99A0263 99A0272 99A0275 99A0292 99A0415 99A0447 99A0654 99A0658 99A0676 99A0676 99A0677 99A0677 99A0681 99A0954 99A1808 99A1818 99A1929 99A2480 Output spr
196. e Check any installed output option s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 01 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 53 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 02 Exit sensor covered too long Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If a
197. e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly e Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be operating properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 20 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 e Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly e Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 21 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Main drive motor not working Check motor connections to motor and system board If no problem is found go to Main drive service check
198. e Remove any sheets from the duplex sensors selected the duplex option during a reset e Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 238 01 Duplex input sensor e Media left inthe duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from covered selected the duplex option e Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 2 68 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 238 02 Duplex exit sensor e Media left in the duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from covered selected the duplex option Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option 238 03 Duplex input and exit e Media left in the duplex and Continue e Remove any sheets from sensors covered selected the duplex option e Sensor is having mechanical or e Try the duplex option again electrical problems If it fails try another duplex option if available If one is not available replace the duplex option
199. e check on page 2 92 201 41 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Main drive motor not working Check the motor connections to motor and system board If no problem is found go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 Diagnostic information 2 49 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 42 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 44 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a p
200. e errors indicate an unrecoverable Replace the system board See error system software error System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 904 XX Interface violation by These errors indicate an unrecoverable Replace the system board See RIP system software error System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 905 XX Interface violation by These errors indicate an unrecoverable Replace the system board See Paperport device system software error System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 906 XX RIP interface driver error These errors indicate an unrecoverable Replace the system board See system software error System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 910 XX DC pick motor e Check autocompensator cable Go to Paper feed service acceleration stall connectors check on page 2 113 autocompensator A motor Check autocompensator for binds 911 00 DC pick motor e Check system board Go to Paper feed service excessive PWM Check autocompensator motor check on page 2 113 912 00 DC pick motor e Check system board Go to Paper feed service underspeed error Check autocompensator check on page 2 113 913 00 DC pick motor e Check system board Go to Paper feed service overspeed error Check autocompensator check on page 2 113 914 00 DC pick motor no Check autocompensator assembly Go to Paper feed service encoder feedback check on page 2 113 917 00 Problem with e Check
201. e following times e At BR After the Stapler Door has been closed The following actions can be taken e Install the stapler cartridge e Press to clear the message The printer handles stapled jobs as if the staple cartridge were installed but empty The Staples Empty message appears on the status line and the Load Staples may display 2 34 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action Insert lt tray gt lt tray gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 The printer detects a tray needs to be inserted The printer does not continue until it detects the tray is inserted Note This situation usually occurs when the tray is refilled during a job To refill a tray during a printing session press and wait for pages to reach the output bin before refilling the tray The following actions may be taken Insert the requested tray e Press until Busy Waiting displays The following selections are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Paper size sensing service check on page 2 114 or Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Install Bin x or Cancel Job Bin x Bin 1 Bin 2 or Bin 3 This message is displayed when a paper handling option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatt
202. e left door A 3 Release the top hinge from the latch Repair information 4 7 4 Lift the door to release the bottom from the pin B and remove the door Redrive door 1 With the redrive door partially open lift and free the left side mS 2 Remove the redrive door 4 8 Service Manual Right cover removal Remove the redrive cap See Redrive cap cover removal on page 4 6 Open the upper and lower front covers Remove the print cartridge AON Remove the right front cover mounting screw A 5 Remove the redrive door See Redrive door on page 4 8 6 Remove the two screws B Repair information 4 9 7 Remove the right rear cover mounting screw C 4 10 Service Manual 9 Press the latch D firmly to release the front of the right cover D 10 Pull up and out on the right cover to release the three cover retainers E at the bottom Note When replacing the right side cover make sure the three cover retainers are correctly located in the appropriate slots in the right side frame Repair information 4 11 Upper front cover removal Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not follow
203. e the top pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J11 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J11 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J11 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the lower control board Ready Bin x Full displays May be able to clear message and feed paper into bin selected FRU Action Bin x sensor Bin x sensor cable Bin x sensor flag Control board Check the sensor and sensor cable for the bin that is displaying the message to make sure the sensor is seated correctly in the side of the tray and the cable is connected to the sensor and the control board Check the flag for binding and proper operation If correct replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board Note This sensor is in a normally open position with the flag out of the sensor slot Bin x is Full message that bin x is full does not display FRU Action Bin x sensor Bin x sensor cable Bin x sensor flag Bin x sensor flag Control board Check the sensor flag for binds broken or missing parts If correct check the bin sensor for correct installation in the side of the tray If the bin sensor is installed correctly check the sensor cable for correct installation to the sensor and control
204. e too low 927 05 Main fan overspeed Corrupted feedback signal Go to Main fan on during speed adjustment 7 page 2 76 state Fan input voltage may be too low 927 06 Main fan capture data is Corrupted or non existent feedback Go to Main fan on invalid and speed signal page 2 76 control is at maximum in fan control idle state 927 07 Main fan capture data is Corrupted feedback signal Go to Main fan on invalid and speed page 2 76 control is at maximum in fan control adjustment state 929 00 Toner sensor error a e Check the toner sensor Go to Toner sensor service problem has been A check on page 2 128 detected with the toner enee rabie sensor e Check system board 929 66 An error has been e Check toner cartridge Go to Toner sensor service detected No home Check toner sensor check on page 2 128 windows has been detected 929 67 No toner sensor Check toner sensor Go to Toner sensor service transition Check toner cartridge check on page 2 128 930 00 An incorrect printhead Check the printhead Go to Printhead service has been detected check on page 2 123 932 00 Printhead lost HSYNC e Check printhead Go to Printhead service e Check cables and connections check on page 2 123 e Check system board 933 00 Mirror motor locked no e Check printhead Go to Printhead service first HSYNC received Check cables and connectors check on page 2 123 e Check system
205. e voltage measures 24 V dc If the voltage is correct replace the high capacity system board assembly If the voltage is incorrect check the continuity of the AC input cable to the LVPS If correct replace the LVPS assembly If incorrect replace the AC cable to the input of the LVPS 2 96 Service Manual FRU Action High capacity feeder option control board Check the voltage on J8 1 green The voltage measures 24 V dc If incorrect check the autoconnect system for any problems 24 V dc must come from the base printer through the autoconnect system to the high capacity input for the high capacity feeder to be recognized If the voltage is correct check the voltages at J11 3 red and J11 4 red The voltages measure 24 V dc If correct replace the high capacity feeder option system board If incorrect disconnect J8 from the system board and measure the voltages again If incorrect check the LVPS cable and the AC internal wiring from the input appliance receptacle If incorrect replace as necessary If correct replace the LVPS If the voltages are correct check the stepper motor for shorts from the motor housing to each pin on the motor connector If you find a short between any pin and the motor housing replace the motor assembly If no shorts are found replace the high capacity feeder option control board Check the voltage at J9 1 light blue The voltage measures approximately 24 V dc If inc
206. ean the transfer roll Diagnostic aids 3 33 Problem Action Toner fog or background shading appears on the page Check the print cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly The Toner Darkness setting may be too dark Change the Toner Darkness setting in the Quality Menu Replace the charge rolls Replace the print cartridge Entire page is white Make sure the packaging material is removed from the print cartridge Check the print cartridge to be sure it is installed correctly The toner may be low To utilize the remaining toner remove the cartridge by gripping the handles with both hands With the cartridge arrows pointing downward firmly shake the print cartridge side to side and front to back several times to redistribute the toner Reinstall the cartridge and then press Q Repeat this procedure multiple times until the print remains faded When the print remains faded replace the print cartridge Streaks appear on the page B The toner may be low To utilize the remaining toner remove the cartridge by gripping the handles with both hands With the cartridge arrows pointing downward firmly shake the print cartridge side to side and front to back several times to redistribute the toner Reinstall the cartridge and then press Q Repeat this procedure multiple times until the print remains faded When the print remains faded replace the print cartridge If you are using prepri
207. eccentric mounted on the solenoid housing to provide an air gap between the rear of the solenoid stator and the solenoid armature The solenoid air gap for all models is 4 5 mm 0 1 mm Gap adjustment The gap adjustment allows you to increase the minimum gap between sheets of paper as they are fed through the printer This adjustment reduces the printer overall performance such as pages per minute but can help in reducing the amount of curl of some printed media thus improving media stacking in the output bin 1 Enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Select Ep Setup from the Diagnostic Menu 3 Select Gap Adjust 4 The range of the GAP adjustment is 0 to 255 Adjust the gap setting by using to select the value If GAP 0 displays it indicates a factory setting to minimum gap Select a value and run several copies of the media that displays a curl problem It may take several tries before improvement is noticed Note This setting has no effect when duplexing Printhead assembly adjustment Do the printhead assembly adjustment whenever you remove or replace the printhead assembly or loosen the mounting screws Install the new printhead with the three mounting screws centered in the slots in the printhead frame assembly Leave the screws loose enough to allow the printhead assembly to move from side to side within the slots It is necessary to perform a registration adjustment before locking down the three printhead mounting screws To perform
208. ed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Open the lower front cover Open the upper front cover Remove the screw A holding the upper front cover outer bezel to the hinge gt oa Remove the two screws B that hold the upper front cover to the hinge assembly A B 5 Lift the upper front cover and pull forward to release the four tabs holding the upper front cover 4 12 Service Manual 6 Disconnect the cables Note It may be necessary to remove the operator panel cable from the cable clip C to be able to disconnect the cable from the operator panel E 7 Remove the upper front cover Note If you are replacing the upper front cover remove the upper front cover outer bezel and upper front cover latch Otherwise carefully set the upper front cover aside to avoid scratching the bezel or loosening the latch and spring Note When removing the upper front cover outer bezel use care not to lose or drop the clear plastic inner bezel Installation notes e Lift the paper support before installing the upper front cover Make sure the operat
209. ed by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken e Install the option e Press until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Install Duplex or Cancel Job This message is displayed when a duplex option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken e Install the duplex option e Press until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Duplex option service check on page 2 82 Diagnostic information 2 35 User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action Install Env Feed or Cancel Job This message is displayed when the envelope feeder has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the feeder to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the feeder was removed The following actions may be taken e Install the envelope feeder e Press until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message
210. ed temperature s hicieu thermistor sianal service check on page 2 87 while printing Fuser y y gna page count between Fuser not receiving AC power 300 000 and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 33 Hot roll too cool while Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser checking for slope lt Noisvthermistor sianal service check on page 2 87 change Fuser page y n gnai count between 300 000 Fuser not receiving AC power and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 34 Hot roll too cool when Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heating to desired Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 temperature after slope y o gna change Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power count between 300 000 i and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 36 Fuser is not increasing Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser in temperature even E service check on page 2 87 though the lamp has Poor supply line voltage been on for an extended time Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 920 37 Fuser has been below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser the desired temperature Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 for too lon
211. ede ene 2 75 9270 Fan Service Chetk curacion bbs Be eG A ets See BAA asa ones 2 76 MANTA i edie ee ee ee ea ali ele Be 2 76 Cartridge fan service Check esee sere idee bee ee ee SE a eee be ee Eee 2 76 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure 0 0 0 eee 2 77 950 30 through 950 60 EPROM mismatch failure 0 0 0 eee 2 78 Charge roll service check sissi yeei ested a eat Da aaa Aia aTa aaa EA a E a E a a be 2 79 Cover closed switch cable service check 0000 cece ete ett e tees 2 80 Dead machine service check 00 0c eet tee eee 2 80 Duplex option Service check 0 00 ccc teens 2 82 Envelope feeder service check 0000 0c cece tte ent ete eee 2 84 Fuser service checks 224 scabs o koh a a aa As ae td ire 2 87 920 xx Cold fuser service Check ooooocoocooo ttt 2 87 922 xx Cold fuser checka sni a e a e ae a E a E A A E eee 2 89 923 xx Hot fuser service Check o ooooooocooooo tee 2 90 924 xx Hot fuser service check 0000 teens 2 91 925 xx Hot fuser service check 000 eee 2 91 Fuser exit sensor service check vcd Ee e de eee ab ee ee 2 92 Fuser narrow media sensor service check 00 000 cece eee eee tenet eee 2 93 Fuser solenoid service check 0 00 nnana 2 95 High capacity feeder input tray service check 2 00 cece tte 2 96 High capacity output stacker Service check oooooocccccoc eee 2 101 Input sensor service check
212. edia sensor paper or media and 199 999 The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged 202 14 Exit sensor bounced Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor Fuser page count service check on page 2 92 between 100 000 and 199 999 202 16 Page is covering exit Something is keeping the exit sensor ina Check the fuser and area sensor during warm up covered position A page may not have around the fuser assembly for Fuser page count been cleared from a prior jam any signs of debris or pieces of between 100 000 and paper or media 199 999 2 56 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 20 Paper jam around fuser exit or redrive area Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Paper may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functi
213. ee ees 2 1 User status and attendance messages 0 00 eee 2 1 Additional information 0 0 0 0 cent tenes 2 1 Understanding the printer operator panel 0 000 eee 2 2 Understanding the menus 0000 ccc nett tees 2 3 Power On Self Test POST sequence 0 00 c cece eee eee eee eens 2 4 Table of contents iii Symptom tables uti A A eee Ge are ee eae eee Ce ee 2 5 Base printer SyMptoms corra a SUR Pee ete 2 5 High capacity feeder 2000 sheet symptoms 00 00 eee eee 2 5 Paper tray SYMP IOMS atun we aa Male Aneta a Rad 2 6 Duplex option symptoms s s esaa 0c eee eee eee 2 6 Envelope feeder symptoms ooo 2 6 Output expander coccion pee A EK Re Be Be A Bee Puede 2 6 StapleSmiartTIniShen eg sce eink ca se2d AA Lach ody hea ead oleae ag Meee ease 2 7 Messages and error codes socrus sonkesto nu eee eee eee eee eee eee 2 8 ServicS Sior CODES ooo soe cscs tla A A oS a he sata Beal Sigel Bele allay aat ab alle us E 2 8 User status displayS oooooccco oo 2 31 User attendance Messages io is fee tee ee A a ee 2 32 User line 2 link messages gini ins a p e a 2 43 Check device connection messages ooo 2 43 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2XX XX o n sanaan nnn 2 44 Service chetkS ii iii A ET E ee Eee 2 72 5 Bin mailbox service check cio A ee ee eed Shwe de os 2 72 900 xx Error code service Check 2 si ec0 side ro vrenr bd ede bd ee eres f
214. eguretat d aquest producte es basa en l avaluaci i aprovaci del disseny original i els components especifics El fabricant no es fa responsable de les questions de seguretat si s utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades La informaci pel manteniment d aquest producte est orientada exclusivament a professionals ino est destinada a ning que no ho sigui El risc de xoc el ctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el proc s de desmuntatge i de servei d aquest producte El personal professional ha d estar ne assabentat i prendre les mesures convenients PRECAUCI aquest s mbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l equip amb la qual esteu treballant s perill s Abans de comengar desendolleu l equip o extremeu les precaucions si per treballar amb l equip l heu de connectar re ral gt e o oo Wat PISA Se 185 7 AT 122 22 85 SIGS RSA HAA TAT APA AE PS ACOA AA AS AA Qe te cea ee Vee Se eS ee ee ea eS At Ad El oa H MATE At 25 A ol AL Ct TOL A 3 LE IC oe T UH G e ENES E o OF PIA O 4 13502 9489 a e a a AE 444 08429 448 492 129 QUe s qe Ads Fpa dic eee eee Qj BA Ol L Ej A ZN o Ze 23 E OA TL Tila H T 2 H foe 15 TA Le na Eels A ASF tt WI EEE DA SOR Beh AAS EP m I AG RAE A mhe AENA VE AT BA ALMERA ZA ASP th HED ES RA AT TASTE A AAE Ho ar ASS in FEDS E TES
215. emoval on page 4 27 System board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 92 Service Manual FRU Action 5 With the redrive assembly removed from the printer enter the Diagnostics mode and run the print test from tray 1 for example select PRINT TESTS Tray 1 and Continuous and observe the media as it passes over the exit and narrow media sensors Check that the sensor flags are operating correctly If the sensor flags and hardware are operating incorrectly repair or replace the failing sensor assembly If no problem is found check the fuser for any signs of media in the fuser or any signs of toner or other contamination If a problem is found clean or remove the debris or contamination Fuser narrow media sensor service check If any of the following error codes are displayed a problem may exist in the area of the narrow media sensor assembly 201 04 201 14 201 24 201 34 201 44 201 54 and 201 94 Fuser exit and fuser narrow media sensor status check Printer printing media over sensor s non narrow media fed through the printer Printer not printing no media over sensors Printer printing narrow media fed through the printer Exit sensor open Exit sensor closed Exit sensor closed Narrow media sensor open Narrow media sensor closed Narrow media sensor open FRU Action 1 Fuser narrow media sensor Enter the Diagnostics mode select
216. emoving and handling the system board or any installed option cards or assemblies See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task Remove any input and output paper handling options from the printer FRU Action 1 Line voltage Check the AC line voltage If the line voltage is incorrect inform the customer 2 AC line cord Unplug the line cord from the wall outlet and check the line cord for damage such as a damaged plug or cut or damaged cord If incorrect replace the cord If incorrect check the continuity of the line cord and replace if necessary If the cord is correct go to step 3 2 80 Service Manual FRU Action 5 V dc test point on the system board Check for approximately 5 V dc at the 5 V test point on the system board Note Use care not to short adjacent voltage test points If the voltage is correct replace the system board assembly If the voltage is incorrect go to step 4 System board Check to make sure the LVPS cable is correctly installed at J27 on the system board If not reseat and recheck the voltage at the 5 V dc test point on the system board If test point does not measure 5 V dc go t
217. ensator motor may be failing If this problem continues replace the autocompensator assembly Double feeding paper Note If double feeding paper occurs mostly from the bottom of the stack check for missing or damaged restraint pads in the tray FRU Action 1 Paper Paper is usually the primary cause of a double feeding paper problem Flex the paper before placing the paper in the tray Edge welded paper is the most common cause of double feeding Loading the paper in the tray in different locations and directions and using rough paper and short grain paper also causes double feeding 2 Autocompensator Make sure the counterbalance spring is not missing loose or broken at the top of the autocompensator arm assembly If you find a problem replace the autocompensator assembly Diagnostic information 2 113 Paper fails to feed from the multipurpose tray The pick roll should make one complete revolution and stop with the flat side down If the pick roll turns but does not pick paper check the roll for signs of wear oil or grease on the surface of the pick roll or slick spots If you find a problem replace the pick roll assembly Check to ensure the media that is being fed through the multipurpose tray assembly meets recommended paper specifications Paper size sensing service check Before proceeding check for the correct paper size loaded in the tray and that the tray has been set to accept the size paper
218. ent sensing are missing then Tray x Missing displays where x designates which tray 1 through 5 is missing If multiple trays are missing they are prioritized in this order Tray 1 2 then Tray 5 Tray x Missing status clears whenever Tray x is reinserted If the Tray 1 Missing message does not clear when tray 1 is inserted go to Parallel port service check on page 2 117 If Tray 2 through 5 Missing message does not clear by inserting the tray go to Input tray s service check on page 2 103 Tray x Empty If any of the input trays are empty then Tray x Empty displays where x designates which tray Tray 1 through 5 is empty If multiple trays are empty then they are prioritized in this order Tray 5 Tray 4 Tray 1 Note Tray x Empty status clears whenever Tray xis removed When Tray x is reinserted it is examined and the appropriate status if any displays Empty status is not displayed for the Envelope Feeder or Multipurpose Feeder Tray x Low If any of the input trays are low then Tray x Low displays where x designates which tray 1 through 5 is low If multiple trays are low they are prioritized in the following order Tray 5 4 3 2 and 1 Note Tray x Low clears whenever tray x is empty or tray x is removed When tray x is reinserted it is examined and the appropriate status if any displays The printer cannot detect when the envelope feeder or multipurpose feeder are low
219. eplace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Diagnostic information 2 105 Main drive service check Service tip Excessive gear or main drive assembly noise is usually caused by a defective motor assembly or system board Warning Whenever the gearbox assembly is removed from the machine it must be handled very carefully Do not allow any of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear damage lt is also very important not to let any dirt paper staples or other material come intact with the grease in the gearbox assembly FRU Action 1 Main drive assembly Remove the controller board and run a Diagnostic Print Test in the excessive noise or continuous mode Check the main drive assembly for any excessive vibration noise or vibration Determine if the noise is in the main drive toner cartridge fuser or main drive gearbox Look for any loose or worn parts in the developer drive assembly main drive gearbox
220. eporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the parallel port e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 56 XX Parallel Port x Disabled This error is displayed when data is sent to the printer across the parallel port but the parallel port indicated has been disabled Once this message is displayed reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the parallel port e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 57 XX Configuration Change The printer has attempted to restore the Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all of the jobs could not be restored The printer could not restore jobs from the disk because the configuration of the printer has changed This message alternates with the secondary message Held jobs may not be restored Some configuration changes that may cause this condition are Code version change e Paper handling option is removed Disk has been moved to a different model printer Press to clear the message Some of the Print and Hold jobs stored on
221. er 4 17 left door 4 7 paper support removal 4 6 pass thru plate 4 19 redrive cap cover 4 6 redrive door 4 8 right cover handle holder 4 17 right cover removal 4 9 upper front cover 4 12 upper front cover latch 4 14 upper front cover outer bezel 4 15 developer drive assembly 4 25 developer drive coupler kit 4 26 ESD cover 4 26 fuser 4 27 fuser cover removal 4 42 fuser exit sensor 4 29 fuser exit sensor flag and spring 4 31 fuser lamp 4 33 fuser narrow media flag and spring 4 37 fuser narrow media sensor 4 35 fuser to LVPS AC cable 4 39 fuser transfer plate 4 44 gear release link 4 45 high voltage power supply 4 46 inner paper deflector assembly 4 48 inner shield 4 77 input sensor 4 49 integrated tray autocompensator assembly 4 50 integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly 4 52 interconnect card assembly 4 54 low voltage power supply LVPS 4 55 lower front cover assembly 4 16 lower paper deflector 4 62 main drive assembly 4 58 main fan 4 57 MPF arm assembly 4 61 Index 1 5 MPF pick tire removal 4 63 MPF solenoid assembly 4 63 MPF ower front cover assembly 4 16 operator panel board removal 4 67 operator panel buttons 4 68 outer shield 4 69 paper alignment assembly 4 70 paper bin full sensor flag 4 71 paper size sensing board 4 72 power takeoff shaft and spring 4 73 printhead 4 74 redrive assembly 4 75 signature button contact assembly 4 76 system board 4 77 toner sensor 4 78 transfer roll assembly 4 78 upper fron
222. er drive assembly 6 40X0115 Parts packet developer drive e Developer drive shaft 1 shaft coupler gear 55 1 7 3 Parts packet developer drive ground screw PP 40X0165 NS 4 Parts packet gearbox mounting screw PP 40X0165 Parts catalog 7 23 Assembly 12 Hot roll fuser 7 24 Service Manual Assembly 12 Hot roll fuser Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 12 1 40X2592 1 1 Fuser assembly w 115 V lamp 1 40X2591 1 1 Fuser assembly w 100 V lamp 1 40X2590 1 1 Fuser assembly w 220 V lamp 2 40X0120 1 1 Fuser wiper cavity cover 3 40X0122 1 1 Fuser lamp 115V 3 40X0123 1 1 Fuser lamp 220V 4 40X2665 1 1 Oil fuser wiper black housing 4 40X2666 1 1 Wax fuser wiper gray housing 5 40X0121 1 Fuser cover assembly kit including Thermistor 1 Thermostat 1 Left and right fuser lamp contact assemblies 1 6 Parts packet fuser mounting screw PP 40X0254 7 40X0239 1 Exit sensor flag spring kit including Spring 1 Flag 1 8 40X0236 1 1 Exit narrow media sensor cover 9 Parts packet PP 40X0165 10 40X0125 1 1 Exit sensor 11 40X0230 1 1 Exit sensor cable 12 40X0238 1 Narrow media flag spring kit including 1 Spring 1 Flag 13 40X0124 1 1 Narrow media sensor 14 40X0229 1 1 Narrow media sensor cable NS 40X0226 1 1 Fuser AC to fuser lamp cable Parts catalog 7 25 Assembly 13 Transfer charging 7 26 Service Manual Assem
223. er exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 41 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 61 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 202 42 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in fuser exit or e Make sure the redrive door long Fuser page count redrive area is complete closed ATA 400 000 and e Check the fuser for any Pee signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and di
224. er size autocompensator cable Parts catalog 7 13 Assembly 7 Paper feed multipurpose feeder 7 14 Service Manual Assembly 7 Paper feed multipurpose feeder Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg 7 1 40X0079 1 1 Multipurpose feeder lower deflector assembly 2 40X0310 1 1 Multipurpose feeder pick arm assembly with solenoid 3 40X0076 1 1 Pick roll assembly 4 40X0077 1 1 Multipurpose feeder paper out flag 5 Parts packet lower deflector mounting screw 8 mm PP 40X0165 5 Parts packet lower deflector mounting screw 12 mm PP 40X0165 5 1 1 Parts packet frame mounting screw PP 40X0165 NS Parts packet pick roll shaft clip PP 40X0165 Parts catalog 7 15 Assembly 8 Paper feed alignment 7 16 Service Manual Assembly 8 Paper feed alignment Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach or pkg P 8 1 40X0084 1 1 Paper feed alignment assembly paper feed 2 Parts packet clip ref ground mounting screw PP 40X0165 3 40X0085 1 1 Reference ground clip 4 40X0086 Parts packet reference adjust Screw paper reference adjust 1 Washer paper reference adjust 1 Nut paper reference adjust 1 NS Parts packet alignment asm mounting screw PP 40X0165 Parts catalog 7 17 Assembly 9 Integrated 250 sheet paper tray 7 18 Service Manual Assembly 9 Integrated 250 sheet paper tray
225. ermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Intermittent connection Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open service check on page 2 91 Diagnostic information 2 21 Service error codes 9xx xx continued performed and found error Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Lamp has excessive wattage Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 924 41 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page E service check on page 2 91 count between 400 000 Intermittent connection and 499 999 Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 924 51 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page Intermittent connection service check on page 2 91 count over 500 000 e Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 924 91 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page lt Intermittent connection service check on page 2 91 count not available Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 925 01 Lamp detection 115 V lamp in 220 V printer Go to 925 xx Hot fuser performed and found Lene hesexcascive watlaae service check on page 2 91 err
226. ert ttre eens 7 42 Parts packet screw switch spring r crt r tt eens 7 42 SCrEW nr rt eee enee 7 49 Drive shaft 250 sheet 2 2 een etter eee eens 7 42 7 62 Power takeoff spring 20 et etter tr eee 7 42 7 44 7 62 Wear strips 2 2 ne tn nt eee 7 45 Swing arm spring 2 2 errr eens 7 51 Drive shaft 500 sheet 22 ern eee eens 7 44 Paper low switch 2 222 2 cern er eens 7 61 Door magnet 2 2 t ert eens 7 59 Parts packet 6 32 hinge mounting nut 22 22 e ene eee eee eee 7 59 Parts packet nuts 2 2 e erent eens 7 61 Parts packet hinge mounting flat washer 2 2 2 e sete eee eee eee eee eee 7 59 Parts packet hinge mounting star washer 22 222 cette tet eee 7 59 Wear strip 22sec rr eee 7 59 Bevel gear with grease packet 7 23 AC external jumper Cord 2 222 seen te eee eens 7 61 Wear dimple strip 2 22 22 e een ee eee 7 59 Bellcrank spring 250 sheet paper tray 22 2 sterner eee eee eee 7 42 StapleSmart wheels maintenance kit 2 2 2 e scence eee eee eee eeee 7 68 I 14 Service Manual Print defects guide Page 1 of 1 Print defects guide Match a set of repeating defects on a print job to the marks on one of the vertical lines The line that best matches the defects on the print job indicates which particular part may be causing the defect For example the distance between these two marks re
227. ervice Manual Appendix A Options and features CAUTION If you are installing memory or option cards sometime after setting up the printer turn the printer off and unplug the power cord before continuing Installing input options Order of installation Floor mounted configurations require additional furniture You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000 sheet drawer a duplex unit and an input option or more than one input option If you purchased an MFP that scans copies and faxes you may need additional furniture More information is available on the Dell Web site at www dell com Install the printer and any options you have purchased in the following order CAUTION If you are installing options after setting up the printer turn the printer off and unplug the power cord before continuing e Printer stand or printer base e 2000 sheet drawer e 250 sheet or 500 sheet drawer e Duplex unit e Printer CAUTION The printer requires two people to lift it safely For information on installing a printer stand printer base or 2000 sheet drawer see the instructions included with the option Installing a 250 sheet or 500 sheet drawer Optional drawers attach under the printer and optional duplex unit The printer automatically recognizes any drawer that is installed A drawer consists of a tray and a support unit The 250 sheet drawer and the 500 sheet drawer are installed the same way 1 Rem
228. esenza di tensione pericolosa nell area del AN prodotto Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire l intervento Safety information xvii Sicherheitshinweise Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des urspr nglichen Modells und bestimmter Bauteile Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine Verantwortung oder Haftung f r die Sicherheit bernommen Die Wartungsinformationen f r dieses Produkt sind ausschlie lich fur die Verwendung durch einen Wartungsfachmann bestimmt Wahrend des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Ger ts besteht ein zusatzliches Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und k rperlicher Verletzung Das zustandige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende Vorsichtsmaknahmen treffen diesem Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Gerat ACHTUNG Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gef hrliche elektrische Spannung hin die in den Netzstecker des Ger ts bzw arbeiten Sie mit gro er Vorsicht wenn das Produkt f r die Ausf hrung der Arbeiten an den Strom angeschlossen sein mu Pautas de Seguridad La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del dise o original y componentes espec ficos El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas La informaci n sobre el mantenimiento de este producto est dirigida exclus
229. ests menu All installed sources are listed Select either Single or Continuous Single feeds one sheet of media from the selected source Continuous media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop _ is pressed Sensor Test input tray This test is used to determine if the input tray sensors are working correctly To run the Input Tray Sensor Test 1 2 Select the Sensor Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Sensor Test menu All installed sources are listed Select the sensor to test Various sources have different combinations of sensors See the table below Tray sensor support by source Empty Low passThru Source Input tray empty Input tray paper low Input tray pass thru sensor sensor sensor Tray 1 3 3 Tray 2 3 3 3 Tray 3 3 3 3 Tray 4 3 3 3 Tray 5 3 3 3 Multipurpose tray 3 Envelope feeder 3 3 sensor selectea 0P displays e Empty lInput tray empty sensor e Low Input tray paper low sensor e passThru Input tray pass thru sensor Once this message displays the servicer can manually actuate each sensor The tray empty sensor can be actuated by hand however a sheet of paper can be used to cover the pass thru sensor When the sensor is closed Closed displays when the sensor is open Open displays Press Back rStop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 13 OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed Tes
230. ew F on the left side and the screw G on the right side that attach the fuser upper cover assembly to the fuser frame 7 Remove screw H that attaches the side fuser lamp contact to the fuser top cover Repair information 4 43 8 Remove the fuser cover Fuser transfer plate removal Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 Remove the transfer roll See Transfer roll assembly removal on page 4 78 Remove the inner paper deflector See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 48 Lift the left side of the fuser transfer plate A and move the plate to the left to clear the right side from its mounting oe A 5 Remove the screw that attaches the transfer plate ground wire to the center pan 6 Remove the fuser transfer plate 7 Remove the screw that attaches the deflector cable to the transfer plate 4 44 Service Manual Gear release link removal 1 Remove the system board and inner shield See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 Remove the developer drive 3 Disconnect the gear release link A from the hole in charge roll link B Note Lift the upper front cover to make it easier to remove the link A B 4 Rotate the link to disconnect the link from the main drive assembly 5 Remove the gear release link Repair information 4 45 High voltage power supply removal working Unplug the printe
231. ex input sensor but does not clear the sensor make sure the sensor is connected to the duplex system board If connected correctly check for correct operation of the sensor If a problem is found and cannot be corrected replace the duplex option assembly If no problem is found check for a piece of paper or other object in the paper path that might cause a paper jam over the input sensor If no problem is found replace the duplex option assembly 233 xx Jam displayed on operator panel FRU Action 1 Duplex double feed sensor If a sheet of paper fails to reach the double feed sensor during turnaround check for any signs of paper or other objects that might cause the paper to jam If no problem is found replace the duplex option assembly Diagnostic information 2 83 Envelope feeder service check Service tip Check the envelope feeder paper path for any debris pieces of envelope and so on If any other options are installed make sure they are operating normally If only the envelope feeder is failing to operate correctly continue with this service check otherwise verify the interconnect card is functioning properly Service tip The envelope feeder receives its 5 V dc operating voltage from the 24 V dc bulk at J1 7 If 24 V dc is not present at J1 7 tray 1 is the only tray that is recognized Note If a 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope message displays check the Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx
232. ex jam duplex exit sensor latched access tray is installed e Printer PTO not driving duplex feed correctly rolls Make sure the power takeoff 7 shaft and spring are ES system not working correctly installed and y operating properly e Try the duplex option again If it fails try another duplex option if available If another one is not available replace the duplex option 237 00 Paper did not reach the e Duplex jam access tray is not fully Make sure the duplex jam printer input sensor from latched access tray is installed the duplex unit e Printer PTO not driving the duplex correctly feed folls Duplex feed system not Make sure the power takeoff working correctly shaft and spring are correctly installed and operating properly e Try the duplex option again If it fails try another duplex option if available If another one is not available replace the duplex option 237 07 Duplex paper jam e Duplex jam access tray is not fully Make sure the duplex jam There may be other latched access tray is installed jams in the paper path Printer PTO not driving duplex feed correctly rolls Make sure the power takeoff shaft and spring are prac system not working correctly installed and y operating properly Try the duplex option again If it fails try another duplex option if available If another one is not available replace the duplex option 238 00 Paper is covering one of e Media left inthe duplex and Continue
233. f the hard disk is installed Jobs On Disk allows the user to delete buffered jobs saved on the disk The values are Delete and Do Not Delete Disk Encryption If a hard disk is installed Disk Encryption selects whether the data on the disk is encrypted or not The values are Disable and Enable Warning Whenever this value is changed data on the hard disk is erased 3 28 Service Manual Font Sharpening This setting allows a user to set a text point size below which the high frequency screens are used when printing font data For example at the default 24 all text in font sizes 24 and less will use the high frequency screens The values for this setting range from 0 to 150 and the default value is 24 This setting affects PostScript PCL and XL To change the value select Font Sharpening from the CONFIG MENU and use to decrease the value and to increase the value Select to accept the value LCD Brightness This setting allows the user to increase or decrease the brightness of the operator panel LCD When the value is increased the backlight shines brighter and when the value is decreased the backlight is dimmer The operator panel responds immediately to the changes Use to decrease the value and to increase the value The values range from 1 to 10 and 5 is the default value LCD Contrast When this setting is selected the operator panel displays a gray bar with a slider representing the values As the values are decrea
234. for laser printers All printer models require a special fuser cleaner for label applications to optimize feed reliability After printing approximately 10 000 pages of labels or each time you replace the print cartridge complete the following steps to maintain printer feeding reliability 1 Print five sheets of paper 2 Wait approximately five seconds 3 Print five more sheets of paper When printing on labels Set the Paper Size Type menu item to Labels in the Paper Menu You can set the Paper Size Type from the printer operator panel the printer driver the Local Printer Setup Utility or from MarkVision Feed vinyl labels from the standard 250 or 500 sheet trays or the optional 250 or 500 sheet drawers For vinyl labels you must set the Paper Type to Labels the Labels Texture to Smooth and the Label Weight to Heavy Do not load labels with paper or transparencies in the same source mixing print media can cause feeding problems Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material Use full label sheets Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing resulting in a jam Partial sheets also contaminate your printer and your cartridge with adhesive and could void your printer and cartridge warranties Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 225 C 437 F without sealing excessive curling wrinkling or releasing hazardous emissions Do not print within 1 mm 0 04 in of the edge of the label of
235. g Configuration Menu 0 ee nett eet eee 3 25 Available menus y rerni ieie Here phase ober eee S A Leo Rees Eee eS 3 25 Maintenance page count Maint Cnt Value 0 0 tees 3 25 Maintenance page counter reset Reset Maint Cnt 0 0 ee ee 3 26 Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs 0 0 02 cts 3 26 SIZE SENSING umd So eee es ede AS Lt De tk tt eee 3 27 Panel Menus si cant jhe pa dba fees ees ede al Pesce bere gl bere Sad ep a dee ete see ees 3 27 PPDS Emulation zrs iy eee is Reo Sy hee ote hati a des Pasa deat A Pats ir 3 27 Download Emwuls is pnr a A A A A heehee Be 3 27 D mo M d era soaren E Phe la do Eee a tl a EERE Seis 3 27 Factory Defaults 200 000 Sead pus Rees Balon lee ora a eo Dede bela Paes 3 28 Energy Conserve iia a A O ee pet isa 3 28 EVENTLOG casita A A O AA ee ee os 3 28 Paper Prompts etorri A Aid AAA A eed 2 ct E 3 28 ENV Prompts 02 A A A A A AA Sate A a ee ee es 3 28 Jobs On Disks repar iii eee be ey eee PO e eee 3 28 DISK ENnCrypliONn eia cs knee A sed ow eed ee Sees ede Sees oon eae 3 28 Font Sharpening se see ede wpe se peer ba eee dee he Pd a edie bd pe ee vo eer eee nee es 3 29 LED Brightness x2 efani tA ee A des Sean Sea ee dens Museau Does cena tse 3 29 LCD Contrast 2 sia is Meda Pes se a He ee ds 3 29 Exit Config Men 22220 22000 o ent A eg le eee ede iy eh des 3 29 Additional useful menu locations 00 cece eee eee eee 3 29 Hex Trace ny seh as eases bret a
236. g interpage e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC gap Fuser page count power stopped at 500 000 to e i preserve data Poor supply line voltage 922 92 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser brad Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count not power available e Poor supply line voltage 922 93 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser aan el deter Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC in lookup table Fuser power page count not i SE OAilable Poor supply line voltage 922 94 Hot roll timed out in e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser aera the final Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count not power available Poor supply line voltage 922 95 After hot roll lamp Control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser Ed a E a check on page 2 89 over to steady state control in time Fuser page count not available 922 96 Hot roll did not reach _ e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser e eter in Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count not available power
237. g or already printing and Cancel a Job appears on the first line of the display 1 Press A list of jobs appears Press W until y appears next to the job requiring cancellation and then press The message Canceling lt fi ename gt appears Note Once a print job is sent to easily cancel the job press The Stopped screen appears Press w until y Cancel a job appears and then press Canceling a job from a computer running Windows Canceling a job from the taskbar When you send a job to print a small printer icon appears in the right corner of the taskbar 1 Double click the printer icon A list of print jobs appears in the printer window Select the job you want to cancel Press the Delete key on the keyboard Canceling a job from the desktop 5 6 Minimize all programs to reveal the desktop Double click the My Computer icon Note If you do not have the My Computer icon you can access the printers folder by selecting Start gt Settings gt Control Panel and then go to step 4 Double click the Printers icon A list of available printers appears Double click the printer you selected when you sent the job A list of print jobs appears in the printer window Select the job you want to cancel Press the Delete key on the keyboard Canceling a job from a Macintosh computer Canceling a print job from a computer running Mac OS 9 When you send a job to print the printer icon for your selected p
238. g while media i is in the nip Fuser page Fuser not receiving AC power count between 300 000 z i and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage e Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll Abrupt change in temperatures that has disrupted control 920 41 Hot roll took too long to Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after E ari service check on page 2 87 transitioning to new Fuser not receiving AC power enhanced mode Fuser e Poor supply line voltage page count between i 400 000 and 499 999 Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 2 12 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 920 42 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser a e Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 page count between e Fuser not receiving AC power 400 000 and 499 999 Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 A3 Hot roll too cool while e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser ance Euler Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 count between 400 000 e Fuser not receiving AC power and 499 999 e Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 44 Hot roll too cool when
239. ge power supply removal on page 4 55 947 00 PQET RAM test PQET failed to pass RAM tests on the Replace the system board See incomplete system board System board and inner PQET RAM test did not shield removal on page 4 77 complete PQET RAM test failed MARCHO PQET RAM test failed MARCH1 PQET RAM test busy failure 948 00 Pel clock check failed System board Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 26 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 949 0 0 Delay line calibration failure System board Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 950 00 NVRAM mismatch Go to 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure on page 2 77 or go to 950 30 through 950 60 EPROM mismatch failure on page 2 78 951 00 Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 Warning When replacing any one of the following components Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable
240. ge 3 4 The reference screw can be adjusted without loosening the locknut Turn the screw a few turns and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left margin Continue adjusting the screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want 4 4 Service Manual Removal procedures CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or wall outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer CAUTION Use the handholds on the side of the printer Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down Note Some removal procedures require removing cable ties You must replace cable ties during reassembly to avoid pinching wires obstructing the paper path or restricting mechanical movement Covers removals Fuser wiper cover assembly removal 1 Squeeze the two latches together and pull up 2 Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly Repair information 4 5 Redrive cap cover removal 1 Pull up on the right side of the redrive cap cover to remove 2 Remove the redrive cap cover Paper support removal 1 Raise the paper support and lift to release the latches 2 Remove the paper support 4 6 Service Manual Left door removal 1 Open the upper and lower front covers 2 Press the two left door latch buttons A and open th
241. ge Duplex Feed 1 Feeding displays The message Duplex Feed 1 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches paper stop position 1 and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Remove the media from the duplex unit and clear the message on the operator panel by pressing Back rStop Duplex Feed 2 This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 2 This test can be run using any of the supported paper sizes To run the Duplex Feed 2 Test 1 Select Duplex Feed 2 from DUPLEX TESTS The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding and the message Duplex Feed 2 Feeding displays The message Duplex Feed 2 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches the duplex paper stop position 2 and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Remove the media from the duplex unit and clear the message on the operator panel by pressing Back rStop 3 12 Service Manual INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests input tray This test lets the servicer observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer A blank sheet of paper feeds through the printer as the laser turns off during this test The only way to observe the paper path is to open the lower front door that is used to access the envelope or multipurpose feeder The paper is placed in the output bin To run the Input Tray Feed Tests de 2 Select Feed Tests from INPUT TRAY TESTS Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed T
242. ge of the finisher output bin cover until it locks into position 2 Remove the print media 3 Press the latch to open the stapler access door 4 Firmly pull the colored tab to remove the staple cartridge holder from the stapler 5 Use the metal tab to lift the staple guard and then pull out the sheet of staples Discard the entire sheet 6 Remove any loose staples from the staple guard 7 Look through the clear covering on the bottom of the cartridge holder to make sure no staples are jammed in the entry throat 3 48 Service Manual 8 Press down on the staple guard until it snaps securely into place 9 Push the cartridge holder firmly into the stapler until the cartridge holder clicks into place 10 Close the stapler access door 11 Close the finisher output bin cover Diagnostic aids 3 49 3 50 Service Manual 4 Repair information Warning Read the following before handling electronic parts Handling ESD sensitive parts Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD To prevent damage to ESD sensitive parts follow the instructions below in addition to all the usual precautions such as turning off power before removing logic boards Keep the ESD sensitive part in its original shipping container a special ESD bag until you are ready to install the part into the machine Make the least possible movements with your body to
243. gh capacity output stacker option Remove Paper Output Bin x Full displays you may not be able to clear the message FRU Action 1 Dual output bin sensor flag Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or upper assembly interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary 2 102 Service Manual 271 xX Paper Jam Check Bin x POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Upper pass thru sensor flag assembly Upper control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct make sure the lower pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J3 on the lower control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the high capacity output stacker option Input sensor service check Service tip Run the Base Sensor Test Check the input sensor for proper operation The display changes from open to closed as the sensor flag is manually moved in and out of the sensor FRU Action 1 Input sensor flag Check the input sensor flag for damage and proper operation If a problem is found repair as necessary 2 Sy
244. harge roll springs counterbalance spring on that side You can check to see if enough force is being applied to the charge roll by applying slight downward pressure with your finger to the charge roll link arm that the spring is attached to while you run a print test sample See if the problem changes or goes away If this fixes or changes the problem then check the springs and charge roll link arm assemblies for binds or defective parts Replace as necessary 2 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for toner buildup or other contamination on the Charge roll link arm outer edges that correspond to the bands on the page Check the charge links and arms for proper operation binds or incorrectly mounted counterbalance springs Repair or replace as necessary 3 HVPS Check the following voltages at J15 8 on the system board Printer Idle J15 8 measures 0 V dc e Printer Printing Test Page J15 8 voltage changes from 0 V dc to 4 V dc If the voltage does not vary check the continuity of line J15 8 in the front cable harness If there is no continuity replace the cable harness If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board Turn the printer off and check the resistance between J15 7 and printer ground The resistance measures approximately 0 ohms If incorrect make sure the system board is mounted correctly and securely grounded If correct replace the system board
245. he drive roll assembly and skewed backup roller for wear slick spots material buildup and oil or grease on the rollers Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning assembly Repair or replace parts as necessary Tray x Paper Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action Paper low switch Paper low switch cable High capacity feeder Input system board Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x x the number that represents the high capacity input tray If the test fails disconnect the paper low switch cable from J3 on the high capacity system board Short pins 1 and 2 together while observing the sensor test on the display If the display does not change replace the high capacity feeder system board If the display changes check the continuity of the switch If incorrect replace the switch If correct replace the switch cable Diagnostic information 2 97 Tray x Empty displays when there is paper in the high capacity feeder input tray FRU Action 1 Paper out sensor flag 2 Paper out sensor on option system board Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation If correct replace the high capacity feeder system board The paper out sensor is mounted on the high capacity feeder system board The elevator tray fails to stop at the correct position and continues to drive into the bottom frame FRU Ac
246. heck MPF and friction pad Fan media and stack flat in tray or MPF Use different media Check config ID 200 06 Imaged page not expected page Bouncy pass thru sensor Perform a sensor test to check the sensor for the tray See Sensor Test input tray on page 3 13 200 07 Option tray never picked a page Go to Input sensor service check on page 2 103 2 44 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 200 08 Input sensor covered Paper pre staged in path Check MPF and friction pad too quickly e Bouncy input sensor Fan media and stack flat in tray or MPF Use different media 200 09 Did not receive proper Motor connections Check the main drive motor motor feedback to start cable connections laser servo If no problem is found with motor connections go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 200 10 Printhead motor not e Printhead lock signal not working Go to Printhead service locked when page e Printhead control not working check on page 2 123 crosses input sensor 200 11 Printhead motor fell out e Paper pre staged in path Go to Printhead service of lock after page arrives check on page 2 123 at input sensor Lock signal went away 200 13 Input sensor covered Page still covering input
247. her Side Door Close the finisher side door If the message does not clear automatically when the door is closed go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Close Finisher Top Cover Close the finisher top cover If the message does not clear automatically when the cover is closed go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Delete All Jobs Go Stop When the user has selected the Print and Hold Delete All Jobs selection this message is displayed The following actions may be taken e Press to confirm the selection All jobs are deleted e Press or to cancel the delete operation Diagnostic information 2 33 User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action Disk Corrupted Reformat The printer has detected there are errors on the hard disk that cannot be corrected The disk cannot be used until it is reformatted Warning All data on the disk will be lost if you format the disk The following actions can be taken e Power off and remove the disk The disk will not be formatted e Press to format the disk All data is lost when you format the disk Empty Box M This message is displayed when the hole punch alarm is on and the printer informed by the code the hole punch box M is full The following actions may be taken Empty the hole punch box e Press to ignore the message The Box M Full ap
248. hese options see the driver Help Enhance Fine Lines and Gray Correction options Driver option Purpose Valuest Enhance Fine Lines A selection to enable a print mode On In the driver enable the check box Onin a cavas Oe In the driver disable the check box architectural drawings maps electronic circuit diagrams and flow charts Gray Correction Automatically adjusts the contrast Auto In the driver enable the check box e to images ar In the driver disable the check box High Frequency Text Improves edge definition of text On In the driver enable the check box Screening when printing gray filled text Off In the driver disable the check box t Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default settings 3 36 Service Manual Paper feed jams Access doors and trays The following illustration shows the path that print media travels through the printer The path varies depending on the input source trays multipurpose feeder envelope feeder and output bins finisher stacker expander mailbox you are using 27X Paper Jam 28X Paper Jam ll 201 Paper 202 Paper am j Jam J 23X EN Jam 200 Paper Jam 200 Paper 201 Paper ami p Jam 202 Paper Mk Jam p q Paper 23X Paper Jam 260 Paper Jam 250 Paper 250 Paper Jam Jam 23X Paper Jam 23X Paper Jam 24X Paper Jam 24X Paper Jam CAUTION Floor mounted configur
249. hey are operating correctly The base printer indicates a dead machine condition when the high capacity input tray is installed FRU Action 1 AC line cord AC jumper HCIT to printer AC input and output receptacles AC wiring harness If the base printer works normally using the AC line cord from the AC wall outlet and does not work when using the AC jumper from the HCIT check the AC jumper cord If defective replace the cord If not defective check the AC input and output receptacles and wiring harness in the HCIT Repair or replace the receptacles or AC wiring harness as required Note Make sure the ground wire is installed correctly from the AC wiring harness to the frame of the HCIT and the nut and lock washer are tightened The base printer does not recognize that the high capacity input tray is installed FRU Action 1 high capacity feeder autoconnect mechanical check Check the high capacity feeder input tray to make sure it is mounted correctly and is not pushed down into the frame assembly or damaged Be sure the high capacity feeder input tray autoconnect is properly connected to the high capacity feeder tray option board assembly 2 Base printer or option mounted above Check the option or base printer autoconnect for signs of damage Repair the high capacity option autoconnect as necessary 3 LVPS Option system board Check the voltages at J11 2 and J11 4 Th
250. hout a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 Note Any time the interconnect card assembly is replaced the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM on the new interconnect card Go to Configuration ID on page 3 21 1 Remove any feature or option cards from the interconnect card 2 Remove the two screws securing the interconnect card 3 Remove the interconnect card assembly 4 54 Service Manual Low voltage power supply removal 4 CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the pass thru plate See Pass thru plate on page 4 19 Remove the LVPS mounting screws A from the rear of the center pan AE Disconnect the LVPS to system board cable The cable is difficult to disconnect There are catches B that firmly hold latches on the LVPS card connector C Repair information 4 55 6 Pull the LVPS assembly far enough out from the right side of the printer to disconnect
251. ia feeds from the next linked tray For example if you have the same size and type of print media loaded in tray 2 and tray 4 the printer selects print media from tray 2 untilit becomes empty and then the printer automatically feeds print media from the next linked tray tray 4 By linking all trays standard and optional you effectively create a single source with a capacity of up to 4 100 sheets Make sure you load the same size and type of print media in each tray in order to link the trays Set the paper size and type for each tray to set the paper type or size DOO 0 e 0O pP Press on the operator panel Press w until the appears next to Paper Menu and then press Press yw until the y appears next to Paper Size Type and then press Press wy until the y appears next to Tray lt x gt i ze Type and then press Press ww until the y appears next to the paper size you loaded and then press Press W until the y appears next to Tray lt x gt Size Type and then press Press w until the y appears next to the paper type you loaded and then press The printer returns to Ready To disable tray linking set the Paper Type to a unique value in each one of the trays If all the trays do not have the same type of print media when they are linked you could mistakenly print a job on the wrong paper type Appendix A Options and features A 17 Identifying and linking output bins There is one standard output bin on all pr
252. ible causes Action 925 32 Too hot to do lamp detection and NVRAM bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Attempting to POR machine after receiving a 925 01 Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 41 Lamp detection performed and found error Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 115 V lamp in 220 V printer e Lamp has excessive wattage Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 A2 Too hot to do lamp detection and NVRAM bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Attempting to POR machine after receiving a 925 01 Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 51 Lamp detection performed and found error Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data 115 V lamp in 220 V printer Lamp has excessive wattage Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 52 Too hot to do lamp detection and NVRAM bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Attempting to POR machine after receiving a 925 01 Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 925 91 Lamp detection performed and found error Writes to the fuser information chip have been disabled due to a previous write failure 115
253. idge 10K Std Toner Retail Mfg P N RM955 CRU TD381 CTRG TONR REGLR 20K 52 5310N Toner Cartridge 20K Std Toner CRU TD553 ASSY TRAY OPTION 500 5210 5310 500 Sheet Paper Tray CRU Base Unit FD834 ASSY BASE PTR 110V GSA 5210N ASSEMBLY Base PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 110V GSA 5210N CRU GD390 ASSY BASE PTR DAO 110V 5210N ASSEMBLY Base PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES DAO 110V 5210N CRU GD615 ASSY BASE SVC PTR 110V 5210N ASSEMBLY Base SERVICE KIT PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES 110V CRU 5210N JD171 PTR LS 110V 5210N PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES LASER 110V 5210N CRU KD180 PTR LS 110V GSA 5210N PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES LASER 110V GOVERNMENT CRU SERVICES AGENCY 5210N RG557 ASSY BASE SVC 110V GSA 5210N ASSEMBLY Base SERVICE KIT 110V GOVERNMENT SERVICES CRU AGENCY 5210N Cables and Cords CH617 ASSY CBL CON FUSER 5210 5310 Fuser Connector Cable assembly FRU DG918 ASSY CBL BD FUSER SYS 5210 310 Cable Fuser System Bd Sherry Chablis FRU DH482 ASSY CBL FUSER LVPS 5210 5310 AC Lamp fuser to LVPS Cable assembly FRU GG024 PWR SPLY HVPS W SNSRS 5210 310 Cable Assembly for HVPS includes cable assembly toner sensor FRU assembly toner sensor mounting screw Input sensor GH686 PTR CBL IEEE 1284 LT PRL BLK PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES CABLE IEEE 1284 LT PARALLEL CRU BLACK KJ447 CORD PWR 250V 10A 2 5M C13 ISR Power cord set 8ft Right Angle Israel CRU MG931 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 UK Power cord set 8 ft right angle Arabic Austria Belgium
254. ine never saw Input Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option Source Read on a page slipping to be picked from the e Timi duplex unit that is Timing error due to feed system waiting on a page to pass the input sensor 239 11 Sheet picked from e Mechanical feed error due to belt Check duplex sensor cables for duplex never made it to slipping correct installation If no the input sensor Slow or e Timi problem is found with the delayed feed from the Timingerror due t Teed SYSE cables replace the duplex duplex unit Input sensor not working correctly option 241 10 Page was not properly Failure to feed possible causes include Fan media picked from tray 1 Edge locking Turn media over Worn or contaminated pick tires Reduce amount of media Overfilling of tray past the fill line loaded in tray 1 Replace pick tires Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal on page 4 52 241 11 Page was not properly Failure to feed possible causes include Fan media picked from tray 1 Edge locking Turn media over Worn or contaminated pick tires Reduce amount of media e Overfilling of tray past the fill line loaded in tray 1 Replace pick tires Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal on page 4 52 2 70 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error pub Description Possible causes Action code
255. ing 2 nnn re eee eens 7 51 Rear access door latch 2 2 2 e seer et eee eee 7 55 7 65 Rear door latch rr eens 7 50 Bin full dual sensor upper stacker assembly flag 2 2 2 e cece reenter eee 7 51 Left base assembly cover 2 2 2 eens r tr eens 7 65 Right base assembly cover 2222s etter e eeeeeeeee 7 65 Stapler access Cover e een 7 65 Top assembly cover 2 22 22 tere tr eee 7 65 Clip 250 sheet pass thru 22 ee nen eee eens 7 43 LVPS 220 V ac 000 010 rr eens 7 29 Right side cover 2 2 2 ern eens 7 49 LVPS 220 V ac 200 210 400 410 2 2 2 ener en eee eee 7 29 Relocation kit 250 250 sheet printer eee eee eens 7 69 Relocation kit 500 500 sheet printer 2 2 2 e eee eee tee eee eee eeee 7 69 Switch activate spring 2 2 e ere eee eens 7 42 7 44 Spring upper diverter 2 2 ee ree ee ee eee eens 7 67 Upper diverter spring 02 r erent etre teens 7 48 7 51 7 55 Restraint pad 2 22 e cern een eee eee 7 43 7 45 Plate 250 sheet tray wear 2 2 n enter eens 7 43 Parts packet 2 2 2 ener eee 7 42 7 48 7 51 Parts packet auto comp assembly mounting screw eee eee 7 63 Parts packet auto comp mounting screw 22 2 street eens 7 44 Parts packet board mounting screw 7 55 7 57 Parts packet screw 22 een tt ttn eens 7 44 Parts packet screw auto comp mounting 222s t
256. inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Diagnostic information 2 127 Toner sensor service check Service tip Check the print darkness menu setting before checking the toner sensor This service check is intended to be used when a 929 xx Service Error displays FRU Action 1 Developer drive assembly Incorrect operation of the developer drive assembly can cause the printer to display a 929 xx error code Toner Sensor Check the developer drive assembly for correct installation or any sign of worn loose or broken parts 2 Front harness cable Check the toner sensor portion of the front harness cable to make sure it is properly seated into the toner sensor If correct at both the sensor and system board J15 check the continuity of the cable If incorrect replace the cable 3 Toner sensor The toner sensor cable is part of the front harness and part of connector J15 on the system board Check the voltage at J15 11 It reads approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If correct check the voltage at J15 12 It reads approximately 5 V de with the system board
257. inter models Depending on the model you selected your output bin capacity is 250 or 500 sheets If you need additional output capacity there are several optional output bins available for your printer If you have multiple output bins you can link them into a single output source Linking output bins lets the printer automatically switch output to the next available bin Output bins available The following table provides information on standard and optional output bin capability and connectivity Note Not all output bins support every paper and envelope size Output bins Each bin accommodates How many Bin is Output cange allowed to Illustration of output bin bin name print media Printer installed on Connect with Models the printer Standard 250 sheets T640 N A one is Any of the bin 75 g m of plain standard on options in paper the printer combinations e 150 transparencies and located as follows in A on top of the this column 100 labels printer e 25 envelopes 75 g m Standard 500 sheets 5210n bin 75 g m of plain 5310n paper 300 transparencies e 200 labels 50 envelopes 75 g m4 Finisher Sheets of 75 g m of plain 5210n 1 1 output paper maximum number 5310n expander of stapled jobs is 40 or 1 5 bin T640 500 sheets mailbox 5210n 750 sheets 5310n 750 sheets High 1850 sheets 5210n 1 1 output capacity 75 g m of plain 5310n expander output paper stacker Envel
258. inter system board on page A 5 Note If an option card has been installed you may need to remove the option card before installing the flash memory or firmware card 2 Unpack the flash memory or firmware card 3 Holding the flash memory or firmware card A by the locking clips align the plastic pins on the card with the holes on the system board 4 Push the flash memory or firmware card firmly into place and release the locking clips The entire length of the connector B on the flash memory or firmware card must touch the system board and be locked into the connector Be careful not to damage the connectors Appendix A Options and features A 9 Installing an option card The printer has two connectors that support the following option cards e Hard disk with adapter card e MarkNet N8000 series internal print server e RS 232 Serial Interface Card e Parallel 1284 B Interface Card e Coax Twinax Adapter for SCS Warning Option cards are easily damaged by static electricity Touch something metal such as the printer frame before you touch an option card 1 Locate the card connectors on the system board 2 Remove the screw A and the cover plate B and save them If you are installing a tall card install it in connector 1 If you are installing two short cards on a model with multiple connectors use connector 1 first and then use connector 2 3 Unpack the card Save the packaging materials 4 Align
259. ion code codes 920 12 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser att ell Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 page count between e Fuser not receiving AC power 100 000 and 199 999 Poor supply line voltage e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 13 Hot roll too cool while Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser e Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 count between 100 000 Fuser not receiving AC power and 199 999 e Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 14 Hot roll too cool when Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser ne Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 change Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power ON 100 000 e Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 16 Fuser is not increasing e Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser rei Poor supply line voltage service check on page 2 87 been on for an extended time Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 920 17 Fuser has been below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser ea El ae Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 media is in the nip Fuser not receiving AC power eee Poor supply line voltage 199 999 Exces
260. ion or pkg 32 1 40X3264 2 1 Stacker pass thru sensor Parts catalog 7 53 Assembly 33 5 bin mailbox 1 7 54 Service Manual Assembly 33 5 bin mailbox 1 Asm Part Units Units kit er Index number option or pkg Description 33 1 40X3238 1 Complete 5 bin mailbox option 2 56P4176 1 1 Redrive cap cover 3 56P4180 1 1 Wire cover 4 56P4181 1 1 Top bin cover 5 56P4211 2 2 Rear access door latch 6 99A0104 1 1 Upper diverter spring 7 56P4183 1 1 Rear access door 8 56P4178 1 1 Right side cover 9 40X3242 2 1 5 bin mailbox pass thru sensor 10 56P4182 5 1 Paper cap tray 11 56P4191 1 1 5 bin mailbox assembly kit 12 1 1 5 bin mailbox assembly kit order 56P4191 13 56P4186 5 1 Bin full flag 14 40X3240 5 1 Dual paper height sensor 15 Parts packet board mounting screw PP 99A0263 16 56P4179 1 1 Left side cover Parts catalog 7 55 Assembly 34 5 bin mailbox 2 7 56 Service Manual Assembly 34 cont 5 bin mailbox 2 Asm Part Units Units kit eos i Description Index number option or pkg 34 1 12 Parts packet board mounting screw PP 99A0263 2 40X2061 4 1 Diverter solenoid Parts catalog 7 57 Assembly 35 High capacity feeder 1 7 58 Service Manual Assembly 35 High capacity feeder 1 Asm Part Units Units kit eT Index number o
261. ion guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions If any unsafe conditions exist find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you correct the hazard Check the following items Damaged missing or altered parts especially in the area of the on off switch and the power supply Damaged missing or altered covers especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover e Possible safety exposure from any non Dell attachments Lubrication specifications No requirements for this printer Scheduled maintenance Maintenance kit The operator panel displays the message 80 Scheduled Maintenance at each 300K page count interval It is necessary to replace the fuser assembly transfer roller charge roll and pick tires at this interval to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers Maintenance kits Description Part number 115 V Maintenance kit 40X0100 220 V Maintenance kit 40X0101 100 V Maintenance kit 40X0197 After replacing the kit the maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the 80 Scheduled Maintenance message See Maintenance page count Maint Cnt Value on page 3 25 Preventive maintenance 6 1 6 2 Service Manual 7 Parts catalog How to use this parts catalog The following legend is used in the parts catalog Asm Index
262. is group have been divided into 27x and 28x groups If you have an output expander high capacity output stacker or the 5 bin mailbox see 27x Paper Jam Check Bin x If you have a finisher see 28x Paper Jam Check Finisher 27x Paper Jam Check Bin x To clear a jam in the output expander high capacity output stacker or the 5 bin mailbox 1 If the paper is exiting into the bin or finisher pull the media straight out and press Otherwise continue with step 2 2 Push the output bin rear door latches in toward the center The rear doors will open and drop down Note If you only have one output option you may only have one rear door Diagnostic aids 3 45 3 Remove the jammed media 4 Close the output bin rear doors and make sure all doors are secure 5 Press 28x Paper Jam Check Finisher To clear a jam in the finisher 1 Push the finisher rear door latches in toward the center The rear door will open and drop down 2 Remove the jammed media 3 Close the rear door and make sure the door is secure 3 46 Service Manual 4 Lift the front edge of the finisher output bin cover until it locks into position 5 Remove the stack of print media 6 Close the finisher output bin cover 7 Press Diagnostic aids 3 47 Clearing staple jams A 28x Stapler Jam message indicates staples are jammed in the stapler This requires removing the staple cartridge holder from the printer 1 Lift the front ed
263. it sensor flag out of the way to clip the sensor securely into the cover 2 Connect the fuser exit sensor cable 3 Snap the bottom fastener of the sensor cover into place in the lower exit guide and use a small flat bladed screwdriver to ease the sensor cover into the clips 4 Replace the screw securing the sensor cover Note Make sure the flag moves properly 4 30 Service Manual Fuser exit sensor flag and spring removal 1 Remove the fuser exit sensor See Fuser exit sensor removal on page 4 29 2 Note the position of the spring A in relation to the flag B 3 Carefully ease the right arm C until the fuser exit sensor cover releases the flag and spring B A Spring replacement 1 Place the spring on the left pin A 2 Set the tang B on the flag Repair information 4 31 3 Rotate the bent end C of the spring to add tension place the pins between the sensor cover arms and rest the bent end against the sensor cover frame Note After replacing the sensor flag and spring make sure the flag moves freely and returns 4 32 Service Manual Fuser lamp removal CAUTION The fuser and the fuser lamp may be hot You may need to allow them to cool before handling them Remove the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 N Disconnect the fuser lamp AC cable from the right side of the top cover assembly 3 Remove the two screws A from the right side fuser lamp co
264. it the test DEVICE TESTS Quick Disk Test This test performs a non destructive read write on one block per track on the disk The test reads one block on each track saves the data and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block If the block is good the saved data is written back to the disk To run the Quick Disk Test 1 Select Quick Disk Test from DEVICE TESTS The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress and quick Disk Test Testing displays e Quick Disk Test Test Passed message displays if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid e Quick Disk Test Test Failed message displays if the test failed and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Press Back rStop __ to return to the Device Tests menu 3 18 Service Manual Disk Test Clean Warning This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be attempted ona good disk Also note that this test may run approximately 1 hours depending on the disk size To run the Disk Test Clean Test 1 Select Disk Test Clean from the Device Tests menu Files will be lost Go or Stop message displays to warn the user that all contents on the disk will be lost 2 To exit the test immediately and return to the Device Tests menu press Back orStop To continue with the test press If is selected the following screen displays and updates periodically indicating the percentage of test completed Formatting Dis
265. ivamente al personal cualificado de mantenimiento Existe mayor riesgo de descarga el ctrica y de da os personales durante el desmontaje y la reparaci n de la m quina El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias PRECAUCI N este s mbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que est A N trabajando es peligroso Antes de empezar desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si para trabajar con l debe conectarlo Informa es de Seguran a xviii A seguran a deste produto baseia se em testes e aprova es do modelo original e de componentes espec ficos O fabricante n o respons vel pela segunran a no caso de uso de pe as de substitui o n o autorizadas As informa es de seguran a relativas a este produto destinam se a profissionais destes servi os e n o devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas Risco de choques el ctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manuten o deste produto Os profissionais destes servi os devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necess rios CUIDADO Quando vir este s mbolo existe a poss vel presen a de uma potencial AN tens o perigosa na zona do produto em que est a trabalhar Antes de come ar desligue o produto da tomada el ctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado corrente el ctrica para realizar a tarefa necess ria Service Manual Informaci de Seguretat La s
266. izontal paper adapters 7 64 optional 250 sheet paper drawer 7 42 optional 250 sheet paper tray 7 43 options 7 69 output expander 7 48 7 49 paper feed alignment 7 16 autocompensator 7 12 multipurpose feeder 7 14 printhead 7 10 StapleSmart finisher 7 65 7 66 7 67 7 68 transfevcharging 7 26 pass thru plate 4 19 pick rolls integrated tray autocompensator 4 52 pick tire integrated tray autocompensator pick roll 4 52 MPF 4 63 PIN entering at the printer A 15 entering from the driver A 14 for confidential jobs A 14 power takeoff shaft and spring 4 73 power on self test POST 2 4 preventive maintenance 6 1 print media avoiding jams 1 20 card stock 1 19 characteristics 1 16 envelopes 1 17 guidelines 1 16 labels 1 18 sizes 1 9 storing 1 19 types 1 11 unsatisfactory types 1 16 weight 1 12 print quality service check 2 117 troubleshooting 3 33 print quality pages 3 6 3 26 print registration 3 4 printhead adjustment 4 2 parts catalog 7 10 removal 4 74 service check 2 123 printing identifying output bins A 18 linking output bins A 20 Q quality pages 3 6 3 26 Quick Disk Test 3 18 Quick Test 3 5 3 9 R redrive assembly parts catalog 7 6 removal 4 75 redrive cap cover removal 4 6 redrive door 4 8 REGISTRATION 3 4 registration 3 4 relocation kit 7 69 removals bevel gear 4 22 cartridge duct 4 24 covers 4 5 fuser wiper cover assembly 4 5 laser cover 4 20 left and right frame extensions 4 18 left cover handle hold
267. jams Go to Main drive service motor start for motor ID Gear binds check on page 2 106 Motor is type 1 e Defective motor e Check motor cable and connections 936 60 No lock detected at e Check for paper jams Go to Main drive service normal motor start E check on page 2 106 Motor is type 0 Soar BING e Defective motor Check motor cable and connections 936 61 No lock detected at e Check for paper jams Go to Main drive service normal motor start lt Gear binds check on page 2 106 Motor is type 1 Defective motor Defective motor cable Cable connections 936 9 Stall detected during e Defective cable Go to Main drive service speed control Motor is Check cable connections check on page 2 106 type 0 dd Defective motor e Paper jams 936 91 Stall detected during e Defective cable Go to Main drive service speed control Motor is type 1 Check cable connections Defective motor Paper jams check on page 2 106 Diagnostic information 2 25 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 937 4 Overspeed detected Faulty motor sensor Go to Main drive service during speed control Faulty system board check on page 2 106 Motor is type 0 y Sy 937 41 Overspeed detected Faulty motor sensor Go to Main drive service during speed control lt Faulty system board check on
268. k 1 1 0 DO NOT POWER OFF The power indicator blinks during the test Note The test can NOT be canceled 3 Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and either the message Disk Test Clean Test Passed or Disk Test Clean Failed appears If the message indicates failure the disk is unusable Flash Test This test verifies the functioning of the flash device by writing and reading data on the flash to test the flash Warning This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is unformatted at the end of the test To reformat the flash the servicer or the user must use FORMAT FLASH from the UTILITIES MENU To run the Flash Test 1 Select Flash Test from DEVICE TESTS The message Files will be lost Go or Stop displays to warn the user that all contents on the flash device will be lost 2 To exit the test immediately and return to the Device Tests menu press Back orStop To continue with the test press The power indicator blinks while the test is running and the message Flash Test Testing displays Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and either the message Flash Test Test Passed or Flash Test Test Failed displays 3 Press Back orStop toreturnto DEVICE TESTS Diagnostic aids 3 19 PRINTER SETUP Defaults US Non US defaults changes whether the printer uses the US factory defaults or the non US factory defaults The settings affected include
269. k any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 55 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 202 12 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in fuser exit or e Make sure the redrive door long Fuser page count redrive area is complete closed EEA 100 000 and e Check the fuser for any ae signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 13 Page is covering narrow e If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area media sensor during of the machine partial piece may be around the fuser assembly for warm up Fuser page torn off in the fuser covering the any signs of debris or pieces of count between 100 000 narrow m
270. le in the charge roll link F Note Lift the upper front cover to make it easier to remove the link E F 9 Disconnect the main drive motor cable from the main drive assembly 10 Remove the main drive assembly Warning Whenever the main drive assembly is removed from the printer it must be handled very carefully Do not allow any of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear damage lt is also very important not to let any dirt paper staples or other material come in contact with the grease in the gears Note Be sure the main drive assembly gear shaft aligns with the hub on the left side frame when reinstalling the main drive assembly 4 60 Service Manual MPF arm assembly removal mb Open the left door N Remove the MPF lower front cover See Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal on page 4 16 Remove the MPF lower paper deflector See MPF lower paper deflector on page 4 62 Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 Remove the inner paper deflector See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 48 Remove the MPF solenoid assembly See MPF solenoid assembly removal on page 4 63 Remove the C clip A NS oe 2 tr o See Be 8 8 9 ps poe ee Fa Sa 8 Remove the washer and set it aside 9 Remove the MPF arm assembly Repair information 4
271. listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer Before continuing with this service check perform the Button Test on page 3 7 One or more operator panel buttons fail FRU Action 1 Operator panel buttons kit If any button fails the Button Test check the failing button or buttons and associated parts Repair using the button kit See Operator Operator panel board panel buttons removal on page 4 68 If the problem remains replace the operator panel board see Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 If a 950 xx error code is displayed after replacing the operator panel go to 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure on page 2 77 2 System board Disconnect the operator panel cable from J13 on the system board and measure the voltage at J13 5 The voltage should measure Operator panel board approximately 3 3 V dc If incorrect replace the system board See Upper front cover hinge System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 If assembly correct replace the operator panel board See O
272. lled If the correct lamp has been installed go to step 2 Note If the fuser lamp is replaced allow the fuser assembly to cool or a 925 xx error code could be displayed 2 AC line voltage CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all safety precautions Check the AC line voltage to make sure it is within operating specification If incorrect inform the customer if correct go to step 3 3 LVPS CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all safety precautions Unplug the AC line cord from the printer and pull the LVPS out far enough to access CN1 on the LVPS board see Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 Disconnect the LVPS to fuser AC cable plug in the line cord turn the printer on and measure the voltage between CN1 1 and CN1 3 on the connector see the connector locations at Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 If incorrect replace the LVPS assembly see Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 if correct go to step 4 4 LVPS CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all LVPS fuser AC cable safety precautions Disconnect the AC line cord from the printer Disconnect the LVPS to fuser cable from the fuser to fuser lamp cable Plug the AC line cord into the printer and check the AC line voltage between the pins on the fuser end of the LVPS to fuser AC cable If the voltage is correct unplug the AC power cord from the LVPS ca
273. ly 10 40X3234 1 1 Bin low sensor with cable 11 40X3233 1 1 Option pass thru sensor 12 9940272 1 1 Drive shaft 250 sheet 13 9940275 1 1 Power takeoff spring 14 40X3237 1 1 Base assembly 7 42 Service Manual Assembly 23 Optional 250 sheet paper tray Asm Part Units Units kit Da Index number option or pkg pescription 23 1 40X3231 1 1 Tray assembly option 250 sheet 2 40X3235 1 1 Side restraint 250 sheet tray 3 56P1279 1 4 Wear strips 4 56P4230 1 1 Clip 250 sheet pass thru 5 99A0121 1 1 Plate 250 sheet tray wear 6 99A0120 1 2 Restraint pad 7 40X3236 1 1 Back restraint 250 sheet tray Parts catalog 7 43 Assembly 24 Optional 500 sheet paper drawer oe Asm Part Units Units kit feng Index number option or pkg Description 24 1 40X3243 1 1 Drawer and tray assembly complete 500 sheet option 2 3 3 Parts packet auto comp mounting screw PP 99A0263 3 40X3246 1 1 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet 4 56P1228 1 1 Bellcrank spring arm 5 56P2540 1 1 Bellcrank spring 500 sheet option tray 6 40X4308 1 2 Pick roll assembly 7 40X3233 1 1 Option pass thru sensor 8 99A0275 1 1 Power takeoff spring 9 99A0447 1 1 Drive shaft 500 sheet 10 40X3234 1 1 Bin low sensor with cable 11 40X3247 1 1 Base assembly 500 sheet 12 56P4145 1 1 Paper out arm 500 sheet drawer 13 99A0063 1 1 Switch activate spring 14 1 1 Parts packet screw PP 99A0263 7
274. m 16 to 36 Ib bond grain long in the multipurpose feeder and optional 250 sheet trays Paper lighter than 60 g m 16 Ib might not be stiff enough to feed properly causing jams For best performance use 75 g m 20 Ib bond grain long paper When using paper narrower than 182 x 257 mm 7 2 x 10 1 in make sure the weight is greater than or equal to 90 g m 24 lb bond Unacceptable paper The following papers are not recommended for use with the printer e Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper also known as carbonless papers carbonless copy paper CCP or no carbon required NCR paper e Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer e Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser e Preprinted papers that require a registration the precise print location on the page greater than 0 09 in such as optical character recognition OCR forms e In some cases you can adjust registration with your software application to successfully print on these forms e Coated papers erasable bond synthetic papers thermal papers e Rough edged rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers e Recycled papers containing more than 25 post consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309 e Recycled paper having a weight less than 60 g m 16 Ib e Multiple part forms or documents 1 16 Service Manual Transparencies You can feed transparencies from the s
275. m contact on the cartridge High voltage contact Check the PC drum contact on the right side frame for damage PC drum contact wear or contamination If the contact is bent or damaged replace the contact Note Inspect the HVPS PC drum contact on the board for damage or contamination HVPS Check the fuse on the HVPS If open replace the HVPS Check the voltages at J22 on the system board Measure the following voltages from connector J22 to printer ground Printer Idle J15 5 measures 24 V dc e Printer Printing J15 5 measures 24 V dc If the voltages at J10 5 are incorrect replace the system board Front cable harness HVPS section Check the front cable harness at J15 on the system board and at CN1 on the HVPS to make sure the harness is connected properly If connected properly check the continuity of the cable harness If there is no continuity replace the front cable harness Printhead assembly Generally a 93x service error is posted if the printhead assembly fails and the printer does not give a blank copy symptom The printhead used in the printer does not have a mechanical shutter as previous laser printers The printer is interlocked through the front top cover interlock switch Print quality random marks Service tip The primary cause of random marks is due to loose material moving around inside the printer and attaching to the photoconductor charge roll or transfer roll
276. make selections Understanding the menus The diagram shows the menu index on the operator panel and the menus and items available under each menu For more information about menus and menu items refer to the Menus and Messages book on your Publications CD S Menu y Paper Menu Reports Settings Paper Menu Reports Settings Network Ports Security Default Source Menu Settings Page Setup Menu IPv6 Max Invalid PIN Paper Size Type Device Statistics Finishing Menu TCP IP Job Expiration Configure MP Network Setup Page Quality Menu Standard Network Encrypt Disk Envelope Enhance Network lt x gt Setup Page Utilities Menu Network lt x gt Substitute Size Profiles List PDF Menu Standard USB Help Paper Texture Print Quick Ref PostScript Menu USB lt x gt Print All Paper Weight NetWare Setup Page PCL Menu Front USB Print Quality Paper Loading Print Fonts HTML Menu Parallel Printing Guide Custom Types Print Directory Image Menu Parallel lt x gt Supplies Guide Universal Setup Serial lt x gt Media Guide Bin Setup NetWare Menu Map AppleTalk Information Guide LexLink Connection Guide Moving Guide Diagnostic information 2 3 Power On Self Test POST sequence When you turn the printer on it performs a Power On Self Test Check for correct POST functioning of the base printer by observing the following AO SL ONS 11 12 13 14 15 Dog The LED turns comes on The operator
277. mation refer to the Card Stock amp Label Guide which is available on the Transparencies can be fed automatically from the multipurpose feeder and all standard and optional trays except the 2000 sheet drawer Be careful when you handle transparencies Fingerprints on the surface of the transparency cause poor print quality Envelopes You can load up to 10 envelopes in the multipurpose feeder and 85 envelopes in the envelope feeder Try a sample of any envelopes you are considering using with the printer before buying large quantities When printing on envelopes To achieve the best possible print quality use only high quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers Set the Paper Size Type in the Paper Menu to MP Feeder Manual Env or Env Feeder depending on the source you are using set the paper type to Envelope and select the correct envelope size from the operator panel the printer driver in the Local Printer Setup Utility or from MarkVision For best performance use envelopes made from 75 g m 20 Ib bond paper You can use up to 105 g m 28 Ib bond weight for the multipurpose feeder or 105 g m 28 Ib bond weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25 or less Envelopes with 100 cotton content must not exceed 90 g m 24 Ib bond weight Use only new undamaged envelopes General information 1 17 For best performance and to minimize jams do not use envelopes that
278. mation is included and the print cartridge lockout is bypassed See Print quality pages Prt Quality Pgs on page 3 6 Additional configuration information may be included on the print quality pages which is not included on the print menu page To print the Print Quality Test Pages select Prt Quality Pgs from CONFIG MENU The message Printing Quality Test Pages is displayed The following is printed e Settings from EP SETUP from DIAGNOSTICS Fuser temperature warm up time transfer print contrast and charge roll settings e Contents of the EVENT LOG from DIAGNOSTICS e Printer configuration information Printer serial number controller code level engine code level operator panel code level smart option code levels font versions and so on Values for the QUALITY MENU settings used to print the pages The print quality test consists of four pages Page one contains a mixture of graphics and text Pages two and three only contain graphics Page four is blank If duplex is turned on the pages are duplexed The Print Quality Test pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter legal or A4 paper 3 26 Service Manual SIZE SENSING This setting controls whether the printer automatically registers the size of paper installed in an input source with size sensing Paper source Size sensing Tray 1 integrated 3 Multipurpose feeder 250 sheet drawer 3 500 sheet drawer 3 2000 sheet drawer
279. mbly Check the voltage on J10 3 ground on the systemboard The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc If the voltage is correct replace the fuser top cover assembly See Fuser narrow media sensor removal on page 4 35 If incorrect replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 90 Service Manual 924 xx Hot fuser service check Error Code 923 xx 924 xx and 925 xx may display for a hot fuser failure CAUTION The fuser may be hot use caution before removing or servicing CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check In Diagnostics mode In Diagnostics mode select EP SETUP and Fuser Temp FRU Action Fuser assembly Fuser to system board cable Check the thermistor cable for correct installation to J5 on the fuser card If installed correctly check for correct installation of J10 on the system board If all cables are installed correctly go to step 2 Fuser top cover assembly thermistor thermistor cable assembly Turn the printer off and disconnect the thermistor cable from J5 on the fuser board Measure the resistance between the two pins on the thermistor cable if the resistance
280. measures infinity open circuit replace the fuser top cover assembly Reconnect the thermistor cable to J5 on the fuser board Disconnect the fuser to system board cable from J10 on the system board and measure the resistance between J10 3 and J10 4 on the cable If the resistance measures infinity open circuit check the continuity of pins 3 and 4 of the cable If correct replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If incorrect replace the fuser to system board cable Note If the error code still displays replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 3 Fuser to system board cable System board Fuser assembly 925 xx Hot fuser service check Error Code 923 xx 924 xx and 925 xx may display for a hot fuser failure CAUTION The fuser may be hot use caution before removing or servicing AN Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check In Diagnostics mode In Diagnostics mode select EP SETUP and Fuser Temp CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task FRU Action 1 Fuser lamp If the fuser is 220 V machine a 115 V fuser may be installed If the printer is not a 115 V model then go to step 2 If the printer is a 2
281. message displays reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset 56 XX Standard USB Port Displayed when status is requested over the USB port but the port has been Disabled disabled Once the error has been displayed for the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the USB port e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 56 XX Standard USB Port x Displayed when status is requested over the USB port indicated but the port Disabled has been disabled Once the error has been displayed for the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the USB port e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 2 40 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Error code Sub code Primary message Description action 56 XX Standard Parallel Port Disabled This error is displayed when data is sent to the printer across the parallel port but the parallel port has been disabled Once this message is displayed r
282. moval 4 76 specifications acoustics 1 8 dimensions 1 6 electrical 1 7 environment 1 8 media 1 9 memory configuration 1 5 operating clearances 1 5 power requirements 1 7 print media 1 16 resolution 1 4 speed and performance 1 4 StapleSmart finisher locations 5 12 parts catalog 7 65 7 66 7 67 7 68 service check 2 124 start 2 1 strobe adjustment 3 21 switch cover closed 2 80 symptoms base printer 2 5 duplex option 2 6 envelope feeder 2 6 high capacity feeder 2 5 output expander option 2 6 paper trays 2 6 StapleSmart finisher 2 7 system board connectors 5 1 parts catalog 7 30 removal 4 77 service check 2 127 system code 3 1 T theory of operation autocompensator 3 31 autoconnect cabling and connectors 3 32 duplex unit 3 32 option microcode 3 32 toner sensor removal 4 78 tools 1 20 Top Margin duplex 3 10 simplex front side 3 4 transfer roll assembly parts catalog 7 26 removal 4 78 service check 2 129 transparencies 1 17 tray linking A 17 U unique tools 1 20 unsatisfactory papers 1 16 upper front cover parts catalog 7 2 removal 4 12 upper front cover hinge assembly removal 4 79 upper front cover latch removal 4 14 upper paper deflector 4 80 user attendance messages 2 32 user line 2 link messages 2 43 user status displays 2 31 V verify print A 16 W warm up time 3 22 warning messages user status displays 2 31 wiper cover 4 5 wrap tests 3 8 Index l 7 l 8 Service Manual Part number
283. move the upper paper deflector Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 2 Loosen the MPF lower front cover See Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal on page 4 16 3 Remove the inner paper deflector Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 48 4 Disconnect the input sensor cable A from the input sensor B 5 Release the input sensor from its mounting and remove y Repair information 4 49 Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal Remove the paper tray Remove the left door See Left door removal on page 4 7 Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 69 Place the printer on its back nap Disconnect the autocompensator motor cable A from the system board J24 4 50 Service Manual 6 Locate the integrated tray autocompensator assembly B on the bottom of the printer and disconnect the autocompensator arm bias spring C Note When you remove the spring note the larger loop attaches to the side frame 7 Remove the C clip D that rests against the right side frame from the autocompensator pivot shaft C 8 Disconnect the autocompensator sensor cable E from the assembly 9 Remove the autocompensator assembly mounting screw F E F 10 Slide the shaft to the right and push the shaft from the outside of the frame 11 Remove the integrated tray autocompensator assembly Repair information
284. ms Incorrect characters could print and the copy may not fit the page correctly Measure all voltages from the connector to printer ground All voltages measured during the print cycle are measured with the controller board removed while running the print test Print quality all black page Service tip An all black page is generally caused by a problem in the high voltage system or an incorrect high voltage in the printing process resulting in toner development on the entire photoconductor drum FRU Action 1 High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure they fit securely and are not pitted contaminated or damaged If incorrect replace the contact with one from the HV contact kit Screws and plastic blocks are included to attach the contacts to the right side frame in the HV contact kit 2 Charge roll conductive Make sure the charge roll bushing is correctly installed in the right bushing charge roll arm 3 HVPS Check the voltages on J15 1 thru J15 8 If incorrect replace the system board Diagnostic information 2 117 FRU Action HVPS cable part of front harness cable System board Check the continuity of the HVPS cable If incorrect replace the cable assembly If correct replace the system board Print quality blank page FRU Action Print cartridge Check the print cartridge for damage especially the PC dru
285. n cards CAUTION If you are installing memory or option cards sometime after setting up the printer turn the printer off and unplug the power cord before continuing You can customize the printer memory capacity and connectivity by adding optional cards The instructions in this section help you install any of the following options Memory cards Printer memory Flash memory e Firmware cards Bar Code IPDS and SCS TNe PrintCryption e Other options Printer hard disk RS 232 serial interface card Parallel 1284 C interface card MarkNet N8000 series internal print servers also called internal network adapters or INAs A 4 Service Manual Accessing the printer system board You must access the printer system board to install printer memory flash memory a firmware card or an option card Note Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the system board access cover 1 Push the release latch and lower the multipurpose feeder 2 Push the release latch and open the top front cover 3 Press both side door latches and open the side door 4 Loosen but do not remove the six screws A on the shield Appendix A Options and features A 5 5 Slide the shield to the right and then remove it 6 Set the shield aside Use the illustration to locate the connector for the card you want to install Firmware card connector Option card connectors
286. nal factory settings Selections are Restore Base and Restore Network Network does not appear unless you have a network printer The following settings are not changed e Display language e Settings in the NETWORK PORTS MENU group Energy Conserve This menu controls what values appear on the Power Saver menu If Off is selected in Energy Conserve menu then Disabled appears in the Power Saver menu and Power Saver can be turned off If On is set in Energy Conserve the Power Saver feature cannot be disabled EVENT LOG The event log provides a history of printer errors The event log can only be printed in CONFIG MENU Additional options are available in DIAGNOSTICS See EVENT LOG on page 3 23 To print the event log 1 Select Print Log from EVENT LOG 2 Press Back orStop toreturnto EVENT LOG Note An event log printed from the CONFIG MENU will not contain debug information or secondary codes for 900 service errors However the event log printed from DIAGNOSTICS mode does include this information Paper Prompts When a tray is out of the indicated paper size a prompt is sent to the user to load paper in a tray This setting controls the tray the user is directed to fill Selections are Auto default MP Feeder and Manual Paper Env Prompts This setting controls the tray the user is directed to refill when specific envelope size is out The selections are Auto default MP Feeder and Manual Env Jobs On Disk I
287. narrow media fed through the printer Exit sensor open Exit sensor closed Exit sensor closed Narrow media sensor open Narrow media sensor closed Narrow media sensor open FRU Action 1 Fuser exit sensor exit sensor test Enter the Diagnostic mode select BASE SENSOR TEST select the Exit Sensor to test for proper operation If the exit sensor fails the test go to step 2 If the exit sensor passes go to step 5 2 Fuser exit sensor cable Check the fuser exit sensor cable for correct installation or for any signs of damage to the cable or connectors If no problem is found go to step 3 If a problem with the installation is found install the cable correctly If damage to the cable or connectors is found replace the cable 3 Fuser exit sensor flag Make sure the sensor flag is not binding and is operating properly If the sensor is operating properly go to step 4 If it is not operating properly repair or replace the sensor assembly See Fuser exit sensor removal on page 4 29 4 Fuser assembly Fuser exit sensor cable Fuser board Fuser to system board cable System board Check the continuity of the fuser exit sensor cable If incorrect replace the cable if correct check the continuity of the fuser to system board cable If incorrect replace the cable in correct replace the following FRUs in the order shown Fuser board e Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly r
288. nd for adding options such as additional input drawers output expander high capacity General information 1 5 Dimensions Description Height Width Depth Weight Printer Dell 5210n base printer 16 0 in 17 2 in 20 2 in 51 6 lb 406 mm 436 mm 513 mm 23 1 kg Dell 5310n base printer 16 in 17 2 in 20 2 in 51 6 lb 406 mm 436 mm 513 mm 23 1 kg Options Duplex 250 page option 2 13 in 15 6 in 23 4 in 11 1 Ib 54 mm 398 mm 595 mm 5 03 kg Duplex 500 page option 2 13 in 15 6 in 24 1 in 11 3 Ib 54 mm 398 mm 595 mm 5 1 kg 250 Sheet drawer 3 5 in 15 6 in 19 5 in 6 Ib 90 mm 398 mm 495 mm 2 7 kg 500 Sheet drawer 5 3 in 15 6 in 20 5 in 7 Ib 134 mm 398 mm 520 mm 3 2 kg 2 000 Sheet drawer 11 8 in 15 6 in 19 5 in 31 lb 300 mm 398 mm 495 mm 14 1 kg Output Expander 6 8 in 15 6 in 14 9 in 7 0 lb 173 2 mm 398 mm 374 mm 3 2 kg 5 Bin Mailbox 13 1 in 15 7 in 12 2 in 7 9 lb 332 mm 399 mm 310 mm 3 6 kg High capacity output stacker 11 4 in 15 7 in 18 in 10 Ib 290 mm 399 mm 457 mm 4 5 kg StapleSmart finisher 9 0 in 17 6 in 19 5 in 13 Ib 228 6 mm 447 7 mm 495 3 mm 5 9 kg Envelope option closed position A hi 7 72 in 4 lb 196 mm 1 8 kg Envelope option support fully E i 12 28 in 4 lb extended 312 mm 1 8 kg Printer cabinet 31 8 in 30 4 in 23 2 in 76 lb
289. ne go to Service error codes on page 2 8 and take the indicated action for that error Service error codes are indicated by a three digit error code followed by a period and additional numbers in the format XXX YY In most cases five digits are shown User status and attendance messages e User status messages provide the user with information on the current status of the printer Ready displays on the first line of the display unless invoked and then Power Saver displays If a user status message is displayed go to User status displays on page 2 31 User attendance messages are indicated by a two or three digit error code that provides the user with information that explains a problem with a print cartridge paper jam option port and so on If a user error message displays go to User attendance messages on page 2 32 and User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx on page 2 44 Additional information e Power On Self Test POST sequence on page 2 4 e Understanding the printer operator panel on page 2 2 e Understanding the menus on page 2 3 e Diagnostics mode on page 3 2 e Configuration menu CONFIG MENU on page 3 25 e Theory on page 3 31 e Paper feed jams on page 3 37 e Parts catalog on page 7 1 Diagnostic information 2 1 Understanding the printer operator panel The operator panel on your printer is a 4 line back lit gra
290. nel and navigation buttons are in a single kit 1 Remove the operator panel board See Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 2 Remove the functional rubber sheet A and the rubber dome sheet B 3 The navigation buttons and the select button can be removed by releasing the clips C on the back of the upper front cover 4 68 Service Manual Outer shield removal 1 Remove the left door See Left door removal on page 4 7 2 Loosen the outer shield mounting screws A and remove the shield by sliding up A 202 r a AA e B e 4 e A 202 Repair information 4 69 Paper alignment assembly removal 1 Remove the upper paper deflector assembly See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 2 Remove the inner paper deflector assembly See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 48 3 Release the input paper sensor from its mounting and remove 4 Remove the left door 5 Remove the paper alignment assembly mounting screws A A 6 Locate the paper alignment assembly reference adjustment screw B through the left frame and remove the screw 7 Remove the paper alignment assembly Note Do the Paper alignment assembly adjustment on page 4 3 when you reinstall the assembly 4 70 Service Manual Paper bin full sensor flag removal 1 2 3 4 Remove the mounting screws A from the left side Remove the left door See Left door
291. nents Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer 2 28 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 954 00 Replace the interconnect card See Interconnect card assembly removal on page 4 54 Warning When replacing any one of the following components Operator panel assembly or upper front cover System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer 955 00 Code CRC CRC failure or ECC code failure on the system board Replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 956 00 System board This error indicates a system board processor failure Replace the system board See
292. ng Power Source GG648 PWR SPLY HVPS 5210 310 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS w Screw for 5210n amp 5310n FRU HH250 PWR SPLY LVPS 100 110V 5310 Low Voltage Power Supply 100 110 V DAO Chablis FRU HH251 PWR SPLY LVPS 220V 5310 Low Voltage Power Supply 220 V EMEA Chablis FRU Software UP434 CDSK DRVR VSTA PTR 5210 5310N COMPACT DISKETTE DRIVER VSTA PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES CRU 5210 5310N Notes CRU Customer Replaceable Units refers to parts that can easily be replaced by the customer without sending an onsite technician FRU Field Replaceable Unit a part that can be replaced or added by onsite technician
293. nment assembly go to step A e Ifyou are only adjusting the reference adjustment screw go to step B Step A Print a copy of the Quick Test Page and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page These settings should be within the range specified in REGISTRATION on page 3 4 Do the reference adjustment if you are sure the margins are set correctly 1 Loosen the locknut on the inside rear of the alignment assembly 2 Remove the two screws holding the alignment assembly to the left side frame 3 Back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to allow the alignment assembly to be removed from the printer It is not necessary to completely remove the screw Nutdriver or Allen wrench 4 Install the new alignment assembly Turn the reference screw clockwise with a 7 mm nut driver or M3 Allen wrench until it touches the back of the reference plate and tighten the nut with a 5 5 mm wrench The reference adjustment screw can be adjusted without loosening the nut Turn the screw clockwise a few turns and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left margin Continue adjusting the screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want Repair information 4 3 Step B Print a copy of the Quick Test Page and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page These settings should be within the range specified in REGISTRATION on pa
294. nnect the fuser narrow media cable 3 Snap the bottom fastener of the sensor cover into place in the lower exit guide and rock the cover up until the top fastener snaps securely 4 Replace the screw securing the sensor cover 4 36 Service Manual Fuser narrow media flag and spring removal 1 Remove the fuser narrow media sensor See Fuser narrow media sensor removal on page 4 35 2 Note the position of the spring A in relation to the flag B 3 Carefully ease the right arm C of the sensor cover just far enough apart to release the flag and spring BA Spring replacement 1 Place the spring on the left pin A 2 Set the tang B on the flag Repair information 4 37 3 Rotate the bent end C of the spring to add tension place the pins between the sensor cover arms and rest the bent end against the sensor cover frame A Note After replacing the sensor flag and spring make sure the flag moves properly 4 38 Service Manual Fuser to LVPS AC cable removal p CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin Remove the fuser wick assembly cover See Fuser wiper cover assembly removal on page 4 5 Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 ee Disconnect the fuser to LVPS AC cable A from the fuser lamp connector on the fuser and remove the cable through the cable retainer B and the lo
295. nsor GH686 PTR CBL IEEE 1284 LT PRL BLK PRINTER PRINTER ACCESSORIES CABLE IEEE 1284 LT PARALLEL CRU BLACK KJ447 CORD PWR 250V 10A 2 5M C13 ISR Power cord set 8ft Right Angle Israel CRU MG931 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 UK Power cord set 8 ft right angle Arabic Austria Belgium Bluemark CRU CIS Czechoslovakia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Ireland Medmark 1 and 2 Netherlands Poland Portugal Russia Slavic countries Spain Turkey and UK MG939 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 ITL Power cord set 8 ft right angle Italy CRU RG105 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 EUR Power cord set 8 ft right angle Europe excluding UK Italy CRU RG327 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 DEN Power cord set 8ft Right angle Denmark Norway and Sweden CRU RG329 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 ISR Power cord set 8ft Right Angle Israel Obsolete Replace with KJ447 CRU TG462 CORD PWR 125V 2 5M C13 US Power cord set 8 ft right angle 13 amp United States CRU UGO7O CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 SWI Power cord set 8ft Right Angle Switzerland CRU UGO71 CORD PWR 250V 2 5M C13 SAF Power cord set 8ft Right Angle South Africa CRU WD420 CBL USB D4B 10 J LJ LT BLK CABLE USB D4B 10 IJ LJ LT BLACK CRU WG725 ASSY CBL LVPS SYS DC 5210 5310 LVPS to System DC Cable assembly FRU YG856 ASSY CBL ACON BTM FRT 5210 310 Autoconnect Cable Assembly Botton Front FRU YG860 ASSY CBL ACON TOP 5210 5310 Autoconnect Cable Assembly Top FRU YG861 ASSY CBL GROUND 5210 5310 Ground Cable Assembly
296. nsor possible accordion jam Fuser page count is not available e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 2 52 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 00 Paper jam at fuser exit or redrive area Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary
297. nt AC gap Fuser page count power paid 300 000 and Poor supply line voltage 922 42 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser reach the beginning a ireli check on page 2 89 lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 400 000 and 499 999 e Poor supply line voltage 922 43 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser lamp detection temperature but took longer than largest time in lookup table Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 Bad thermistor circuit or cabling e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC power e Poor supply line voltage check on page 2 89 2 18 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error SUb Description Possible causes Action code codes 922 44 Hot roll timed out in Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser trying to reach the final y e check on page 2 89 lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 400 000 and 499 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 45 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser detection did nat roll check on page 2 89 over to steady state control in time Fuser page c
298. ntact cover Warning Take care when removing the screw as the lamp is under spring tension When the contact is released damage to the lamp or contact may occur 4 Remove the left lamp contact assembly Repair information 4 33 5 Remove the fuser lamp Warning The lamp is under spring tension and care must be used when removing the lamp from the fuser Grip the lamp by the ceramic end piece and remove it from the fuser assembly Be careful not to touch the glass as skin oils and acids can reduce the life of the lamp lt Use the following table to identify and install the correct lamp Description P N Fuser Lamp 115 V 40X0122 Fuser Lamp 220 V 40X0123 4 34 Service Manual Fuser narrow media sensor removal 1 Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 2 Remove the screw A securing the narrow media sensor cover to the fuser 3 With a thumbnail release the catches B holding the sensor cover to the lower exit guide C in place Note You may need to move the narrow media flag out of the way to remove the sensor 4 Disconnect the fuser narrow media cable at the sensor 5 Release the catches holding the sensor in the cover Note Hold the narrow media flag out of the way to remove the sensor from the cover Repair information 4 35 Replacement 1 Move the narrow media flag out of the way to clip the sensor securely into the cover 2 Co
299. nted forms make sure the ink can withstand temperatures of 230 C 446 F Printing is too dark AN ABC DEF Change the Toner Darkness setting in the Quality menu Change the Brightness setting in the Quality menu Change the Contrast setting in the Quality menu Note Macintosh computer users should make sure the job lines per inch lpi setting is not set too high in the software application 3 34 Service Manual Problem Action Characters have jagged or uneven edges AN ABC DEF e Change the Print Resolution setting in the Quality menu to 600 dpi 1200 Image Q 1200 dpi or 2400 Image Q Enable Enhance Fine Lines See the tables on page Quality menu operator panel options on page 3 36 for more settings information e If you are using downloaded fonts verify the fonts are supported by the printer the host computer and the software application e Verify the print media type and print tray type settings match e Verify you are using the correct printer drivers Part or all of the page is printed in black Check the print cartridge to see if it is installed correctly The job prints but the top and side margins are incorrect ABC DEF Make sure the Paper Size setting in the Paper menu is correct Make sure the margins are set correctly in your software application Ghost images appear Make sure the Paper Type setting in the Paper menu is correc
300. ny are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 03 Page is covering narrow media sensor during warm up Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 If page is not visible from front or rear of machine partial piece of page may be torn off in fuser covering narrow media sensor Narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged damaged Check the fuser for any signs of a piece of media stuck in the fuser 202 04 Exit sensor bounced Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 06 Page is covering exit sensor during warm up Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 Something is keeping the exit sensor in a covered position A page may not have been cleared from a prior jam Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 2 54 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper han
301. o feed system 239 01 Jam declared by a smart e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option device Immediate stop slipping Timing error due to feed system 239 02 Jam declared by a smart e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option device Homing allowed stop slipping e Timing error due to feed system Diagnostic information 2 69 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 239 03 Duplex did not send e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option device Controls slipping response Timing error due to feed system 239 04 Duplex did not send e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option Input Device Ready slipping response Timing error due to feed system 239 05 Duplex did not send e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option Page In Output Device slipping response e Timing error due to feed system 239 06 Failed the last page of a Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option staple job slipping Timing error due to feed system 239 07 Engine never sent e Mechanical feed error due to belt Replace the duplex option Select OUtput Device to slipping the duplex unit because Timing error due to feed system the page leaving the duplex never sentSelect Input Device 239 08 Eng
302. o step 5 LVPS Unplug the AC line cord from the LVPS and disconnect the LVPS cable to the system board Reconnect the AC line cord and measure the voltage on CN2 1 on the LVPS The voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is correct go to step 6 If the voltage is incorrect replace the LVPS assembly See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 Features or option installed on the interconnect card assembly Warning Observe all the ESD precautions and turn the printer off before any feature or option cards are removed or replaced Remove one option feature at a time to help isolate the failing part Replace the faulty part LVPS fuse F1 primary power Unplug the AC line cord remove the LVPS from the printer and check the continuity of fuse F1 See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 If continuity is correct replace the LVPS assembly If the voltage is incorrect replace the LVPS assembly Loads connected to the system board Turn the printer off and disconnect each cable connected to the system board and each option installed on the system board until the problem is located Warning When removing any card installed on the system board observe all ESD precautions when handling these options Diagnostic information 2 81 Duplex option service check Messages displayed when a 23x Duplex Paper Jam displays 23x Paper Jam Check Du
303. o to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 30 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 31 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Main drive motor not working Check the motor connections to motor and system board If no problem is found go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 2 48 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 32 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser a
304. of the toroid on the autoconnect cable of the lower autoconnect Check the voltages on each of the autoconnects If the toroid was moved make sure to move it back to its original position on the cable If the voltages are correct replace the control board If the voltages are incorrect replace the failing autoconnect assembly 2 72 Service Manual 271 xx Paper Jam Check Bin 1 displays FRU Action Bottom pass thru sensor flag assembly Control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct make sure the bottom pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J5 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J5 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J5 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the control board 274 xx Paper Jam Check Bin 4 displays Service tip When a 274 xx Paper Jam Check Bin 4 message displays a problem exists with the top pass thru sensor assembly or the control board FRU Action Top pass thru sensor flag assembly Control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct check to make sur
305. og a ada oA la gers Wow eats 3 29 Menu settingS pagesas sae ngrai aai p E ed weeds ap ey ecules gies by a ee ee 3 30 Printing menu settings page se crire eee eee Patin 3 30 INCA Vitis ia A A AS A Aa 3 31 Autocompensator operation cima e ee ee eee 3 31 Autoconnect system paper tray options envelope feeder electrical oo o ooooo 3 32 Autoconnect cabling and connectors 0 eee 3 32 Duplex Optom sirr cece pele dy Qed se a eee NE Sen ewes bodes cel Oh e ees 3 32 Option microcode se niee nera a Dd a de Bed ee eee ee ee Pe 3 32 Print quality troubleshooting 0 ccc eee eee eee eee eee eee 3 33 Paper t ed aMS 000 a nnen minke hn eri aaa ee oe ae 3 37 Access doors and trays er acini densata piocoa A de Ode whens hau pees DAN E 3 37 Clearing printer jams rirani ei AR Gee eA a Se a ie ei ieee ats 3 37 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder 00 cece ett tenes 3 38 260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder 0 0 tte eens 3 39 LINO 2AX JAMS ss Se he Salas es hatte teases fase teste ay dee Ca Seas 3 40 200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge 0 2 cece tetas 3 41 Service Manual 202 Paper Jam Open Rear DO0OF ooococccccc eens 3 43 23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Door 1 0 tte 3 44 270 and 280 Paper JaMS ei pies eg ca eben ae Bee eee eae web ER Poe A eed 3 45 27x Paper Jam Check Bin X reri sce eee bebe ee be bed eed et eed ete tendons 3 45 28x Paper Jam Check Finisher 0 0 eect teens
306. oltages are correct reinstall the output option and note the positions of the toroids on the autoconnect cables on the upper and lower assemblies and check the voltages on the autoconnects If all voltages are correct and the lower assembly is failing replace the lower control board Otherwise replace the High capacity output stacker option 202 xx Paper Jam Open Rear Door displays and a sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag or 202 xx Paper Jam Open Rear Door displays a sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even though bin x is selected and paper exits half way out of the redrive assembly Service tip For this type of problem check the Base printer sub error codes on page 2 9 They can help isolate the problem A 202 paper jam message can also occur prior to the high capacity output stacker pass thru sensors FRU Action 1 Lower Pass Thru Sensor Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or Flag Assembly interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct check to make sure the lower pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J3 on the lower control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the hi
307. on Perform the defragment operation Delete fonts macros and other data in RAM Install additional memory e Press to display Busy Waiting The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 39 XX Complex Page This message displays when the page is too complex to print The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message and continue the job Some data loss may occur Simplify the print job and reprint if necessary e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following selections are possible Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 50 XX PPDS Font Error This message displays when the PPDS interpreter has encountered a font error Note This error may only occur when the printer is formatting PPDS print data The following actions may be taken e Press to clear the message and continue processing the job e Press until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 51 XX Defective Flash This message displays when the printer detects a defective flash This error may occur at power on or during flash format and write operations Press to clear the message The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues Flash operations are not allowed until the problem is resolved Diagnostic information 2 39 User attendance messages continued
308. on page 2 106 Diagnostic information 2 47 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 22 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 24 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check fuser for wear or contamination If problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be functioning properly G
309. on the system board and to CN2 on the LVPS If the cable is not seated or installed properly reseat the cable and retry the printer If the cable is installed correctly replace the following FRUs in the order shown LVPS assembly See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 System board assembly See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 LVPS to system board cable Fuser assembly If no problem is found up to this point then replace the following in the order shown Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 System board assembly See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 e LVPS See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 2 88 Service Manual 922 xx Cold fuser check Error codes 920 xx and 922 xx may display for a cold fuser failure Some 920 xx error codes may be cleared by turning the printer on and off and allowing it to complete POR working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in i CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are order to perform the task Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check In Diagnostics mode select EP SETUP and Fuser Temp FRU Action 1 Fuser lamp Remove the fuser assembly and check to make sure the correct fuser lamp has been insta
310. oning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 21 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 57 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 22 Exit sensor covered too long Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl
311. op This message displays when an error has occurred during the staple priming operation This message not only notifies the user that a specific error interfered with the priming but allows the user to request the process begin again The following actions are available e Press to restart the priming operation e Press or to cancel the priming operation 2 36 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Error Sub rare code code Primary message Description action Reattach Bins x y Bins 1 to 5 Bins 2 to 6 or Bins 6 to 10 Bins x y This messages displays for the following conditions e The specified output bins may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The option s may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken e If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it e Press to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Input tray s ser
312. oper drive assembly parts 7 22 removal 4 25 developer drive coupler kit 4 26 diagnostics mode 3 2 accessing 3 1 available tests 3 2 BASE SENSOR TEST 3 18 DEVICE TESTS Disk Test Clean 3 19 Flash Test 3 19 Quick Disk Test 3 18 DUPLEX TESTS Duplex Feed 1 3 12 Duplex Feed 2 3 12 Motor Test 3 11 Quick Test 3 9 Sensor Test 3 10 Top Margin 3 10 EP SETUP Charge Roll 3 22 EP Defaults 3 22 Fuser Page Count 3 22 Fuser Temp 3 22 Gap Adjust 3 22 Print Contrast 3 22 Transfer 3 22 Warm Up Time 3 22 EVENT LOG Clear Log 3 24 Display Log 3 23 Print Log 3 23 exiting 3 4 FINISHER TESTS Feed Test 3 17 Sensor Test 3 17 Staple Test 3 17 HARDWARE TESTS Button Test 3 7 CACHE Test 3 8 DRAM Test 3 7 Panel Test 3 7 parallel wrap tests 3 8 serial wrap tests 3 9 INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Test 3 13 Sensor Test 3 13 l 2 Service Manual OUTPUT BIN TESTS Diverter Test 3 16 Feed Test 3 14 Feed to All Bins 3 14 Sensor Tests 3 15 PRINT TESTS input source 3 6 Prt Quality Pgs 3 6 PRINTER SETUP Configuration ID 3 21 Defaults 3 20 Edge to Edge 3 21 engine settings 3 20 Envelope Enhance 3 20 Model Name 3 20 Page Count 3 20 Par x Strobe Adj 3 21 Perm Page Count 3 20 Serial Number 3 20 REGISTRATION 3 4 Diverter Test 3 16 DRAM Test 3 7 duplex option parts catalog 7 46 service check 2 82 duplex tests Duplex Feed 1 3 12 Duplex Feed 2 3 12 Motor Test 3 11 Quick Test 3 9 Sensor Test 3 10 Top Margin 3 10 E envelope feeder parts catalog 7 47
313. opes capacity will vary depending on the media weight A 18 Service Manual Output bins continued Each bin accommodates How many Binis Output Pri can ne allowed to Illustration of output bin bin name print media rinter installed on twith Models the printer SOmneciwi Output 650 sheets 5210n 3 1 5 bin expander 75 g m of plain 5310n mailbox 1 lt a paper high capacity SS e 50 envelopes output stacker lt r D PAS 75 g m3 or 1 finisher LESA Ss 5 bin 120 sheets 5210n 2 1 output mailbox 75 g m of plain paper 5310n expander or for each of the five bins 1 finisher for a total of 600 for all bins See the Setup Guide for information on how to install options in relation to each other Appendix A Options and features A 19 Linking output bins Linking output bins lets you create a single output source so the printer can automatically switch output to the next available bin You can also set the output type for media such as card stock or envelope sizes that cannot be sent to an optional output bin For more information on the values available to configure your output bins refer to the Menus and Messages Guide Note The bin sequence for linking always starts with the Standard Bin and proceeds from the Bin nearest to the floor to the Bin farthest from the floor To link output bins 1 Press on the operator
314. or Fuser page count P ge between 0 and 99 999 925 02 Too hot to do lamp Attempting to POR machine after Go to 925 xx Hot fuser detection and NVRAM receiving a 925 01 service check on page 2 91 bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 925 11 Lamp detection 115 V lamp in 220 V printer Go to 925 xx Hot fuser performed and found Lamp has excessive wattage service check on page 2 91 error Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 925 12 Too hot to do lamp Attempting to POR machine after Go to 925 xx Hot fuser detection and NVRAM receiving a 925 01 service check on page 2 91 bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 925 21 Lamp detection 115 V lamp in 220 V printer Go to 925 xx Hot fuser performed and found Lamp has excessive wattage service check on page 2 91 error Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 925 22 Too hot to do lamp Attempting to POR machine after Go to 925 xx Hot fuser detection and NVRAM receiving a 925 01 service check on page 2 91 bit indicates previous wrong lamp detected Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 925 31 Lamp detection 115 V lamp in 220 V printer Go to 925 xx Hot fuser service check on page 2 91 2 22 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error code Sub codes Description Poss
315. or cable is connected to the envelope system board If correct replace the envelope feeder option 260 xx Paper Jam displays unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the hopper Kick rolls are not rotating FRU Action 1 Clutch latch assembly Check the clutch latch assembly to make sure it moves freely If correct replace the envelope feeder option 260 xx Paper Jam displays unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the hopper Kick rolls are rotating Check the deflector gap adjustment before continuing this service check FRU Action 1 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too narrow 2 Weight assembly Check the weight assembly to make sure it moves up and down freely without any binds Make sure the weight assembly rests on all the rear kick rollers when the hopper is empty If the weight assembly is damaged or does not operate properly replace the envelope feeder assembly 3 Envelope edge guide Check the envelope edge guide to make sure it is not warped or set too close to the envelopes in the hopper If the edge guide is damaged or does not operate properly replace the envelope feeder option Diagnostic information 2 85 260 xx Paper Jam displays envelope stops in feeder paper path FRU Action 1 Kick rolls feed rolls drive rolls Check all the rolls for oil grease or other contamin
316. or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly e Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 91 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count is not available Main drive motor not working Check the connections to the motor and system board If not problem is found go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 Diagnostic information 2 51 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 92 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count is not available Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 94 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media se
317. or may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 Diagnostic information 2 63 User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx sensor during warm up Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data covered position A page may not have been cleared from a prior jam Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 202 52 Exit sensor covered too Page may be jammed in fuser exit or Make sure the redrive door long Fuser page count redrive area is complete closed stopped at 500 000 to Check the fuser for an z y preserve data signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 53 Page is covering narrow If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area media sensor during of the printer a partial piece ofa around the fuser assembly for warm up Fuser page page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of deb
318. or panel cable is in the cable clip C if removed Repair information 4 13 Upper front cover latch removal 1 Remove the upper front cover 2 Remove the screw A holding the latch and spring to the upper front cover 4 14 Service Manual Upper front cover outer bezel removal 1 Open the lower front cover 2 Open the upper front cover 3 Remove the two small upper front cover outer bezel mounting screws A 4 Pull up to remove the outer bezel Note If available place a soft clean cloth on the open lower front cover The clear inner bezel B is not connected and may fall The cloth may prevent scratches on the bezel Repair information 4 15 Multipurpose feeder lower front cover assembly removal 1 Open the multipurpose tray to a position that allows the left and right tray hinge slots A to align with the D shape mounting posts B Pull upward on each tray hinge to remove the tray from the two mounting posts Warning Be careful not to break or stress the hinges 2 Remove the multipurpose tray lower front cover assembly 4 16 Service Manual Left cover handle holder removal Open the left side cover Remove the outer system board shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 69 Remove the two screws A holding the top of the left handle holder in place Use the tab B to lift out the left handle holder a ia Right cover handle holder removal 1 Remove the right side cover See
319. ore purchasing large quantities By selecting the appropriate print media and loading it properly you can avoid most jams The following hints can help you avoid jams Print area Use only recommended print media Do not overload the print media sources Make sure the stack height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the stack line on the labels in the sources Do not load wrinkled creased damp or curled print media Flex fan and straighten print media before you load it If jams do occur with print media try feeding one sheet at a time through the multipurpose feeder Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself Do nat mix print media sizes weights or types in the same print media source Make sure the recommended print side is loaded in the source according to your simplex or duplex needs Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment See Storing print media on page 1 19 Do not remove trays during a print job Push all trays in firmly after loading them Make sure the guides in the trays are properly positioned for the size of print media you have loaded Make sure the guides are not placed too tightly against the stack of print media The printable area is limited to within 4 2 mm 0 167 in of all edges of the media Any information placed outside this specified printable area does not print Tools required Flat blade screwdrivers various sizes Phillips screwdrivers various
320. orrect disconnect the cable at J9 and check the voltage again If the voltage continues to be incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option system board If the voltage measures correctly check the cable Ifthe cable is damaged replace as necessary If no problem is found with the cable replace the high capacity feeder option control board 24x xx Paper Jam displays paper jammed over the pass thru sensor Where x the printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs For example 242 xx is a Paper Jam Tray 2 FRU Action Pass thru sensor and flag assembly The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper actuating the pass thru sensor Remove any jammed sheets of paper from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the diagnostics menu If the test fails check the sensor for correct installation and the flag for proper operation Also check the sensor cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system board If incorrect replace the tray x option pass thru sensor assembly Power takeoff shaft and spring bevel gear feed roll gear drive roll assembly wear plate drive shaft bearings and skewed backup roller Check these parts for signs of broken or damaged parts contamination on the drive rollers or wear plate and wear or damage to the drive shaft bearings Check t
321. ote The Parallel Wrap Test is designed to check the parallel port hardware by using a wrap plug P N 1319128 and invoking the Parallel Diagnostic Test This test helps isolate the printer from the parallel cable and host The test provides failure information on the display for approximately three seconds If the test indicates that a problem is detected replace the controller board Print quality service check Service tip Before troubleshooting any print quality problems do the following e Install another print cartridge if available before proceeding with the service checks Use Tray 1 to test for print quality of the base printer Replace the charge roll if it is damaged or contaminated e Replace the transfer roll if it is damaged or contaminated Make sure the fuser assembly is installed correctly e Verify proper paper type texture and weight settings for the media being used e Test the printer using plain paper 20 Ib Select the following menu settings as indicated Be sure and note the original settings so you can return the printer to the original customer printer setup e Print Resolution Set to 300 dpi print quality problems should be checked at different resolution settings e Print Darkness Set to NORMAL e Toner Saver Set to OFF e PQET Set to OFF e Fuser Temperature Set to NORMAL e Test the printer using plain paper 20 Ib An incorrect printer driver for the installed software can cause proble
322. ount between 400 000 and 499 999 922 46 Hot roll did not reach e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser operating temperature in 7 ironii check on page 2 89 time new enhanced Bad thermistor circuit or cabling control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count between 400 000 power and 499 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 47 Fuser has taken too long e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser to reach desired Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature after f increasing interpage Excessive load on the fuser gap Fuser page count A ivi ei between 400 000 and ae ia receiving sufficient AC 499 999 l Poor supply line voltage 922 52 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser reach the beginning s Si check on page 2 89 lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count stopped at power 500 000 to preserve Poor supply line voltage data 922 53 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser lamp detection A ironii check on page 2 89 temperature but took Bad thermistor circuit or cabling longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC in lookup table Fuser power page count stopped at A i 500 000 to preserve Poor supply line voltage data 922 54 Hot roll
323. ount stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Page jammed on fuser input guide e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor is not functioning correctly e Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 54 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly e Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 e If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 90 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count is not available Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter
324. ove the tray from the support unit Remove all packing material and tape from both the support unit and the tray LER Decals Appendix A Options and features A 1 2 Place the support unit on top of any previously installed drawers or the table or printer cabinet where you plan to use the printer The tab A round peg B and square holes C on top of any drawer help you position the support unit so the edges are aligned properly Make sure the support unit is securely in place A 3 Attach another optional drawer a duplex unit or the printer You can attach a label to the trays to indicate the tray number A 2 Service Manual Installing a duplex unit The duplex unit attaches under the printer below the standard tray and above any drawers Note Two optional duplex units are available The 250 sheet duplex unit only works with printers that have a 250 sheet standard tray and the 500 sheet duplex unit only works with printers that have a 500 sheet standard tray Make sure you have the appropriate duplex unit for the tray size installed in the printer 1 Place the duplex unit on top of any installed drawers or the table or printer cabinet where you plan to use the printer The tab A round peg B and square holes C on top of any drawer help you position the duplex unit so the edges are aligned properly Make sure it is securely in place Appendix A Options and features A 3 Installing memory or optio
325. page 2 106 Motor is type 1 y Sy 937 5 Overspeed detected Faulty motor sensor Go to Main drive service during position control Faulty system board check on page 2 106 Motor is type 0 937 51 Overspeed detected Faulty motor sensor Go to Main drive service during position control A check on page 2 106 Motor is type 1 Faulty system board 937 Y Loss of lock detected by e Defective motor cable Go to Main drive service higher level code Motor Defective main drive motor check on page 2 106 is type 0 e Paper jams 937 11 Loss of lock detected by Defective motor cable Go to Main drive service higher level code Motor Defective main drive motor check on page 2 106 is type 1 e Paper jams 937 80 Driver over temperature e Excessive gear loading in gearbox Go to Main drive service detection Motor is assembly check on page 2 106 type 0 939 00 RIP engine System board POR the printer several times if communications lost the error code continues to be displayed replace the system board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 940 00 LVPS zero crossing test e Incorrect LVPS installed Check to make sure the correct failed LVPS assembly has been Noisy AC power source installed If the correct supply is e LVPS to system board cable loose installed check to make sure the LVPS to system board cable is installed correctly If correct replace the LVPS assembly See Low volta
326. paper size envelope size PCL symbol set code pages and units of measure Warning Changing this setting resets the printer to factory defaults and data may be lost It cannot be undone Page Count The page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed To view the page count 1 Select Page Count from PRINTER SETUP 2 Press Back toreturnto PRINTER SETUP Perm Page Count permanent page count The permanent page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed To view the permanent page count 1 Select Perm Page Count from PRINTER SETUP 2 Press Back __ to return to PRINTER SETUP Serial Number The serial number can only be viewed and cannot be changed To view the serial number 1 Select Serial number from PRINTER SETUP 2 Press Back __ to return to PRINTER SETUP Envelope Enhance This setting affects the level of the fuser solenoid To set Envelop Enhance 1 Select Envelope Enhance from PRINTER SETUP 2 Select Low Medium or High The default is Medium 3 Press Back _ to return to PRINTER SETUP Engine Setting 1 through 4 Warning Do not change these settings unless requested to do so by your next level of support Model Name The model name can only be viewed and cannot be changed 3 20 Service Manual Configuration ID The two configuration IDs are used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined using hardware sensors The configuration IDs are originally set at the
327. pears on line 2 of the display and the job is printed without hole punching The message remains until the box is emptied If this message continues to be displayed when the box has been emptied go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Insert Box M This message is displayed when the hole punch box is missing or installed incorrectly The message is displayed during any of the following times regardless of the hole punch alarm setting At BST After the finisher side door has been closed e Before the first page of a job requesting hole punch The message displays once per job The following actions can be taken e Install the hole punch box e Press to ignore the message The Box M Missing message appears on the status line A job that is set for hole punching will not be punched The message continues to display on all subsequent jobs that request hole punching If this message cannot be cleared after inserting the box go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 124 Insert Cartridge or Close Door This message displays when the printer front door is open or the print cartridge is missing If this message cannot be cleared go to Cover closed switch cable service check on page 2 80 Insert Staple Cartridge This message displays when the staple cartridge is missing or installed incorrectly The message appears regardless of the Staple Alarm setting at th
328. perator panel board removal on page 4 67 If this does not fix the problem check the operator panel cable If a problem is found replace the upper front cover hinge assembly See Upper front cover hinge assembly removal on page 4 79 No buttons work FRU Action 1 Operator panel board If none of the buttons work replace the operator panel board see Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 If a 950 xx error code is displayed after replacing the operator panel go to 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure on page 2 77 Diagnostic information 2 107 Operator panel display Service tip The printer has detected a problem with the system board the operator panel cable part of the upper front cover hinge assembly or the operator panel board if POST does not complete the printer emits 5 beeps and stops in a continuous pattern until the printer is turned off Note If the operator panel is operating properly except for a pel or a few pels missing or broken run the Panel Test on page 3 7 from the hardware tests before continuing with this service check FRU Action 1 Operator panel cable Check for proper installation of the cable at the system board J13 and at the operator panel Check the continuity of the operator panel cable Ifincorrect replace the upper front cover hinge assembly See Upper front cover hinge assembly removal on page 4 79
329. pick arm rollers for sign of glazing toner assembly or other buildup Replace as necessary Wear strips Check the wear strips for glazing or contamination Replace as required It is advisable to replace all four wear strips at the same time 2 98 Service Manual The elevator tray does not move up or down the printer recognizes that the option is installed FRU Action 1 DC drive motor high capacity feeder option system board Be sure the motor cable is correctly installed at J1 on the board Check the cables damaged or loose wires Disconnect the motor Check for a short between each pin and the motor housing If a problem is found replace the motor assembly If no problem is found measure the resistance between the following pins on the motor cable connector Pins 1 brown and pin 2 Yellow The resistance measures between approximately 7 5 and 10 5 ohms If incorrect replace the motor assembly If correct replace the high capacity feeder option system board The elevator moves in one direction only FRU Action 1 DC drive motor assembly high capacity feeder system board Check the voltages at J1 on the high capacity system board The voltages measure approximately as follows Pin Color Voltage Static motor not running J1 1 Brown 0Vdc J1 2 Yellow 0 V dc Motor running forward J1 1 Brown 0Vdc J1 2 Yellow 24Vdc Motor
330. plex Leave Job in Finisher Primary message If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the Secondary message jam clearance procedure Obviously if no sheets have accumulated for stapling then no message flashing occurs and the primary message is used When the secondary message is posted if accumulated sheets are removed during jam clearance the printer does not reprint the removed sheets Furthermore after the printer resumes printing and the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam is not stapled Duplex paper jams 23x xx jam code Jam location 231 xx Media did not arrive at the duplex input sensor but did leave the fuser exit sensor 232 xx Media did not clear the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer fuser exit sensor 233 xx Media failed to make the duplex double feed sensor during turnaround 234 xx Media did not arrive at the duplex exit sensor 235 xx A piece of media is over the duplex double feed sensor 236 xx Media did not leave the duplex exit sensor 237 xx A duplexed sheet did not reach the printer input sensor 238 xx r A piece of media is over the duplex sensors during a reset Duplex does not recognize that the option is installed or other o
331. ply line voltage 922 33 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature but took F A e RAE longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficien in lookup table Fuser power oO ena soo cue Poor supply line voltage 922 34 Hot roll timed out in e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser trying to reach the final Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 lamp detection temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 300 000 and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 35 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser detection did not roll check on page 2 89 over to steady state control in time Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 922 36 Hot roll did not reach _ e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser operating temperature in Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 time new enhanced o g control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count between 300 000 power and 399 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 37 Fuser has taken too long Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser to reach desired Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature after increasing interpage e Fuser not receiving sufficie
332. power on and power off If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 3 3 Factory defaults Restore factory defaults See Factory Defaults on page 3 28 This resets the non critical areas of the user NVRAM If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 4 4 Sub error codes With Error Code 900 displayed press and Record the complete list of Sub Error Codes on the display Check the Base printer sub error codes on page 2 9 If none of the Sub Error Codes are listed then call your next level of support or call Dell Diagnostic information 2 75 927 xx Fan service check 927 xx can be used for the main fan or the cartridge fan e Main fan 927 00 927 01 and 927 03 through 927 07 e Cartridge fan 927 02 Main fan Service tip The main fan runs at full speed at the end of POR or when the printer is printing It will only run half speed when the printer is in the Ready state and not printing FRU Action 1 Main fan Check the main fan to make sure it is plugged into J4 on the system board If the fan cable id correctly connected to J4 check the cable and the cable connector for any signs of damage If damaged replace the main fan assembly See Main fan removal on page 4 57 If undamaged go to step 2 2 Main fan Turn the printer off and check the main fan for any signs of blockage of the fan blades If there is any sign of blockage remove the blockage
333. presents a repeating defect that occurs every 28 3 mm 1 11 in which means the charge rollers may need to be replaced Note If the defect appears on the printed side of a single sided print job replace the toner cartridge before replacing the fuser Replace the toner cartridge Replace the fuser 47 8 mm 96 8 mm 88 0 mm 95 2 mm 1 88 in 3 81 in 3 46 in 3 75 in Replace the transfer roller 51 7 mm 2 04 in Replace the charge rollers 28 3 mm 1 11 in AC Inlet USB Device Port Dell 5210n 5310n 4061 Wiring diagram Autoconnect Top J1 J7 J17 Ethernet J16 J19 009900000000 o O 00000000000 Printhead papatifiofo s 7 6151413 Toroid Toroid al Ol E Toroid Z 2 iz Oo zZ l8lz 513 Hali Si mz a llall 1 X ar 26 9 8 lolcu loo galz lollo g i z fi oalon Slano DEER S S alos ouuo ma oo o o oJS S So Zz ZO 23202 Z Z 2 2 3 3 3 Z Z ASS SFS S S S S S GTASRSS 352820 EshehpoyeTs 7TeTsT T3 p2hifofs sy 776 5 413 COV CLOSE MAINFAN Cover Closed Cartridge Switch STD Bin HOP LED Gnd HOP FULL CN 12C DAT LS 12C CLK LS 3 3VDC ExitSens Thumpret
334. prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing fibers carpets and furniture Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist Connect the wrist band to the system ground point This discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine Hold the ESD sensitive part by its edge connector shroud cover do not touch its pins If you are removing a pluggable module use the correct tool Do not place the ESD sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table if you need to put down the ESD sensitive part for any reason first put it into its special bag Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds They increase the risk of damage because they make a discharge path from your body through the ESD sensitive part Large metal objects can be discharge paths without being grounded Prevent ESD sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel Install machine covers when you are not working on the machine and do not put unprotected ESD sensitive parts on a table If possible keep all ESD sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet case Be extra careful in working with ESD sensitive parts when cold weather heating is used because low humidity increases static electricity Repair information 4 1 Adjustment procedures Fuser solenoid adjustment Perform the fuser solenoid adjustment whenever you replace the fuser solenoid Adjust the fuser solenoid while installed in the printer Adjust the screw on the
335. printer feeds a separate piece of media to the standard bin first then it feeds a separate piece of media to each output bin installed in the following order KEN en Output bins ae een Output bins shar oe Output bins 1 Standard bin 9 Bin 8 17 Bin 5 2 Bin 1 10 Bin 9 18 Bin 4 3 Bin 2 11 Bin 10 19 Bin 3 4 Bin 3 12 Bin 10 20 Bin 2 5 Bin 4 13 Bin 9 21 Bin 1 6 Bin 5 14 Bin 8 22 Standard bin 7 Bin 6 15 Bin 7 8 Bin 7 16 Bin 6 The test is continuous until Stop is pressed Press Back to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS 3 14 Service Manual Sensor Test standard output bin This test is used to verify if the standard bin sensor is working correctly To run the Sensor Test for the standard bin 1 2 3 5 Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS Select Standard Bin from Sensor Tests Select NearFull or Full sensor to test The following screen is displayed Standard Bin x Full Open NearFull Open e Fuli Bin full sensor e NearFull Bin near full sensor Manually actuate the bin sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor The display indicates Open when the flag is out of the sensor and Closed when the flag is in the sensor Press Back rStop _ to exit the test Sensor Test Output Expander This test is used to determine whether or not the output bin sensor is working correctly for the output expander if installed 1 2
336. printing from Power Saver on full size media seconds Simplex Letter 25 3 28 2 28 2 The test job consists of the character A followed by a form feed single page job The first copy time is defined as the elapsed time from pressing Enter on the PC keyboard to the page exiting to the output bin All tests pick paper from the indicated tray and the page exits into the primary output bin 1 4 Service Manual Memory configuration Models Memory type T640 T642 T644 T640n T642n 5210n T644n 5310n Standard DRAM MB 64 128 128 Optional memory MB 100 pin DDR SDRAM unbuffered DIMMs 128 256 and 512MB available Maximum MB 576 640 640 Optional flash memory 32 and 64 MB available Note One firmware card and one flash memory card are supported Either slot supports both card types Depending upon the options and features used additional memory may be required to optimize performance Available memory options Optional 128MB 256MB and 512MB SDRAM DIMMs are available from Dell The memory options are 168 pin synchronous DRAM DIMMs Flash memory options include 32MB and 64MB Operating clearances Printer side Measurement Left and right side 12 in 30 48 cm Front 20 in 50 8 cm Rear 12 in 30 48 cm Top 54 in 137 16 cm output stacker or StapleSmart finisher Allow clearance above the printer front door clearance a
337. ption or pkg Description 35 1 40X3249 1 1 Complete option assembly A4 2 99A1818 1 1 Wear dimple strip 3 99A0681 4 1 Wear strip 4 40X3254 1 1 Front door assembly 5 56P4157 1 2 Door hinge 6 4 1 Parts packet 6 32 hinge mounting nut PP 99A0676 7 4 1 Parts packet hinge mounting flat washer PP 99A0677 8 4 1 Parts packet hinge mounting star washer PP 99A0677 9 40X3252 1 1 2000 sheet option control card assembly 10 99A0658 2 2 Door magnet Parts catalog 7 59 Assembly 36 High capacity feeder 2 7 60 Service Manual Assembly 36 High capacity feeder 2 Asm Part Units Units kit ae Description Index number option or pkg 36 1 99A0654 1 1 Paper low switch 2 Parts packet nuts PP 99A0676 3 40X3262 1 1 AC external jumper cord 4 40X2669 1 1 Power supply board Parts catalog 7 61 Assembly 37 High capacity feeder 3 Zo ia Asm Part Units Units kit pte B Description Index number option or pkg 37 1 99A0275 2 99A0272 1 1 1 1 Power takeoff spring Drive shaft 250 sheet 7 62 Service Manual Assembly 38 High capacity feeder 4 sr fem ar Us nte script 38 1 3 Parts packet auto comp assembly mounting screw PP 9940263 2 40X3255 1 1 Pick arm assembly 2000 sheet 3 40X4308 2 2 Pick roll assembly 4 40X3233 1 1 Option pass thru sensor
338. ptions below the duplex are installed FRU Action 1 Autoconnect cables Check the top and bottom autoconnect connectors for signs of connections damage If damaged replace the duplex option If not damaged option Note Before proceeding with the following service checks verify the media used in the duplex option meets specification and is not dog eared or damaged in any way See Media specifications on page 1 9 2 82 Service Manual check the cables are correctly connected to the duplex system board at J9 J10 J11 and J12 If no problem is found replace the duplex 231 xx Jam displays on the operator panel FRU Action 1 Fuser exit sensor Check the sheet of media is leaving the exit sensor in the fuser and feeding properly into the duplex option Check the duplex link for correct operation and any signs of damage If the problem is prior to the duplex input sensor and in the base machine repair as necessary If the jam occurs in the duplex option prior to the duplex input sensor go to step 2 2 Duplex input sensor If the paper does not reach the duplex input sensor make sure the sensor is connected to the duplex system board If correct check for any paper or other objects that might cause a paper jam If none are found replace the duplex option assembly 232 xx Jam displays on the operator panel FRU Action 1 Duplex input sensor If the paper reaches the dupl
339. pts fail to correct a background problem 2 Transfer roll assembly Check the high voltage contact from the HVPS to the transfer roll Check the transfer arm assembly right side bearing for contamination pitting or a loose cable to the bearing If any problems are found replace the defective part Check the transfer roll shaft for contamination wear or pitting on the ends of the shaft that go into the bearings If a problem is found clean the ends of the shaft or replace the transfer roll assembly 3 High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure they are clean and not bent deformed or pitted If incorrect replace the contact Diagnostic information 2 119 FRU Action 4 System board HVPS connector Check the following voltages at J15 on the system board Measure the voltages from J15 to printer ground Pin J15 Voltage approximate Printer idle J15 1 0V de J15 2 4 V dc J15 4 0 Vdc Printer printing J15 1 0Vdc b Vdc J15 2 0Vdc b 4 V de J15 4 0 V de to 1 9 V de If J15 1 voltage is incorrect check the continuity of the front harness cable J15 1 line If there is no continuity replace the harness cable If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board If J15 2 voltage is incorrect or if the voltage remains at O V dc check the continuity of
340. put expander output sensor test 3 15 parts catalog 7 48 7 49 service check 2 111 output expander control board 5 11 P packaging 7 69 page count Fuser Page Count 3 22 Page Count 3 20 permanent page count 3 20 Panel Test 3 7 paper and media specifications 1 9 paper bin full sensor flag 4 71 paper deflector assembly inner 4 48 upper 4 80 paper feed jams 200 and 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge 3 41 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door 3 43 23x and 24x jams 3 40 23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Door 3 44 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder 3 38 260 Paper Jam Check Env Feeder 3 39 270 and 280 Paper Jams 3 45 27x Paper Jam Check Bin x 3 45 28x Paper Jam Check Finisher 3 46 access doors and trays 3 37 clearing 3 37 paper jam error codes 2 44 paper size sensing board 2 114 4 72 paper support removal 4 6 parallel wrap tests 3 8 part number index 2 9 parts catalog 250 sheet paper drawer option 7 42 250 sheet paper tray option 7 43 500 sheet paper drawer option 7 44 500 sheet paper tray option 7 45 5 bin mailbox 7 54 7 56 cabling 7 34 7 35 7 36 7 38 7 40 covers 7 2 drives main drive and developer drive 7 22 duplex option 7 46 electronics card assemblies 7 30 power supplies 7 28 shields 7 32 envelope feeder 7 47 frame 7 4 7 6 7 8 high capacity feeder 7 58 7 60 7 62 7 63 high capacity output expander 7 50 7 51 hot roll fuser 7 24 integrated paper tray 250 sheet 7 18 integrated paper tray 500 sheet 7 20 kiosk vertical and hor
341. r 2 Push the release latch and open the top front cover CAUTION The inside of the printer is hot 3 Lift and pull the print cartridge out of the printer Warning Do not touch the photoconductor drum on the underside of the cartridge Use the cartridge handle whenever you are holding the cartridge Diagnostic aids 3 41 4 Place the print cartridge aside Note Do not leave the cartridge exposed to light for extended periods Note The print media may be covered with unfused toner which can stain garments and skin 5 Pull the print media up and toward you Warning If the print media does not move immediately when you pull stop pulling You need to access the print media from the printer rear door Reinstall the toner cartridge Close the top front cover Close the multipurpose feeder o pop Press 3 42 Service Manual 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door 1 If the paper is exiting the printer pull the media straight out and press Otherwise continue with step 2 2 Open the printer rear door 3 Remove the jammed media 1 4 yw 4 Close the rear door 5 Press Diagnostic aids 3 43 23x Paper Jam Open Duplex Rear Door 1 Open the duplex rear door 2 Remove the jammed media Depending on the media location pull the media either up or down 3 Close the duplex rear door Make sure it snaps into place 4 Press 3 44 Service Manual 270 and 280 Paper Jams Paper jams in th
342. r s Guide on the publications CD Problem Action Print is too light The toner may be low To utilize the remaining toner remove the cartridge by gripping the handles with both hands With the cartridge arrows pointing downward firmly shake the print cartridge side to side and front to back several times to redistribute the toner Reinstall the cartridge and then press Repeat this procedure multiple times until the print remains faded When the print remains faded replace the print cartridge Change the Toner Darkness setting in the Quality menu Change the Brightness setting in the Quality menu Change the Contrast setting in the Quality menu e If you are printing on an uneven print surface change the Paper Weight and Paper Texture settings in the Paper menu e Verify the correct print media is being used e Verify you are using the correct printer drivers Toner smears or print comes off e If you are printing on an uneven print surface change the Paper the page Weight and Paper Texture settings in the Paper menu e Verify the print media is within the printer specifications See Media specifications on page 1 9 for more details Toner appears on the back of the Toner is on the transfer roll To help prevent this do not load print printed page media that is smaller than the page size of the job to be printed Open and close the printer top front cover to run the printer setup cycle and cl
343. r 4 17 7 5 held jobs confidential jobs A 14 entering a PIN A 14 high voltage power supply HVPS connectors 5 9 parts catalog 7 28 removal 4 46 high capacity feeder locations 5 8 parts catalog 7 58 7 60 7 62 7 63 service check 2 96 high capacity output expander parts catalog 7 50 7 51 high capacity output stacker output sensor tests 3 16 service check 2 101 inner paper deflector removal 4 48 inner shield parts catalog 7 32 removal 4 77 input sensor removal 4 49 input sensor tray tests 3 13 input source tests 3 6 input tray feed test 3 13 installation bevel gear 4 23 fuser assembly 4 28 fuser exit sensor 4 30 fuser exit sensor spring 4 31 fuser narrow media sensor 4 36 fuser narrow media spring replacement 4 37 pick roll assembly integrated tray autocompensator 4 53 integrated forms 1 12 1 15 integrated tray autocompensator assembly parts catalog 7 12 removal 4 50 interconnect card connectors 5 9 parts catalog 7 30 removal 4 54 service check 2 105 IPDS emulation user message 2 42 K kiosks vertical and horizontal paper adapters 7 64 L labels guidelines 1 18 lamp fuser 4 33 laser cover removal 4 20 left cover handle holder removal 4 17 left door removal 4 7 linking A 17 trays A 17 linking output bins A 20 low voltage power supply LVPS connectors 5 10 parts catalog 7 28 removal 4 55 lower front cover assembly removal 4 16 lower paper deflector MPF 4 62 lubrication specifications 6 1 Index l
344. r before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in p CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are order to perform the task 1 Remove the inner paper deflector See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 48 2 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 9 3 Disconnect the HVPS cable from the HVPS at connector A rT 4 Disconnect the transfer roll cable B from the HVPS board Warning Use care when disconnecting the cable from the transformer on the HVPS The cable and connector can be easily damaged 4 46 Service Manual Remove the HVPS mounting screws C Slide the HVPS to the left to release the mounting tab from the center pan and remove the HVPS Repair information 4 47 Inner paper deflector assembly removal 1 Remove the paper tray 2 Remove the upper paper deflector assembly See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 80 3 Remove the MPF lower deflector assembly See MPF lower paper deflector on page 4 62 4 Place the printer on its side 5 Gently pry the inner paper deflector from the left and right mounting posts A located on the bottom of the printer and remove the deflector 6 Disengage the two latches B on the upper part of the deflector from the upper edge of the frame C and lift to remove 4 48 Service Manual Input sensor removal 1 Re
345. r blinks green indicating the test is in progress The test runs continuously until a maximum number of tests is reached Parallel Wrap P HHHH F HHHH e P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 e F represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 999 999 Initially only four digits appear but additional digits appear as needed Each time the test finishes the screen updates If the test passes the pass counter increases by 1 however if the test fails a message displays for approximately three seconds Once the maximum count is reached the test stops The power indicator goes on solid and the final results display To stop the test before completion press Stop 3 8 Service Manual Serial Wrap tests The serial wrap tests are used to check the operation of the serial port hardware using a wrap plug Use Serial 1 Wrap if a serial port is available through PCI slot 1 and Serial 2 Wrap if the serial port is available through PCI slot 2 To perform the Serial Wrap tests 1 Disconnect the serial interface cable and install the serial wrap plug 2 Select Serial 1 Wrap or Serial 2 Wrap from HARDWARE TESTS The power indicator blinks green indicating the test is in progress The test runs continuousl
346. r damaged parts If incorrect replace the mechanical linkage assembly DC motor assembly 990 xx Service Error displays FRU Action Mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Check the DC motor cable connector to be sure it is correctly installed at J2 on the control board If correct disconnect J2 from the control board and check the resistance of the motor on the cable connector J2 1 to J2 2 measures between 115 and 135 ohms Also check J2 1 and J2 4 to the motor case for shorts If either the resistance is incorrect or a short is found replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Note If the DC motor is shorted it may also be necessary to replace the control board Control board Disconnect the motor cable J2 from the control board and check the voltages at J2 on the board Warning Use caution not to short adjacent pins on the connector as damage to the board could result Pin Measured motor idle J2 1 24 V de J2 2 24 V de J2 5 5 V de J2 6 5 V de If any of the voltages are incorrect replace the control board If correct replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly 2 74 Service Manual 900 xx Error code service check FRU Action 1 Printer POR Turn the printer off and on several times If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 2 2 System board Turn the machine off and on several times waiting a few minutes between
347. r n renee eee eee eee eee 7 49 Stacker pass thru sensor 2 2 2222 esse een eee nee ee eee eee eee eeee 7 53 Bin full dual sensor upper stacker assembly 2 2 2 e cece r etter eee eee 7 48 7 51 Rear access door assembly rm 7 49 7 50 Output tray assembly 22 222 e eee nee nner eeee 7 50 Complete horizontal kiosk option rr 7 64 Complete output expander assembly 522 2 c eee eee eee eee eeee 7 48 Complete option 2 2 2222 22 ee enn ee ene ee ee eee eee eee eee eeee 7 65 Stapler access door switch assembly 22 2220 2 2 22 erence eee n eee ene 7 65 Rear access door 9 22 5202 22s eee n ne enn nen eee ee ene eee eee 7 65 Output assembly tray 22222 ee een ee enn ence eee eee eee eee 7 65 Stapler assembly 2 2 2 2222 eee eee ee ene eee ee eee ee eee enee 7 66 Switch assembly top cover open 2022 222 e enn e eee ee eee eee eee eeee 7 67 Complete vertical kiosk option 5 22 n een eee eee eee eee 7 64 Forms card assembly 222 222 n nee ence eee eee eee ee enee 7 69 IPDS SCS Tne card assembly 7 69 IPDS SCS card assembly 2 22 2222 tenn nner eee eee eee eee eee 7 31 LVPS 115 V ac 000 010 rr eee eee eens 7 29 LVPS 115 V ac 200 210 400 410 o ee eee eee eeee 7 29 High voltage power supply 7 29 Pick roll assembly nnnnnnnnn eee eee ee
348. r not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 200 000 and 299 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 25 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser detection did not roll check on page 2 89 over to steady state control in time Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 922 26 Hot roll did not reach _ e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser ad ill dla in Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count between 200 000 power and 299 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 27 Fuser has taken too long e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser to reach desired temperature after increasing interpage gap Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Bad thermistor circuit or cabling e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC power Poor supply line voltage check on page 2 89 Diagnostic information 2 17 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 922 32 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser reach the beginning Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 lamp detection o in temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 300 000 and 399 999 e Poor sup
349. r option Ensure that the StapleSmart finisher is the only option that is not recognized by the base printer If the finisher is the only option not recognized by the printer continue with step 2 If not check the autoconnects of the options not recognized and the interconnect card and cable connectors 2 Stapler motor drive Check the autoconnects for signs of damage especially the assembly connector pins Remove the right side cover and check the cables at stapler card assembly J1A J1B bottom autoconnect J14A J14B top autoconnect to the stapler card assembly to make sure they are attached securely Check the voltages at the printer top autoconnect If incorrect remove the finisher option and go to Autoconnect on page 5 7 If voltages are correct reinstall the finisher option and check the voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector If correct replace the stapler card assembly If incorrect replace the stapler option Close Finisher Top Cover displayed unable to clear or reset message POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Top cover assembly Check the top cover assembly to ensure that it is actuating the top cover switch and the cover is opening and closing correctly 2 Top cover switch stapler Check continuity of the stapler top cover open switch If incorrect card assembly replace the switch assembly If correct replace the stapler card assembly Close Finisher Side Door displayed unable to clear
350. r redrive area Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Page may be jammed in the fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 51 Page did not cleanly exit fuser or redrive area Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sens
351. rature after slope ower 9 change standby control P i only Fuser page count e Poor supply line voltage between 0 and 99 999 Low wattage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll 920 06 Fuser is not increasing e Fuser is not receiving AC power Go to 920 xx Cold fuser in temperature even service check on page 2 87 though the lamp has Poor supply line voltage been on for an extended time Fuser page count between 0 and 99 999 920 07 Fuser has been below e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser the desired temperature Very noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 for too long while media y y a gna is in the nip Fuser page e Fuser not receiving AC power cou 0 and Poor supply line voltage JS Excessive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp Abrupt change in temperature that has disrupted control e Incorrect hot roll 920 11 Hot roll took too long to Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after transitioning to new enhanced mode Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 e Very noisy thermistor signal e Fuser not receiving AC power e Poor supply line voltage e Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll service check on page 2 87 Diagnostic information 2 9 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Act
352. removal Warning Be careful when handling the transfer roll Wrap a piece of plain white paper around the charge roll to prevent contamination or damage 1 Open the upper front cover and remove the print cartridge 2 Unsnap the transfer roll assembly from the left pivot arm 3 Lift the transfer roll assembly toward the left and remove it from the printer 4 78 Service Manual Upper front cover hinge assembly removal 1 Remove the upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 2 Remove the laser cover assembly See Laser cover removal on page 4 20 3 Remove the C clips A from the upper front cover hinge assembly left and right hinge pins and remove the pins Note the pin orientation and the C clip location on the inside of each hinge Detach the two springs B from the upper front cover hinges Detach spring C from the left side of the hinge assembly 4 5 6 Remove the cover closed switch assembly 7 Disconnect the operator panel cable from the operator panel board 8 Raise the upper front cover hinge assembly to a position that lets you lift the left pivot arm from the mounting bracket D 9 Lift the left pivot arm from the bracket and move the upper cover hinge assembly toward the left to clear the right upper cover pivot arm from the mounting bracket 10 Remove the upper front cover hinge assembly Repair information 4 79 Upper paper deflector assembly removal 1
353. removed from the printer If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the toner sensor assembly A bad ground connection between J15 13 on the system board and pin 3 on the toner sensor results in a 929 service error 2 128 Service Manual Transfer roll service check Service tip The transfer roll is 51 02 mm 2 009 inch circumference Any print quality problems such as lines that are spaced 51 02 mm apart indicate you should check the transfer roll for damage and check for toner or foreign material buildup Service tip The transfer roll assembly is part of the maintenance kit and is replaced when an 80 Scheduled Maintenance displays Ask the customer if they have replaced the transfer roll recently CAUTION Make sure the printer is unplugged before making any checks on the transfer roll or associated parts for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer FRU Action 1 Transfer roll assembly Check the transfer roll for toner buildup surface damage to the roll oil or other contaminants on the surface of the roll Replace the transfer roll as necessary 2 Left transfer arm assembly Check the left transfer roll arm assembly to make sure it is fastened and locked in the down position If the arm is not locked down make sure the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly Check the left transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation 3 Right transfer arm Check the right
354. res av brukeren eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner Av s sobre el L ser Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR apartat J pels productes l ser de classe 1 i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs s un producte l ser de classe que compleix els requisits d IEC 60825 1 Els productes l ser de classe no es consideren perillosos Aquesta impressora cont un l ser de classe IIIb 3b d arseni r de gal li nominalment de 5 mil liwats i funciona a la regi de longitud d ona de 770 795 nan metres El sistema l ser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposici a la radiaci l ser per sobre d un nivell de classe durant una operaci normal durant les tasques de manteniment d usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites XIV Service Manual Japanese Laser Notice L CH 5104 TOTI S KOBTADHHS 21 CEFRYTF TS DIF3R1 1 OBBeMkKLEV V HRCHSCE MEWS NTOETF KKABUATAIIEC 8250545121175 ALOV YV WMECHSCEMMMANTIET FIAILOV VP WHRECSEREMROERAZGCHTWET CO PYUvsy 7FAMb 3b OL P AARMELTTOIEF CO LEE HERRBTTO 795 77 72 3 OBHC BH 53 737 0700 MEU MES LLP CF COLA YAFALIVA Il DEDOS 2 FOAVFPYAL H ES NIE BW TI ARM IFALTOVANVELLOL P ik HIM NSZCLORMWEABHANTHET AC FT EN OL ae SEU ES E DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter 144 I 1 RIT RYH E MATABA X N y A UE A TEC 825 ARE RE THI A BMU ARRE R
355. rint media size 3 indicates support Dimensions UAT universally adjustable tray 250 UAT option 400 UAT option Envelope feeder option output stacker option High capacity StapleSmart Finisher Executive 184 2 x 266 7 mm 7 25 x 10 5 in lt 250 sheet tray lt 500 sheet tray lt 250 sheet drawer option lt 500 sheet drawer option lt Multipurpose feeder lt 2000 sheet drawer option lt Duplex unit option lt Standard output bin lt Output expander option lt 5 bin mailbox option S lt StapleSmart output bin Folio 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in S K S S S sS S S S S S S Statement 139 7 x 215 9 mm 5 5 x 8 5 in Universal 139 7 x 210 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 5 5 x 8 27 in to 8 5 x 14 in 69 85 x 127 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 2 75 x 5 in to 8 5 x 14 in 148 x 182 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 5 83 x 7 17 in to 8 5 x 14 in 76 2 x 127 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 3 x 5 in to 8 5 x 14 in 76 2 x 177 8 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 3 x 7 in to 8 5 x 14 in 7 Envelope 98 4 x 190 5 mm 3 875 x 7 5 in 9 Envelope 98 4 x 225 4 mm 3 875 x 8 9 in 10 Envelope 104 8 x 241 3 mm 4 12 x 9 5 in DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm 4 33 x 8 66 in C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm 6 38 x 9 01 in B5 Envelope 176
356. rinted the Verify Print job is automatically deleted from printer memory Reserve Print If you send a Reserve Print job the printer does not print the job immediately It stores the job in memory so you can print the job later The job is held in memory until you delete it from the Held Jobs menu Reserve Print jobs may be deleted if the printer requires extra memory to process additional held jobs Repeat Print If you send a Repeat Print job the printer prints all requested copies of the job and stores the job in memory so you can print additional copies later You can print additional copies as long as the job remains stored in memory Note Repeat Print jobs are automatically deleted from printer memory when the printer requires extra memory to process additional held jobs Windows 1 From a word processor spreadsheet browser or other application select File gt Print 2 Click Properties If there is no Properties button click Setup and then click Properties 3 Depending on the operating system you may have to click the Other Options tab and then click Print and Hold Note If you have difficulty finding Print and Hold gt Held Jobs click Help and see the topic Held Jobs or Print and Hold then follow the driver instructions 4 Select the type of held job you want and then send your job to the printer Go to the printer when you are ready to retrieve your confidential print job and follow the At the printer steps
357. rinter appears on the desktop 1 Double click the printer icon on your desktop A list of print jobs appears in the printer window Select the print job you want to cancel Click the trash can button A 12 Service Manual Canceling a job from a computer running Mac OS X When you send a job to print the printer icon for your selected printer appears in the dock A A Open Applications gt Utilities and then double click Print Center or Printer Setup Double click the printer you are printing to In the printer window select the print job you want to cancel Press Delete Printing the menu settings page You can print a menu settings page to review the default printer settings and to verify the printer options are installed correctly e NS Make sure the printer is on Press on the operator panel Press W until the y appears next to Reports and then press Press wy until the appears next to Menu Settings Page and then press The printer returns to Ready after the page prints Printing a network setup page If the printer is attached to a network print a network setup page on the printer to verify the network connection This page also provides important information to configure the printer for network printing gt q A Make sure the printer is on Press on the operator panel Press W until y Reports appears and then press Press W until yy Network Setup Page appears and then press Note If an op
358. ris or pieces of count stopped at covering the narrow media sensor paper or media E to preserve The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged 202 54 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor bounced Fuser page service check on page 2 92 count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data 202 56 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor ina Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 2 64 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 90 Paper jam around the exit or redrive area Fuser page count is not available Page may be jammed in fuser exit or redrive area Make sure the redrive door is complete closed e Check the fuser for any signs of wear or contamination If any are found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Turn media over to reduce W curl e Check upper redrive diverter and diverter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page
359. rn the printer on and see if a message appears If an error message appears go to the service check for that error code For example if a 924 error code appears go to the 924 xx Hot fuser service check If the problem is not resolved check the voltage at Pin J13 1 and J13 3 The voltage measures approximately 3 3 V dc If correct replace the FRUs in the following order Operator panel board see Operator panel board removal on page 4 67 or the Upper front cover see Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 e System board See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 Upper front cover hinge assembly See Upper front cover hinge assembly removal on page 4 79 2 108 Service Manual Options service check Service tip When you have a problem with any of the options installed in the options slots on the interconnect card switch the non operating option to one of the other option slots to isolate the failure Flash Memory Option s Run a copy of the test page and check to see if the option you are checking is listed The printer does not recognize the option being installed if the option is not listed Make sure the memory card is installed correctly and is not broken or damaged If the memory card is correctly installed and not broken or damaged then run the Flash Test on page 3 19 If the test fails replace the Flash card If the problem continues replace the controller board
360. roblem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 50 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check the fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 51 Main drive motor identification failed Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data Main drive motor not working Check the connections to the motor and system board If not problem is found go to Main drive service check on page 2 106 2 50 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 201 52 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page c
361. rolls are driven down into the stack increasing the normal force and drive force until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper bends and moves up the dam Once this critical threshold is achieved the normal force remains at a level just high enough to reliably feed the paper Rather than having a fixed spring force for feeding all weights of paper like the D roll this device has its own mechanical logic for producing only enough pick energy to feed a single sheet of paper regardless of its stiffness High normal force is one of the most significant contributors to double feeding paper The pick arm is counterbalanced by an extension spring located on the pick arm to reduce weight in the rest state This spring is factory set to exert no more than ten to fifteen grams on the stack This is as light as can be realistically set and always guarantee there is some force to start the autocompensating phenomena This spring is not to be considered an adjustment for feeding problems unless it is obvious that the pick arm cannot fall all the way down to the bottom of the tray or has come loose Poor gear efficiency can cause the arm to generate higher than normal forces If the pick assembly is noisy replacement may be required The arm must pivot freely through its full range of motion On 500 sheet trays there are wrap springs located on the pivot arbors of the arm These springs help prevent the arm from bouncing If the arm appears to be bin
362. s Press W until the y appears next to Confidential jobs and then press Enter your PIN For more information see Entering a personal identification number PIN on page A 15 Press W until the y appears next to the job you want to print and then press Note After your job prints it is deleted from printer memory Entering a personal identification number PIN After you select your user name and Confidential Job the Enter PIN screen appears 1 2 Use the numeric pad to the right of the display to enter the four digit PIN associated with your confidential job Note As you enter the PIN asterisks appear on the display to ensure confidentiality If you enter an invalid PIN the Invalid PIN screen appears Press to reenter the PIN or press w until the y appears next to Cancel and then press Press wy until the y appears next to the job you want to print and then press Note After your job prints it is deleted from printer memory Appendix A Options and features A 15 Printing and deleting held jobs Held jobs Verify Print Reserve Print or Repeat Print are printed or deleted from the printer operator panel and do not require a PIN number Verify Print If you send a Verify Print job the printer prints one copy and holds the remaining copies you requested in printer memory Use Verify Print to examine the first copy to see if it is satisfactory before printing the remaining copies Once all copies are p
363. s 7 13 7 42 7 44 7 63 Power cord set 6 ft right angle Brazil 7 29 Tray assembly 500 sheet tray nn 7 21 7 45 Universal adjustable tray assembly 400 sheet 7 69 System board assembly network 410 7 31 System board assembly non network 000 7 31 System board assembly network 010 7 31 System board assembly non network 200 7 31 System board assembly network 210 7 31 System board assembly non network 400 7 31 Bellcrank spring arm 2 22 22 e teen eee nce ene eee ee eee eee ee eeee 7 44 Bellcrank 250 sheet paper tray 2 2 2222 22 eee ee eee een nnnee 7 42 Wear strips 52 2222 e nnn ee en en eee nn een ene eee eee eeeeee 7 43 Bellcrank spring 500 sheet option tray 7 44 Duplex assembly 250 sheet 22 22 2222 eee eee enn eenee 7 46 Duplex assembly 500 sheet 2 22 2222 e enn n ee ee nn eee ene ene e eens 7 46 Paper out arm 250 sheet 22 2222 e nee eee eee ee nee 7 42 Side restraint 500 sheet tray 22 n enn nnn nner eee 7 45 Paper out arm 500 sheet drawer 2 2 2222 22 e eee ene e een e eee e eee eee 7 44 Back restraint 500 sheet tray 2 2 2222 eee eee eee eenee 7 45 Door hinge 02 nn nee enn enn ene ee een ee eee eee 7 59 Left side cover 22 etter teen nnn nnn nee nee
364. s ready to process any link no messages display Link messages are listed in the following table User message Explanation Parallel Standard Parallel Port if available Serial Standard Serial Port if available Serial x Serial Port is attached to PCI connector x where x 1 2 or 3 Network x Network card x is attached to PCI connector x where x 1 2 or 3 LocalTalk x LocalTalk Card x is attached to PCI connector x where x 1 2 or 3 Infrared Standard Infrared port if available Infrared x Infrared Port x is attached to PCI connector x x 1 2 or 3 Check device connection messages The messages in the following table display when the printer loses communications with one of the following devices User status message Explanation Check Env Feeder Connection Check envelope feeder connection Check Tray x Connection Check tray x where x 1 2 3 4 or 5 Check Duplex Connection Check duplex option connection The messages in the following table can occur in two ways The specified device could have been removed from the printer for instance to clear a paper jam Otherwise the device can still be attached to the printer but is experiencing a communications problem not fully connected or having a hardware failure If the device is temporarily removed or not connected properly then the user is advised to reattach it When the option is recognize
365. sa olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle Ala katso s teeseen VARNING Osynlig laserstralning nar denna del ar ppnad och sp rren ar urkopplad Betrakta ej stralen Laser notices Xiii Laser notis Denna skrivare ar i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR underparagraf J for laserprodukter av Klass 1 andra lander uppfyller skrivaren kraven for laserprodukter av Klass enligt kraven i IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukter i Klass anses ej h lsov dliga Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb 3b som best r av en laserenhet av gallium arsenid pa 5 milliwatt som arbetar i vaglangdsomradet 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet och skrivaren ar utformade sa att det aldrig finns risk for att nagon person utsatts for laserstralning ver Klass I niva vid normal anv ndning underh ll som utf rs av anv ndaren eller annan f reskriven serviceatgard Laser melding Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR underkapittel J for klasse 1 laserprodukter og er i andre land godkjent som et Klasse laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse l laserprodukter er ikke a betrakte som farlige Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb 3b laser som best r av en gallium arsenlaserenhet som avgir str ling i balgelengdeomradet 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstraling ut over klasse I niva under vanlig bruk vedlikehold som utf
366. screen such as moving from one menu index item to another They are also used to scroll through text that will not fit on the screen The Select button is used to initiate action on a selection Press Select when the cursor appears next to the selection you want such as following a link submitting a configuration item or when you want to start or cancel a job 2 2 Service Manual Operator panel continued Button Function Numeric pad The numeric pad consists of numbers a pound sign and a backspace button The 5 button has a raised bump for non visual orientation The numbers are used to enter numeric values for items like quantities or PINs The backspace is used to delete the number to the left of the cursor Pressing the backspace multiple times will delete additional entries The pound sign is not used Display panel The display panel shows messages and graphics describing the current state of the printer and indicating possible printer problems you must resolve The top line of the display is the header line If applicable it will contain the graphic indicating the Back button can be used It will also display the current status and the Supplies Warnings status If multiple warnings are present each warning will be separated by a comma The other three lines of the display are the body of the screen This is where you view printer status supplies messages show me screens and
367. sed the bar appears darker and when the values are increased the bar appears lighter Changes to this setting immediately change the operator panel The range of values is between 1 and 10 and the default value is 5 Exit Config Menu Press to exit the CONFIG MENU The message Resetting the Printer displays and the printer performs a POR and restarts in normal mode Additional useful menu locations User menus are available from the Ready state by pressing Menu __ Hex Trace To turn Hex Trace on Press Menu ___ to display Menus Press until the appears next to Settings Press Press until the appears nextto Utilities Menu Press Press until the appears next to Hex Trace Press AO E E A Press again to select Activate or press Back to return to Utilities Menu without activating Hex Trace Diagnostic aids 3 29 Menu settings page You can print a menu settings page to review the default printer settings and to verify your printer options are installed correctly Press Menu to display Menus Press until the appears next to Reports Press Press until the appears next to Menu Settings Page A ess Press The message Printing Menus Settings appears on the display The printer returns to the Ready state after the menu settings page prints Printing menu settings page Note This test page must be printed on letter legal or A4 paper To print the Menu Settings Page 1 Select the TESTS MEN
368. sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the top optical sensor assembly Tray x Empty displays tray does not respond to loading paper no response from the front door switch FRU Action 1 High capacity feeder option control board Check the voltage on the board at J4 2 green The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect disconnect the cable at J4 and check the voltage again If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board 2 Elevator top optical sensor cable Elevator top optical sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the top optical sensor assembly 2 100 Service Manual Tray x Paper Low displays when the high capacity feeder input tray is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action 1 Paper low switch Paper low switch cable High capacity feeder option control board Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x x the number that represents the high capacity input tray If the test fails check the voltage at J3 1 gray The voltage measures approximately 24 V dc If incorrect disconnect the paper low switch cable from J3 and measure the voltage again on J3 1 If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board If correct check the cable for a short between pins 1 and 2 on the c
369. side cover 250 sheet output 000 010 5 40X0008 1 1 Right side cover 500 sheet output 200 210 400 410 6 40X0050 2 1 Counterbalance spring 7 40X0151 1 1 USB board assembly 8 40X0011 1 1 Upper front cover latch kit 9 40X0017 1 1 Lower front cover assembly 10 40X0006 1 1 Upper front cover hinge assembly includes USB cable 1 e Cover open switch and cable 1 Left cable cover 1 Right cable cover 1 Left hinge spring 1 Right hinge spring 1 11 40X0010 1 1 Upper front cover assembly with Dell logo including e Operator panel board 1 Stop button 1 Menu button 1 Back button 1 LED cap 1 Navigation buttons 4 Number pad buttons 1 Navigation select button 1 Number pad rubber dome sheet 1 USB board 1 Functional rubber sheet 1 12 40X0233 1 1 Operator panel outer bezel with Dell logo 5210n 12 40X0234 1 1 Operator panel outer bezel with Dell logo 5310n 13 40X0013 1 1 Clear LCD bezel 14 40X0235 1 1 Kit upper front panel button including Stop button 1 Menu button 1 e Back button 1 LED cap 1 Navigation buttons 4 Number pad buttons 1 Navigation select button 1 Number pad rubber dome sheet 1 e Functional rubber sheet 1 15 40X0195 1 1 Operator panel board assembly 16 40X0009 1 1 TLI ID serial number label blank 17 40X0020 1 1 Left side door cover 250 sheet 1 slot 000 010 17 40X0023 1 1 Left side door cover 500 sheet 2 slo
370. sing If any problem is found replace the stapler assembly If no problem is found continue with step 5 Carefully cycle the large gear on the side ofthe stapler assembly and try to free the cartridge holder assembly Note Look for staples jammed at the throat of the cartridge holder and remove any that are found Gently try to remove the cartridge holder from the stapler assembly It may be necessary to manually cycle the large gear on the side of the stapler assembly to release the cartridge holder Reinstall the stapler assembly with a new stapler cartridge holder and staples Run the Finisher Feed Test to check the option If the problem continues go to step 2 2 Stapler to stapler board J3 cable Check the continuity of the cable If a problem is found replace the stapler option 283 xx Staple Jam Check Stapler displays FRU Action 1 Staple cartridge holder Check the staple cartridge holder for any signs of damage and for any jammed staples in the cartridge Replace the staple cartridge holder if damaged If staples are jammed in the cartridge replace the old strip of staples with a new strip and try the finisher feed test from the diagnostic menu 2 Staple unit Remove the staple cartridge holder from the staple unit and remove the staple unit Check for any staples that might be in the staple unit mechanism Check for correct operation and for any signs of damage
371. sive load on the fuser Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll Abrupt change in temperature that has disrupted control 920 21 Hot roll took too long to Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heat up after transitioning to new enhanced mode Fuser page count between 200 000 and 299 999 Fuser not receiving AC power Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp Incorrect hot roll service check on page 2 87 2 10 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 920 22 Hot roll fell too far below Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser Wren eee Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 page count between e Fuser not receiving AC power 200 000 and 299 999 Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 23 Hot roll too cool while e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser ee ee Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 87 count between 200 000 e Fuser not receiving AC power and 299 999 e Poor supply line voltage Low voltage or incorrect lamp e Incorrect hot roll 920 24 Hot roll too cool when e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling Go to 920 xx Cold fuser heating to desired Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2
372. sk format at POR Press to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues Further disk operations are not allowed until the disk is formatted 80 XX Scheduled Maintenance The operator panel displays this message at each 300K page count interval It is necessary to replace the fuser assembly transfer roller charge roll and pick rolls at this interval to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer The parts are available as a maintenance kit For more information go to Scheduled maintenance on page 6 1 81 Engine Code CRC Failure This error displays when the microcode to be programmed in the engine flash code module has failed a CRC check Press to clear the message The microcode data is discarded and must be re transmitted from the host computer 88 Toner Low This message displays when toner low occurs and the toner low alarm is activated Press to clear this message 1565 xx Emul Error Load Emul Option This message appears when the IPDS emulation version contained in the SIMM does nat function with the printer code This message automatically clears in 30 seconds and the IPDS emulation is disabled No other printer functions are affected The correct IPDS emulation must be downloaded 2 42 Service Manual User line 2 link messages If the printer is locked on a particular link the link indication displays If the printer i
373. spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 93 Page is covering narrow media sensor during warm up Fuser count is not available If page is not visible from front or rear of the printer a partial piece ofa page may be torn off in the fuser covering the narrow media sensor The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 202 94 Exit sensor may have bounced Fuser page count is not available Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 96 Page is covering the exit sensor during warm up Fuser page count is not available Something is keeping the exit sensor in a covered position A page may not have been cleared from a prior jam Check the fuser and area around the fuser assembly for any signs of debris or pieces of paper or media 231 00 Paper did not arrive at the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer exit sensor Duplex rear door not fully latched e Printer diverter not functioning correctly Duplex feed system not working correctly e
374. ssembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 201 34 Expected wide page not detected by narrow media sensor possible accordion jam Fuser page count between 300 000 and 399 999 e Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Narrow media sensor not functioning correctly e Actual page is narrow when wide page was expected If label media ensure front edge meets 1 8 inch requirement Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 If media is narrow then turn off first sheet detection engine settings 3 16 In Diagnostics mode select PRINTER SETUP and Engine Setting 3 The fuser narrow media sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser narrow media sensor service check on page 2 93 201 40 Page did not reach exit sensor Fuser page count between 400 000 and 499 999 e Page jammed on fuser input guide Page did not enter or exit fuser nip cleanly Exit sensor not functioning correctly Check fuser entry guide for toner build up Check the fuser for wear or contamination If a problem is found replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor servic
375. stapler option 282 xx Staple Jam Check Stapler displays FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Check the stapler assembly for broken or damaged parts Diagnostic information 2 125 POST incomplete Insert Stapler Cartridge displays cartridge holder is installed and cannot clear message When this failure occurs the following may also occur in the order shown e Insert Staple Cartridge displayed The stapler assembly may cycle or fire a few times e 282 xx Stapler Jam displayed The stapler assembly may try to cycle or fire e 990 xx Service Check Bin 1 displayed FRU Action 1 Stapler cartridge holder Stapler assembly Before proceeding with the service check gently try to remove the stapler cartridge holder from the stapler assembly If the holder is jammed in the stapler assembly 1 w N Turn the printer off and remove the right side cover Use care when removing the cover as the right side door switch and cable assembly are easily damaged Do not allow the right side cover to hang by the switch and cable assembly Disconnect the 10 pin cable from the stapler assembly Hold the stapler assembly with one hand while removing the three screws from the assembly The assembly is heavy and easy to drop Check the stapler assembly for damaged or broken parts Check the flag and spring assembly on the front of the stapler assembly to see if the flag or spring are broken or mis
376. stem board Check for approximately 5 V dc at J15 10 on the system board If incorrect replace the system board 3 Input sensor cable Check the continuity of the input sensor cable section of the front wiring harness If incorrect replace the harness If correct replace the input sensor assembly Input tray s service check Optional 250 sheet and 500 sheet trays Service tip Try all the other input paper sources to make sure they are properly feeding paper For 990 Error Code Service Tray x x displays the number of the tray that has a problem or needs service FRU Action 1 Tray x Option system board or compensator assembly or autoconnect cable Check the autoconnect cables and connectors for damage If the cables connectors and connections are good replace the FRUs in the following order e Autocompensator assembly option e Replace the option Diagnostic information 2 103 24x xx Paper Jam displays paper jammed over the pass thru sensor The printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs Example 241 is a Paper Jam Tray 1 FRU Action Pass thru sensor and flag assembly The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper actuating the pass thru sensor Remove any jammed sheets of paper from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the
377. t e Replace the charge rolls Replace the print cartridge Replace the photoconductor kit Some of the print is cut off on the sides top or bottom of the media Print is skewed or inappropriately slanted Move the guides in the tray to the proper positions for the size loaded Transparency print quality is poor Use only transparencies recommended by the printer manufacturer Make sure the Paper Type setting in the Paper menu is set to Transparency 3 35 Diagnostic aids The quality menu operator panel options can be adjusted to help improve print quality Quality menu operator panel options Menu selection Print Resolution Purpose To select printed output resolution Values 600 dpi default setting 1200 Image Q 1200 dpi 2400 Image Q Toner Darkness Lightens or darkens printed output and alters toner consumption 1 10 8 is the default setting Select a lower number to lighten the printed output or save toner graphics and pictures Brightness Adjusts the gray value of printed 6 6 0 is the default setting graphics and pictures Contrast Adjusts the contrast of printed 0 5 0 is the default setting In addition the Enhance Fine Lines and Gray Correction options can be enabled to improve print quality These settings are available on the driver and on the printer Embedded Web Server EWS interface For more information about t
378. t 200 210 400 410 NS 5 10 Parts packet cable ties PP 40X0174 Parts catalog 7 3 gt O rA EN Ny Frame 1 Assembly 2 7 4 Service Manual Assembly 2 Frame 1 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 1 40X0065 4 1 Frame extension nut plate 200 210 400 410 2 40X0225 1 1 Right side hand holder 3 4 4 Parts packet PP 40X0165 4 40X0024 1 1 Right frame extension 200 210 400 410 5 40X0026 1 1 Right side frame ground contact 6 40X0025 1 1 Left frame extension 200 210 400 410 7 40X0060 1 1 External ground clip 8 40X0231 1 1 Left side hand holder 9 40X0285 1 1 Frame clip Parts catalog 7 5 Assembly 3 Frame 2 p 7 6 Service Manual Assembly 3 Frame 2 Asm Part Units Units kit Description Index number mach_ or pkg 3 1 40X0027 1 1 Upper redrive deflector 2 40X0028 1 1 Upper diverter spring 3 2 2 Parts packet redrive mounting screws P N 40X0253 4 40X0029 1 1 Redrive assembly 250 sheet in 250 out 000 010 4 40X0030 1 1 Redrive assembly 500 sheet in 500 out 200 210 400 410 5 40X0032 1 1 Transfer deflector 6 40X0044 1 1 Gear guard 7 3 Parts packet PP 40X0165 8 40X0048 1 1 Paper switch activate spring 9 40X0046 1 1 Paper size sensing board assembly 10 40X0049 1 1 Gear release link 11 40X0053 1 1 Main fan with cable 250 sheet output 11 40X0054 1 1 Main fan with cable 500
379. t Noi service check on page 2 90 between 400 000 and Noisy thermistor signal 499 999 e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 51 Fuser over temperature e Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Fuser page count E service check on page 2 90 stopped at 500 000 to Noisy mermi tor signal l preserve data e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 923 91 Fuser over temperature Short in the thermistor circuit Go to 923 xx Hot fuser Se ae count not Noisy thermistor signal service check on page 2 90 e Fuser is actually overheating due to hardware faults 924 01 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page Intermittent connection service check on page 2 91 count between 0 and 99 999 e Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 924 11 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page a service check on page 2 91 count between 100 000 Intermittent connection and 199 999 Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 924 21 Open thermistor check e Noisy thermistor signal Go to 924 xx Hot fuser failure Fuser page service check on page 2 91 count between 200 000 Intermittent connection and 299 999 Thermistor cable not connected or thermistor actually open 924 31 Open thermistor check e Noisy th
380. t cover hinge assembly 4 79 upper paper deflector assembly 4 80 USB board assembly 4 80 repeat print A 16 reserve print A 16 right cover handle holder removal 4 17 right cover removal 4 9 S safety information xvii safety inspection guide 6 1 scheduled maintenance 6 1 sensors fuser exit sensor 4 29 fuser narrow media sensor 4 35 input 4 49 output bin sensor integrated paper tray 2 110 paper bin full 4 71 paper size sensing board 4 72 toner 4 78 serial number 3 20 serial wrap tests 3 9 service checks 5 bin mailbox 2 72 900 xx error code 2 75 927 xx fan 2 76 950 00 through 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure 2 77 charge roll 2 79 cover closed switch cable 2 80 cover open switch cable 2 80 dead machine 2 80 duplex option 2 82 envelope feeder 2 84 fuser 2 87 fuser exit sensor 2 92 fuser narrow media sensor 2 93 fuser solenoid 2 95 high capacity feeder input tray 2 96 high capacity output stacker 2 101 input sensor 2 103 input tray optional 2 103 interconnect card 2 105 main drive 2 106 l 6 Service Manual main fan 2 76 operator panel 2 107 options 2 109 output bin sensor 2 110 output expander 2 111 paper feed 2 113 paper size sensing board 2 114 parallel port 2 117 print quality 2 117 printhead 2 123 signature button assembly 2 123 StapleSmart finisher 2 124 system board 2 127 toner sensor 2 128 transfer roll 2 129 service error codes 2 8 shield inner shield 4 77 outer 4 69 signature button contact assembly re
381. tage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser check on page 2 89 Diagnostic information 2 15 Service error codes 9xx xx continued Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 922 03 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature but took o in longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC in lookup table Fuser power aaa between 0 e Poor supply line voltage 922 04 Hot roll timed out in e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser trying to reach the final Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 lamp detection in temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between 0 power and 99 999 e Poor supply line voltage 922 06 Hot roll did not reach e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser operating temperature in Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 time new enhanced control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count between 0 and power 99 999 e Poor supply line voltage 922 07 Fuser has taken too long Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser to reach desired e check on page 2 89 temperature after Bad thermistor circuit or cabling increasing interrupt gap e Fuser not receiving s
382. tampante certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai requisiti della norma CEl 60825 1 prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe IIIb 3b all arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza d onda compresa tra 770 e 795 nanometri Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la stampante durante il normale funzionamento le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica non ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1 Avisos sobre el l ser Se certifica que en los EE UU esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos l ser de Clase 1 establecidos en el subcap tulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios y en los dem s pa ses re ne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825 1 para productos l ser de Clase 1 Los productos l ser de Clase no se consideran peligrosos La impresora contiene en su interior un l ser de Clase lllb 3b de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a 795 nan metros El sistema l ser y la impresora est n dise ados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse afectada por ning n
383. tandard tray 250 sheet tray for the T111 or 500 sheet tray for the T112 optional 250 or 500 sheet trays or the multipurpose feeder Try a sample of any transparencies you are considering using with the printer before buying large quantities When printing on transparencies Be sure to set the Paper Type to Transparency from the printer driver or the Local Printer Setup Utility to avoid damaging your printer e Use transparencies designed specifically for laser printers Transparencies must be able to withstand temperatures of 225 C 437 F without melting discoloring offsetting or releasing hazardous emissions To prevent print quality problems avoid getting fingerprints on the transparencies e Before loading transparencies fan the stack to prevent sheets from sticking together Selecting transparencies The printer can print directly on transparencies designed for use in laser printers Print quality and durability depend on the transparency used Always print samples on the transparencies you are considering before buying large quantities The Paper Type setting should be set to Transparency to help prevent jams Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether your transparencies are compatible with laser printers that heat transparencies to 225 C 437 F Use only transparencies that are able to withstand these temperatures without melting discoloring offsetting or releasing hazardous emissions For detailed infor
384. ted page Service tip This is generally caused by loose toner in the machine in the paper path being carried through the printer on the backside of the paper FRU Action 1 Hot roll fuser assembly Toner is being carried out on the backsideof the media This problem is generally caused by a toner buildup on the fuser hot roll or backup roll Check the fuser hot roll and backup roll for any noticeable buildup of toner Repair as necessary 2 Transfer roll transfer plate Check the transfer roll for toner buildup or loose toner around the assembly area of the transfer plate assembly Clean the area and run another copy If the problem continues replace the FRUs in the following order e HVPS e System board 2 122 Service Manual Printhead service check CAUTION The printhead is not a serviceable FRU Do not disassemble the printhead The printhead assembly does not contain any service replaceable parts or components If service error code 930 xx displays the wrong printhead is installed in the printer See Printhead on page 7 10 Note A 201 xx paper jam may also indicate a failing printhead The paper may have jammed prior to or at the input sensor Print the event log and see if 201 or 931 errors are logged Service error code Explanation 1 Error code 931 xx These errors usually indicate a failure in the HYSNC signal to the No first HYSNC Signal printhead Check the continuity of the cables conne
385. tep 2 Fuser lamp AC cable 2 ACline voltage CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all safety precautions Check the AC line voltage to make sure it is within operating specification If incorrect inform the customer if correct go to step 3 3 LVPS CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all safety precautions Unplug the AC line cord from the printer and pull the LVPS out far enough to access CN1 on the LVPS board see Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 Disconnect the LVPS to fuser AC cable plug in the line cord turn the printer on and measure the voltage between CN1 1 and CN1 3 on the connector see the connector locations at Low voltage power supply on page 5 10 If incorrect replace the LVPS assembly see Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 55 if correct go to step 4 4 Fuser lamp Check continuity of the fuser to fuser AC cable fuser top cover assembly and fuser lamp by checking the continuity between the two pins on the fuser lamp AC cable connector If there is continuity go to step 5 e If there is no continuity check the continuity of the fuser to fuser lamp AC cable If incorrect replace the lamp if incorrect replace the fuser top cover assembly Note If the fuser lamp is replaced allow the fuser assembly to cool or a 925 xx error may be displayed Fuser top cover assembly Fuser connect cable fuser to fuser lamp
386. th FRU Motor and screws GG019 FDR ASSY REDR W UPR DFLTR Redrive assembly w upper deflector Spring and Screw FRU GG022 ASSY SNSR LVL BIN STD 5210 310 Paper Bin Full Sensor Includes Standard bin level sensor bracket FRU sensor and cable GG023 ASSY DOOR REDRIVE 5210 5310 Redrive Door Assembly with Extension guide FRU GG026 RLLR W DVLPR DFLTR FEED UPR Upper paper feed deflector w Developer roller paper out flag FRU GG028 SFT ASSY TKOFF PWR SHEET 500 Power Takeoff Assembly Take off Shaft and Spring FRU GG030 ASSY RLLR ARM XFER 5210 5310 Transfer Roll Support Assembly left and right arms w springs FRU GG646 ASSY TRAY BIAS 5210 5310 Tray Bias Arm and Spring FRU GG653 SNSR EXIT 5210 5310 Fuser Exit Sensor w cable FRU GG654 ASSY RLLR TRANSFER 5210 5310 Transfer Roller only w tech sheet FRU GG658 ASSY CBL SNSR MPF 5210 5310 MPF sensor w cable FRU HG009 FDR ASSY ALIGN PAPER W TOOL Paper Alignment Assembly Includes Paper Feed alignment assy FRU Screw Ref Ground Clip Washer Nut 5 5mm Slim line open end wrench alignment assy mounting screw HG358 PNL DLFTR INR SHEET 5210 5310 Inner Paper Deflector FRU HG362 ASSY FUSER W 115V LAMP Fuser assembly w 115 V lamp DAO w Screws FRU JGO06 ASSY RLLR CHARGE 5210 5310 Charge Roll Arm Assembly FRU JG280 SNSR INPUT 5210 5310 Paper Input Sensor FRU JG281 LEVER LNK GEAR REL 5210 5310 Gear Link Lever FRU JG283 ASSY RLLR CHR DUAL 5210 5310 Charge Roller assembly dual w tech sheet FRU JG416 SPR CTRG D
387. the front harness cable J15 2 line If there is no continuity replace the harness cable If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board If J15 4 voltage is incorrect check the front harness cable J15 3 line If there is not continuity replace the harness cable If correct replace the system board If this does not correct the problem replace the HVPS Print quality banding Service tip Banding is difficult to detect except on a page with a uniform gray or a large amount of graphics printed on the page Banding is primarily due to a variation in the speed of the paper as it feeds through the printer especially in the development and transfer process Inspect the alignment assembly main drive assembly and all other paper feed components for signs of wear dirt binds or damage especially the drive gears Banding appears as light or dark horizontal lines on a uniformly gray page Banding can also be caused by a defective charge roll brush contact or HVPS Check the charge roll contact for damage and for proper connection to the HVPS and print cartridge 2 120 Service Manual Print quality black bands on outer edges of the page This print quality problem appears as vertical black bands on one or both sides of the copy and can be wide narrow light or dark FRU Action 1 Charge roll counterbalance If the problem is just on one side of the page check the c
388. the fuser to LVPS AC lamp cable D Warning The LVPS assembly may be difficult to remove from the printer Do not use excessive force in the removal D 7 Remove the low voltage power supply 4 56 Service Manual Main fan removal 1 Open the left side cover 2 Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 69 3 Remove the two screws A securing the main fan cap 4 Remove the main fan cap 5 Clip the cable tie B Note Be careful not to damage any of the cables Note the location of the cable tie for later replacement 6 Disconnect the main fan to the system board C at J4 7 Remove the main fan Repair information 4 57 Installation note The fan has an orientation marking D Be sure to install the fan with the arrow pointing up Main drive assembly removal 1 Remove the system board and inner shield See System board and inner shield removal on page 4 77 2 Remove the screw securing the gear guard A 3 Remove the power take off shaft and spring See Power takeoff shaft and spring removal on page 4 73 4 Remove the developer drive assembly See Developer drive assembly removal on page 4 25 4 58 Service Manual 5 Lift and remove the cables from the cable hooks B 6 Remove the ground cable screw C 7 Remove the main drive assembly mounting screws D Repair information 4 59 8 Disconnect the gear release link E from the ho
389. the latches A on both ends of the memory card connector Unpack the memory card Avoid touching the connection points along the edge of the card Save the packaging Align the notches on the bottom of the card B with the notches on the connector C Push the memory card firmly into the connector until the latches on either end of the connector snap into place lt may require some force to fully seat the card Make sure each latch fits over the notch on the end of the card Removing or installing a flash memory or firmware card Removal Remove the system board access cover See Accessing the printer system board on page A 5 Note If an option card has been installed you may need to remove the option card before removing the flash memory or firmware card Squeeze the flash memory or firmware card locking clips Pull the card out Avoid touching the metal pins on the bottom of the card Place the flash memory or firmware card in its original packaging If you do not have the original packaging wrap the flash memory or firmware card in paper and store it in a box If you removed an option card to access the flash memory or firmware card reinstall the option card See Installing an option card on page A 10 A 8 Service Manual Installation Note Flash memory or firmware cards designed for other printers may not work with the printer 1 Remove the system board access cover See Accessing the pr
390. the perforations or between die cuts of the label Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet We recommend zone coating of the adhesive at least 1 mm 0 04 in away from edges Adhesive material contaminates your printer and could void your warranty If zone coating of the adhesive is not possible a 3 mm 0 125 in strip should be removed on the leading and driver edge and a non oozing adhesive should be used Remove a 3 mm 0 125 in strip from the leading edge to prevent labels from peeling inside the printer 1 18 Service Manual e Portrait orientation is preferred especially when printing bar codes Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive Card stock Card stock is single ply and has a large array of properties such as the moisture content thickness and texture that can significantly affect print quality See Supported print media on page 1 9 for information on the preferred weight and for the grain direction of print media Try a sample of any card stock you are considering using with the printer before purchasing a large quantity After printing approximately 10 000 pages of card stock or each time you replace the print cartridge complete the following steps to maintain printer feeding reliability 1 Print five sheets of paper 2 Wait approximately five seconds 3 Print five more sheets of paper When printing on card stock Set the Paper Type menu item in the Paper Menu
391. the registration adjustment 1 Turn the printer off Press and hold and 2 3 Turn the printer on and release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 4 Select Registration from the menu 5 Select Quick Test Page The test page should only be printed on letter or A4 paper from Tray 1 The Quick Test Page consists of alignment diamonds horizontal lines that can be used for skew adjustment page count setting printer serial number code levels and print registration settings 6 Check the Quick Test Page for any sign of skew by checking the diamonds at the top left and top right of the test page for equal distance from the top of the page If necessary adjust the left or right printhead mounting screws and check the skew again by running another Quick Test Page This procedure may take two or three attempts before you get satisfactory results 7 When you have the correct adjustment gently tighten the printhead mounting screws being careful not to move the printhead assembly 4 2 Service Manual Paper alignment assembly adjustment Do the alignment assembly adjustment whenever you replace the alignment assembly Always print a copy ofthe Quick Test Page before making any adjustments to the alignment assembly reference adjustment screw When replacing the alignment assembly it is necessary to back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to remove the old assembly and install the new one e Ifyou are replacing the alig
392. timed out in Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser trying to reach the final a irai check on page 2 89 lamp detection Bad thermistor circuit or cabling temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count stopped at power 500 000 to preserve Poor supply line voltage data 922 55 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser detection did not roll over to steady state control in time Fuser page count stopped at 500 000 to preserve data check on page 2 89 Diagnostic information 2 19 Service error codes 9xx xx continued to reach desired temperature after increasing interpage gap Fuser page count not available Excessive load on the fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC power e Poor supply line voltage Error Sub Description Possible causes Action code codes 922 56 Hot roll did not reach _ e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser free vane in Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 control Fuser page e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC count stopped at power 500 000 to preserve Poor supply line voltage data 922 57 Fuser has taken too long e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser to reach desired s Excessive load on the fuser check on page 2 89 temperature after i increasin
393. tion 1 Lower limit switch Lower limit switch cable Check continuity of the lower limit switch If incorrect replace the switch If correct check the switch cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the high capacity feeder option control board 2 High capacity feeder control board Disconnect the lower limit switch cable and check the voltage at J2 1 orange The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board The elevator tray down button does not operate The tray moves to the upper position Service tip Open the high capacity feeder front door and check the black rubber bumper attached to the door switch spring Be sure the rubber button is centered and not touching the sides of the hole or the switch will not function properly FRU Action Lower limit switch Lower limit switch cable High capacity feeder control board Check the lower limit switch to make sure it is not closed normally open If incorrect replace the switch Check the lower limit switch cable for a short between pins 1 and 2 If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the high capacity feeder control board Paper from the high capacity feeder input tray does not reach the pass thru sensor Service tip Be sure the paper in tray is within specifications FRU Action Autocompensator Check the autocompensator
394. tion item See also JG285 FRU System board with integrated Ethernet Plastics DG916 LEVER FLAG LVL POUT 250 Paper Bin Full Sensor Flag FRU FG121 BZL PNL OP 5210 Op Panel Bezel 5210n FRU FG363 ASSY CVR CAP REDRIVE 5210 5310 Redrive Cap FRU GG201 ASSY CVR WIPER FUSER 5210 5310 Fuser Wiper Cover FRU HG124 CVR LAMINATED RT 5210 5310 Right Side Cover w screws FRU HG127 HLDR SUPPORT PAPER 5210 5310 Paper Support FRU HG132 CVR FRONT LOWER 5210 5310 Lower Front Cover FRU HG360 DOOR CVR LF OTR 5210 5310 Left Door Assy inner and outer assembled Small access door FRU HG567 PNL DFLTR INR 5210 5310 DEFLECTOR PANEL Fuser Tansfer Plate FRU JGO92 ASSY CVR LASER 250 5210 5310 Laser Cover w 5 laser cover mounting screws FRU JG282 PNL GEAR DRV MN GRD PLSTC Main Drive Gear Plastic Gard w screw FRU JG428 CVR FEEDER ENVELOPE 5210 5310 Envlope Feeder Port Cover FRU JG456 CVR LAMINATED LF OTR 5210 5310 Left Cover Assy Inner and Outer Screw FRU YF748 ASSY HNG CVR FRT UPR Upper Front Cover Hinge Assy includes counter balance spring FRU Upper front cover hinge Op panel cable cover open switch amp cable left amp right cable cover left amp right hinge spring Power Source DG920 PWR SPLY LVPS 220V 5210 LVPS220 V EMEA for Sherry 5210n FRU GG648 PWR SPLY HVPS 5210 310 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS w Screw for 5210n amp 5310n FRU HG363 PWR SPLY LVPS 100 110V 5210 LV
395. tional MarkNet N8000 series internal print server is installed Print Net1 Setup appears on the display Check the first section on the network setup page and confirm that Status is Connected If Status is Not Connected the LAN drop may not be active or the network cable may be malfunctioning Consult a system support person for a solution and print another network setup page to verify the printer is connected to the network Appendix A Options and features A 13 Printing a font sample list To print samples of the fonts currently available for the printer Make sure the printer is on and the Ready message appears Press on the operator panel Press W until the y appears next to Reports and then press Press vy until the y appears next to Print Fonts and then press m gt V NS Press v until the appears next to PCL Fonts PostScript Fonts Or PPDS Fonts and then press The printer returns to Ready after the page prints Printing a directory list A directory listing shows the resources stored in flash memory or on the hard disk To print a listing Make sure the printer is on and the Ready message appears Press on the operator panel Press W until the y appears next to Reports and then press P gt Press ww until the y appears next to Print Directory and then press The printer returns to Ready after the page prints Printing confidential and held jobs The term held job refers to any t
396. to Card Stock from the operator panel from the printer driver in the Local Printer Setup Utility or from MarkVision Be aware that preprinting perforation and creasing can significantly affect the print quality and cause print media handling or jamming problems e Avoid using card stock that may release hazardous emissions when heated Do not use preprinted card stock manufactured with chemicals that may contaminate the printer Preprinting introduces semi liquid and volatile components into the printer We recommend the use of grain short card stock Storing print media Use the following guidelines to avoid paper feeding problems and uneven print quality e Store paper in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 C 70 F and the relative humidity is 40 e Store cartons of paper on a pallet or shelf rather than directly on the floor e If you store individual packages of paper out of the original carton make sure they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl Do not place anything on top of paper packages e Store paper in its original wrapper until you load it into the printer General information 1 19 Avoiding jams Use appropriate print media paper transparencies labels and card stock to help ensure trouble free printing See Supported print media on page 1 9 for more information Note Try a limited sample of any print media you are considering using with the printer bef
397. to the right until the left end of the shaft is clear of the frame and slide the MPF solenoid assembly from the shaft Repair information 4 65 Installation note Be careful not to lose the washer H that is between the MPF solenoid assembly and the C clip It belongs to the MPF arm assembly 4 66 Service Manual Operator panel board removal Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Operator panel assembly or upper front cover e System board assembly e Interconnect card assembly Only replace one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it can not be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer 1 Remove the upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 2 Remove the seven screws A and remove the operator panel board Warning When the operator panel is removed some of the parts underneath are free to fall away from the upper front cover Repair information 4 67 Operator panel buttons removal The operator pa
398. transfer arm assembly to make sure it is fastened assembly and locked in the down position If the arm is not locked down make sure the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly Check the right transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation For any background problems ensurethe contact tothe HVPS board is correct and that there is approximately 0 ohms resistance between the transfer roll shaft and the HVPS contact If correct go to Print quality background on page 2 119 4 HVPS 917 Error code Check the voltage at J15 3 The voltage changes from 24 V dc with the printer idle to 0 V dc when the printer runs the print test If the voltage is incorrect check the continuity of line J15 3 in the front cable harness to the HVPS If thereis no continuity replace the cable harness If there is continuity replace the HVPS If the problem continues replace the system board Diagnostic information 2 129 2 130 Service Manual 3 Diagnostic aids This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the problem Accessing service menus There are different test menus that can be accessed during POR to identify problems with the printer Diagnostics Mode 1 2 3 4 Turn off the printer Press and hold and Turn on the printer Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays The Diagnostics Mode group contains the
399. tray 22 222 ee nn eee enn ee ee en eee ene eee e eee 7 21 Restraint pad 55 20 25 ence eaa E a R ennns 7 19 7 21 Back restraint 2 22 nnn nn nee nnn 7 21 Gearbox with motor eee ee eeee 7 23 Power takeoff shaft 250 sheet 000 010 22 2 e eee eee ee ee ee nn eee nee e eee 7 23 Power takeoff shaft 500 sheet 200 210 400 410 7 23 Power takeoff shaft spring rr 7 23 Developer drive assembly 222 222 e enn e eee n eee n eee n eee en eeeee 7 23 Parts packet developer drive 22 2 sees eee ee eee eee eee eee 7 23 Fuser wiper cavity cover 22 222 e ee nee ee eens 7 25 Fuser cover assembly kit 202 252 e een n ee ee nee eee eee een eee eeeeeee 7 25 Fuser lamp 115V 2222 2222 nee e eee ee en ene ee ene en eee en eeeee 7 25 Fuser lamp 220V 2 2 2 n nnn nnn eee eens 7 25 Narrow media sensor 2 2 2222 nee nee eee ees 7 25 Exit Sensor 9 92 een nnn nn nnn ene eens 7 25 Parts kit charge roll link asm left side nn 7 27 Charge roll assembly 7 27 Parts kit right side charge roll link assembly 22 0 2 55 7 27 Transfer roll assembly 2222 222 ee nnn een nn cee eee eee ene n eee 7 27 Transfer roll assembly right arm 7 27 Transfer roll right spring 9 2 2202 2 22 teen cee een eee eee eee eneee 7 27
400. tridge Error 32 displays when the top cover is closed and an unsupported print cartridge is detected lt may take the printer 10 20 seconds to determine if the print cartridge is supported Depending on the setting of the Machine Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10 20 second interval If pages are allowed to print then they are not reprinted once a good print cartridge is inserted If this does not fix the problem go to Signature button assembly service check on page 2 123 34 XX Short Paper The printer determines the paper length is too short to print the formatted data This occurs when the printer does not know the actual paper size loaded in the tray For auto size sensing trays this error occurs if the paper stop is in the incorrect position Make sure the Paper Size setting is correct for the size paper that is being used 36 XX Resolution Reduced The resolution of the page has been reduced from 600 dpi to 300 dpi to prevent a Memory Full error This message can only occur if the Resolution Reduction setting is turned on Note 1200 dpi pages are not resolution reduced If a 1200 dpi job runs out of memory a Memory Full error displays 37 XX Insufficient Collation Area This message displays when the printer memory is insufficient to perform the Flash Memory Defragment operation Note This message is posted prior to the actual start of the defragment
401. ts output bins Use these tests to verify that media can be fed to a specific output bin Media is fed from the default input source to the selected output bin No information is printed on the media fed to the output bin because the printhead is not engaged during this test These tests can use any media size or envelope supported by the printer Note If the Configure Bins printer setting is Link rather than Mailbox the printer selects its own internal bin linking regardless of which output bin is selected for the feed test To run the Feed Tests for the output bins 1 Select Feed Tests from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS 2 Select the output bin you want the paper to exit into The standard bin as well as any output option bin installed on the printer is shown on the menu The output bins are displayed in the order installed on the printer 3 Select either Single or Continuous Single feeds one sheet of media from the selected source Continuous media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop _ is pressed Press Back to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed To All Bins This test can be used to verify that the printer can feed media to the standard bin or any installed output options No information will be printed on the test pages as the printhead is not engaged during the feed test The media feeds from the default paper source To run the Feed To All Bins Test Select Feed To All Bins from OUTPUT BIN TESTS The
402. ttons accessing service menus 3 1 Button Test 3 7 description function 2 2 operator panel button removal 4 68 upper front cover including buttons 7 3 upper front panel button kit 7 3 C cable diagrams 7 34 7 35 7 36 7 38 7 40 CACHE Test 3 8 canceling a print job 8 11 Card Stock amp Label Guide 1 9 card stock guidelines 1 19 cartridge duct removal 4 24 characteristics print media 1 16 code update 3 1 confidential jobs A 14 entering a PIN A 14 sending A 14 Configuration ID 3 21 configuration menu accessing 3 1 3 25 available menus 3 25 Demo Mode 3 27 Disk Encryption 3 28 Download Emuls 3 27 Energy Conserve 3 28 Env Prompts 3 28 EVENT LOG 3 28 Factory Defaults 3 28 Font Sharpening 3 29 Jobs On Disk 3 28 LCD Brightness 3 29 LCD Contrast 3 29 Maint Cnt Value 3 25 Panel Menus 3 27 Paper Prompts 3 28 PPDS Emulation 3 27 Prt Quality Pgs 3 26 Reset Maint Cnt 3 26 SIZE SENSING 3 27 configurations models 1 3 connector locations autoconnect top 5 7 high voltage power supply HVPS 5 9 high capacity output stacker board 5 8 interconnect card 5 9 low voltage power supply LVPS 5 10 output expander 5 11 StapleSmart finisher 5 12 system board 5 1 cover closed switch 2 80 covers parts catalog 7 2 removals 4 5 Index l 1 D defaults EP defaults 3 22 factory defaults 3 28 US Non US defaults 3 20 deflector inner paper deflector assembly 4 48 MPF lower paper deflector 4 62 upper paper deflector assembly 4 80 devel
403. tup 5 Restart the printer Edge to Edge When this setting is On the text and graphics are shifted to the physical edges of the paper for all margins When the setting is Off the normal margins are restored Parallel strobe adjustment Par x Strobe Adj This setting adjusts the amount of time the strobe is sampled in order to determine if the valid data is available on the parallel port The range of values are from 4 to 6 and the default is 0 for Par S Strobe Adj Par 1 Strobe Adj and Par 2 Strobe Adj After adjustment of 1 increment the strobe samples 50 ns longer Diagnostic aids 3 21 EP SETUP EP Defaults This setting is used to restore each printer setting listed in EP SETUP to its factary default value Sometimes this is used to help correct print quality problems To restore EP Defaults 1 Select EP Defaults from EP SETUP 2 Select Restore to reset the values to the factory settings and select Do Not Restore to exit without changing the settings Fuser Temperature Fuser Temp This adjustment can be used to help solve some customer problems with paper curl on low grade papers and problems with letterheads on some types of media The fuser temperature can be adjusted to Normal Lower Lowest The default is Normal Fuser Page Count The fuser page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed To view the Fuser Page Count 1 Select Fuser Page Count from EP SETUP 2 Press Back __ to return to PRINTE
404. ty sensor shows Norma for a normal level NearFul1 for nearly full and Ful for full 3 Manually actuate each of the sensors of the 5 bin mailbox The pass thru sensor will indicate Open or Closed and the empty sensor mailboxEmpty indicates Normal NearFull or Full 4 Press Back rStop _ to exit the test Diverter Test This test verifies the functioning of each of the 5 bin mailbox output media diverters If more than one 5 bin mailbox is installed all installed diverters or tested To run the Diverter Test select Diverter Test from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS The test runs once and stops 3 16 Service Manual FINISHER TESTS Staple Test This test verifies the staple mechanism by sending eight sheets of media from the printers default paper source and stapling the sheets To run the Staple Test 1 Select Staple Test from FINISHER TESTS 2 Select the output bin and press While the test runs the power indicator blinks and the message Staple Test Running displays During the test no buttons are active and the test cannot be cancelled until the test is complete Feed Tests finisher This test is used to verify whether or not media can be fed to a finisher output bin Eight sheets of blank paper are fed from the default paper source and fed to the finisher output bins Note This test can be run using any of the paper sizes supported by the printer To run the Feed Test select Feed Tests from FINISHER TESTS While
405. ufficient AC Fuser page count power between 0 and 99 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 12 Hot roll took too long to e Low wattage or incorrect lamp oe fuser each the beginning A ironi check on page 2 89 9 f Bad thermistor circuit or cablin lamp detection g temperature Fuser e Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 100 000 and 199 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 13 Hot roll reached final e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser lamp detection e Bad thermistor circuit or cabling check on page 2 89 temperature but took F i A ficient AC longer than largest time e Fuser not receiving sufficien in lookup table Fuser power page count between i 100 000 and 199 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 14 Hot roll timed out in e Low wattage or incorrect lamp Go to 922 xx Cold fuser ing to reach the final ironi check on page 2 89 A 9 trying Bad thermistor circuit or cablin pag lamp detection temperature Fuser Fuser not receiving sufficient AC page count between power 100 000 and 199 999 Poor supply line voltage 922 15 After hot roll lamp The control code has been lost Go to 922 xx Cold fuser detection did not roll over to steady state control in time Fuser page count between 100 000 and 199 999 check on page 2 89 2 16 Service Manual Service error codes 9xx xx continued
406. ug the printer before you begin 1 Remove the fuser wick assembly cover See Fuser wiper cover assembly removal on page 4 5 2 Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 75 3 Remove the fuser mounting screws A A Repair information 4 27 5 Disconnect the fuser to system board DC cable D from the fuser board Note Be sure to observe the routing of the LVPS to fuser lamp AC and the DC cable 6 Pull the cables free and remove the fuser Installation notes 1 When you reinstall the fuser be sure to route the fuser to LVPS AC cable A through the channel B on the right side frame above the LVPS under the clip C over the LVPS and through the notch in the frame D 7 N 3 A B C D 2 Route the fuser lamp cable through the opening in the fuser E 4 28 Service Manual 3 Connect the fuser to LVPS AC cable to the fuser lamp connector F at the LVPS Note Be sure to connect the fuser to system board DC cable after replacing the LVPS Fuser exit sensor removal Remove the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 Disconnect the fuser exit cable A from the fuser control board Remove the screw B securing the cover containing the fuser exit sensor flag and spring Release the two clips C holding the sensor in the bracket PA 5 Unplug the fuser exit sensor cable from the sensor Repair information 4 29 Installation 1 Move the fuser ex
407. upler gear FRU FG588 SNSR NMDA 5210 5310 Narrow Media Sensor w cable FRU FG589 MOTOR GEARBOX DR MN 5210 5310 Main Drive Assembly Includes Deflector assy cable Gearbox with FRU Motor and screws GG019 FDR ASSY REDR W UPR DFLTR Redrive assembly w upper deflector Spring and Screw FRU GG022 ASSY SNSR LVL BIN STD 5210 310 Paper Bin Full Sensor Includes Standard bin level sensor bracket FRU sensor and cable GG023 ASSY DOOR REDRIVE 5210 5310 Redrive Door Assembly with Extension guide FRU GG026 RLLR W DVLPR DFLTR FEED UPR Upper paper feed deflector w Developer roller paper out flag FRU GG028 SFT ASSY TKOFF PWR SHEET 500 Power Takeoff Assembly Take off Shaft and Spring FRU GG030 ASSY RLLR ARM XFER 5210 5310 Transfer Roll Support Assembly left and right arms w springs FRU GG646 ASSY TRAY BIAS 5210 5310 Tray Bias Arm and Spring FRU GG653 SNSR EXIT 5210 5310 Fuser Exit Sensor w cable FRU GG654 ASSY RLLR TRANSFER 5210 5310 Transfer Roller only w tech sheet FRU GG658 ASSY CBL SNSR MPF 5210 5310 MPF sensor w cable FRU HG009 FDR ASSY ALIGN PAPER W TOOL Paper Alignment Assembly Includes Paper Feed alignment assy FRU Screw Ref Ground Clip Washer Nut 5 5mm Slim line open end wrench alignment assy mounting screw HG358 PNL DLFTR INR SHEET 5210 5310 Inner Paper Deflector FRU HG362 ASSY FUSER W 115V LAMP Fuser assembly w 115 V lamp DAO w Screws FRU JGO06 ASSY RLLR CHARGE 5210 5310 Charge Roll Arm Assembly FRU JG280 SNSR INPUT 5210 5310 Paper
408. uration information including printer serial number controller code level engine code level operator panel code level font versions and cartridge information Default values for the QUALITY MENU settings used to print the pages 3 6 Service Manual HARDWARE TESTS Select the following Hardware Tests from this menu e Panel Test e Button Test DRAM Test ROM Memory Test e Parallel Wrap if available e Serial Wrap if available Panel Test This test automatically toggles each pixel of the operator panel through every contrast level beginning with the darkest and on to the brightest This test continues until you press Stop Button Test The Button Test verifies the operation of the buttons on the operator panel When you select Button Test a diagram of the operator panel appears on the panel When you press a button on the operator panel an X appears on the corresponding diagram When you release the button an X disappears Pressing Back r o Stop _ cancels the test DRAM Test The purpose of this test is to check the validity of DRAM memory both standard and optional The test writes patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly To run the DRAM Test 1 Select DRAM Test from the menu The message DRAM Test Testing displays Then the message Resetting Printer appears and the power indicator light blinks red 2 Turn the printer off and on While the D
409. urit de ce produit repose sur des tests et des agr ations portant sur sa conception d origine et sur des composants particuliers Le fabricant n assume aucune responsabilit concernant la s curit en cas d utilisation de pi ces de rechange non agr es Les consignes d entretien et de r paration de ce produit s adressent uniquement un personnel de maintenance qualifi Le d montage et l entretien de ce produit pouvant pr senter certains risques lectriques le personnel d entretien qualifi devra prendre toutes les pr cautions n cessaires du produit sur laquelle vous travaillez D branchez le produit avant de commencer ou 4 ATTENTION Ce symbole indique la pr sence d une tension dangereuse dans la partie faites preuve de vigilance si l ex cution de la t che exige que le produit reste sous tension Norme di sicurezza La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti specifici Il produttore non responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle parti Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona piu elevato Il personale di assistenza autorizzato deve quindi adottare le precauzioni necessarie ATTENZIONE Questo simbolo indica la pr
410. urn Volts alternating current Volts direct current Volt Ohmmeter General information 1 21 1 22 Service Manual 2 Diagnostic information Start CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or wall outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Use the handholds on the side of the printer Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down Use the service error code user status message user error message symptom table service checks and diagnostic aids in this chapter to determine the corrective action necessary to repair a malfunctioning printer They will lead you to solutions or service checks including use of various tests Symptom tables If your machine completes the Power On Self Test POST sequence on page 2 4 without an error and you have a symptom go to Symptom tables on page 2 5 Locate your symptom and take the appropriate action The following tables are available Base printer symptoms on page 2 5 e High capacity feeder 2000 sheet symptoms on page 2 5 Paper tray symptoms on page 2 6 e Duplex option symptoms on page 2 6 e Envelope feeder symptoms on page 2 6 e Output expander on page 2 6 e StapleSmart finisher on page 2 7 Service errors 9Xx xx s If a service error code appears while you are working on the machi
411. ut sensor removal ecic s c a ede bere id eet pa bere va eae ee Peed eee eee 4 49 Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal oocooococcoo eee 4 50 Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal 0 000 e eee eee ee 4 52 Interconnect card assembly removal 0 0 tents 4 54 Low voltage power supply removal 0 0 cee tenets 4 55 Main faniremoval onrat eet tea ven ete ened cee ee ae bn ie Saga vl oN the ae vee 4 57 Main drive assembly removal 0 cece ttt eeee 4 58 MPF arm assembly removal oooccccco naea 4 61 MPF lower paper deflector 0 0 ccc tte eee 4 62 MPF pick tire removal icons iia rt paa a Ried abies w a dodest 4 63 Table of contents Vii MPF solenoid assembly removal ss oo sereo dirae inan tenes 4 63 Operator panel board removal oooccoccco teeta 4 67 Operator panel buttons removal 1 0 0 0 0 cette eae 4 68 Outer shield removal cuicos or ek nisa pace A ee oes Boel So ala eae Ee ele Baten poe 4 69 Paper alignment assembly removal 000 00 ccc ett tee eee 4 70 Paper bin full sensor flag removal ooocccococcc eee 4 71 Paper size sensing board removal 00000 c eee ete 4 72 Power takeoff shaft and Spring removal 0 00 ttt tee eee 4 73 Printhead removal surn ierste sra np ee a ee Ee he ee hee ee a 4 74 Redrive assembly removal ooo 4 75 Signature button contact assembly removal 00 00 eee eee 4
412. value pair blinks This indicates it is the margin value being changed Use T XXx L XXx B xxx R XXX to decrease or to increase the offset values and press to confirm the value The message Submitting selection displays and the original REGISTRATION screen appears with the beside the previously selected margin setting The print registration range is Variable Description Value Direction of change Bottom margin 20 to 20 Each increment causes approximately 0 55 mm shift in the bottom margin A positive change compresses the image so it appears to move down the page and a negative change moves the image up T Top margin 25 to 25 Each increment causes A positive change moves the image approximately 4 pels shift at 600 down the page and increases the dpi top margin A negative change moves the image up and decreases the top margin L Left margin 25 to 25 A positive change moves the image to the right and a negative change moves the image to the left No compression occurs R Right margin 10 to 10 A positive change moves the image to the right and a negative change moves the image to the left 5 Continue changing the settings by repeating steps 2 through 4 6 Print another copy of the Quick Test to verify your changes 7 To exit REGISTRATION press Back Quick Test The Quick Test contains the following information Print
413. verter spring for any signs of damage a loose spring or binding parts Repair the redrive as necessary e Check any installed output options s that may be installed for correct installation and alignment The fuser exit sensor may not be functioning properly Go to Fuser exit sensor service check on page 2 92 202 A3 Page is covering narrow If page is not visible from front or rear Check the fuser and area media sensor during of the printer a partial piece ofa around the fuser assembly for warm up Fuser page page may be torn off in the fuser any signs of debris or pieces of count between 400 000 covering the narrow media sensor paper or media and 499 999 The narrow media sensor or flag may be dislodged or damaged 202 44 Exit sensor may have Exit sensor assembly Go to Fuser exit sensor bounced Fuser page service check on page 2 92 count between 400 000 and 499 999 202 46 Page is covering the exit Something is keeping the exit sensor ina Check the fuser and area sensor during warm up covered position A page may not have around the fuser assembly for Fuser page count been cleared from a prior jam any signs of debris or pieces of between 400 000 and paper or media 499 999 2 62 Service Manual User attendance messages paper jams and paper handling errors 2xx xx Error code Sub codes Description Possible causes Action 202 50 Paper jam around the fuser exit o
414. vice check on page 2 103 Reattach This messages displays for the following conditions Envelope Feeder The feeder may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The feeder may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it e Press to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 84 Reattach Output Bin x Bin x Bin 1 Bin 2 or Bin 3 This messages displays for the following conditions The specified output bin may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken e If the option was temporarily removed
415. wer rectangular opening C in the fuser frame 5 Remove the pass thru plate See Pass thru plate on page 4 19 6 Disconnect the LVPS to system board DC cable D from the LVPS Repair information 4 39 7 Pull the LVPS assembly far enough out from the right side of the printer to disconnect the fuser to LVPS AC cable from the LVPS E Note The LVPS assembly may be difficult to remove from the printer Do not use excessive force in the removal 8 Remove the fuser to LVPS AC cable Installation 1 Plug in the fuser to LVPS AC cable A into the LVPS 2 Route the cable through the channel B on the right side frame above the LVPS under the clip C over the LVPS and through the notch in the frame D 4 40 Service Manual 3 Route the cable through the lower rectangular opening E 4 Connect the fuser to LVPS AC cable to the fuser lamp connector F Note Be sure to connect the fuser to system board DC cable after replacing the LVPS Repair information 4 41 Fuser top cover removal h CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin 1 Remove the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 27 2 Note the thermistor cable routing A and disconnect the thermistor cable at the fuser control board 4 42 Service Manual 4 Carefully remove the two screws C from the right side of the fuser lamp contact cover D 5 Release the latch E and remove the cover 6 Remove the scr
416. when the flag is out of the sensor If the voltage does not change replace the sensor cable assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the system board Output bin sensor flag Make sure the correct flag is installed Check the flag for damage or improper operation If incorrect replace the flag Note A broken or improper operating sensor flag causes a Remove Paper Standard Bin message to display before POST completes and cannot be cleared 2 110 Service Manual Output expander service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left right and system board covers The output expander functions without the covers installed Make sure the option is correctly installed before attempting to service the unit No jumpers should be installed at connector J6 on the output expander board Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Output expander control board cover Check the output expander control board cover to make sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the output expander frame Also make sure the ESD brush is not loose Printer does not recognize one or more output expander options as being installed Service tip If more than a single output expander option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as being installed If the printer recognizes
417. y 1 250 or 500 sheets integrated tray or standard tray Tray 4 250 or 500 sheets Tray 5 2000 sheet drawer The standard tray holds 250 sheets for the T111 and 500 sheets for the T112 CAUTION Floor mounted configurations require furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000 sheet drawer Certain other configurations REN also must have a printer stand or printer base More information is available on our Dell Web site at www dell com General information 1 3 Specifications Resolution e 1200 1200 dpi e 2400 Image Quality e 1200 Image Quality e 600 x 600 dpi Data streams e PostScript 3 emulation PCL 6 emulation PPDS migration tool e PDF v1 5 emulation Print speed and performance print speed Performance Performance speed depends on e Interface to the host USB serial parallel network e Host system and application Page complexity and content e Printer options installed or selected e Available printer memory Media size and type e Resolution Time to first print T640 T640n T642 T642n 5210n T644 T644n 5310n 1200 dpi 600 dpi 1200 dpi 600 dpi 1200 600 dpi Simplex printing from Ready on full size media seconds Letter 11 7 6 0 12 1 8 5 12 1 8 5 8 5 in x 11 in A4 17 0 11 4 22 7 13 0 22 7 13 0 8 3 in x 11 7 in Legal 14 5 12 1 24 3 24 3 24 3 13 5 8 5 in x 14 in Simplex
418. y removed from the printer enter Diagnostics mode and run the printer test from tray 1 and observe the media as it passes over the exit sensor Check to see that the sensor flag is operating correctly If the sensor flag and hardware are operating incorrectly repair or replace the failing sensor assembly If no problem is found check the fuser for any signs of media in the fuser or any signs of toner or other contamination If a problem is found clean or remove the debris or contamination 2 94 Service Manual Fuser solenoid service check working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are order to perform the task Service tip Try changing the envelope enhance level setting A different setting may correct the problem Note Check the fuser envelope conditioner solenoid adjustment as described in the adjustment section Fuser solenoid adjustment on page 4 2 FRU Action 1 Fuser envelope conditioner solenoid Observe the operation of the fuser solenoid by removing the redrive assembly Check for proper mechanical operation of the solenoid and associated hardware link and so on If correct check the resistance of the solenoid between J4 1 and J4 2 on the fuser control board The resistance measures between 5 ohms and 10 ohms If ES 000
419. y scale display that can show both graphics and text The Back Menu and Stop buttons are located to the left of the display the navigation buttons are located below the display and the numeric pad is located to the right of the display Display panel Indicator light Navigation buttons oN Numeric pad USB port Select button The use of the buttons and the layout of the display panel are described in the following table Operator panel Button Function Back Press the Back button to return to the last screen you viewed Note Changes made on the screen will not be applied if you press the Back button Menu Press the Menu button to open the menu index Note The printer must be in the Ready state to access the menu index A message indicating the menus are unavailable will appear if the printer is not ready Stop Press Stop to stop the mechanical operation of the printer After pressing Stop the message Stopping is displayed When the printer has stopped the status line in the operator panel will show Stopped and a list of options will appear Navigation buttons The Up or Down buttons are used to move up and down lists When navigating through a list using the Up or Down button the cursor moves one line at a time Pressing the Down button at the bottom of the screen changes the screen to the next whole page The Left or Right buttons are used to move within a
420. y until a maximum number of tests is reached Serial Wrap P HHHH F HHHE e 6P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 e F represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 999 999 Initially only four digits appear but additional digits appear as needed Each time the test finishes the screen updates If the test passes the pass counter increases by 1 however if the test fails a message displays for approximately three seconds Once the maximum count is reached the test stops The power indicator goes on solid and the final results display To stop the test before completion press Stop The message Serial Wrap x Test Canceled displays and the printer returns to the HARDWARE TESTS menu DUPLEX TESTS Quick Test duplex This test prints a duplex version of the Quick Test that can be used to verify that the correct placement of the top margin on the back side of a duplex page You can run one duplexed page Single or continue printing duplexed pages Continuous until Stop is pressed For information about changing the margin see Top Margin duplex on page 3 10 Note Before you set the duplex top margin be sure to set the registration See REGISTRATION on page 3 4
421. ype of print job that can be initiated by the user at the printer This includes a confidential job a verify print job a reserve print job a repeat print job a bookmark a profile or a file on a USB flash memory device When sending a job to the printer you can specify in the driver that you want the printer to hold the job in memory Once your job is stored in printer memory go to the printer and use the printer operator panel to specify what you want to do with your print job All confidential and held jobs have a user name associated with them To access confidential or held jobs you must first select the type of job confidential or held and then select your user name from the user name list Once you select your user name you can print all your confidential jobs or select an individual print job You can then choose the number of copies for the print job or you can delete the print job Printing a confidential job When you send a confidential job to the printer you must enter a personal identification number PIN from the driver The PIN must be four digits using the numbers 0 9 The job is held in printer memory until you enter the same four digit PIN from the operator panel and choose to print or delete the job This ensures the job does not print until you are there to retrieve it No one else using the printer can print the job without the PIN Windows 1 From a word processor spreadsheet browser or other application select
422. ystem board on page 5 1 Connector Pin no Signal J1 Interconnect card J2 Printhead laser cable 1 VIDEO 1 CN 2 VIDEO 1 CN 3 Ground 4 LADJ2 5 VIDEO 0 CN 6 VIDEO 0 CN 7 Ground 8 5PHEAD 9 LPOW 10 Ground 11 LADJ CN 12 LPOW FB 13 LENA J3 Printhead HSYNC mirror motor 1 Ground 2 HSYNC N C 3 HSYNC D l 4 5 dc V 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J4 Main fan 1 FANSTALL 2 Ground 3 MAINFAN J5 Cartridge fan 1 CARTFANSTAIL 2 Ground 3 CARTFAN J6 Hopper full output bin sensor 1 HOP FULL 2 Ground 3 HOP ED L 5 2 Service Manual System board see System board on page 5 1 Connector Pin no Signal J7 USB port J8 Cover closed switch Cov Closed Ground 5V dc J10 Fuser DC NARMEDIA Ground THERM Ground THUMP 5V dc THUMPRET EXIT SNS OO CO O aj BR ojl N WI N J O a BR O N 3 3 V de 12C CLK L5 ala 12C DAT L5 J13 Operator panel 12C DAT 5 V de 12C LK C Ground PANEL INT 3 3 V dc Ground J14 Signature button SM Cart NM a NI oa A O N Ground Connector locations and connections 5 3 System board see System board on page 5 1

Dell 5210n, 5310n Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents